You are on page 1of 211

Darwin Digital Library of Evolution Alphabetical Listing of Works

by the Editorial Staff of the Darwin Digital Library October 11, 2006
This file lists references in the working bibliography of the Darwin Digital Library of Evolution. Editorial staff at the library may be contacted at darwinlibrary@amnh.org. The Internet address for the Library is http://darwinlibrary.amnh.org. Works from Di Gregorio and Gill’s Darwin’s Marginalia (New York: Garland, 1990) are marked with an asterisk (“*”); they are annotated with information in brackets about the condition and provenence of the works to which they refer. The key to these annotations may be found in Di Gregorio and Gill’s book.

References
*. 1770. A dictionary of the english language. 4th ed. London: W. Strahan. [Down, S of Josiah Wedgwood] Willdenow, Karl Ludwig, ed. 1797-1824. Species plantarum exhibentes plantas rite cognitas ad genera relatas cum differentiis specificis, nominibus trivialibus, synonymis selectis, locis natalibus, secundum systema sexuale digestas. By Carl Linnaeus. 6 vols. 4th ed. Berlin. *. 1816-1830. Dictionnaire des sciences natur-elles, planches. Paris: F.G. Levrault. [CUL] Cuvier, Fr´d´ric, ed. 1816-45. Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles. 61 vols. e e Strasbourg and Paris. *. 1817; 1823. Journal of a horticultural tour through some parts of flanders, holland and the north of france in the autumn of 1817. Edinburgh; London: Bell and Bradfute; Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [CUL] ———. 1821 & 1823, 1819. Introductory lectures in the year 1814 and The Hunterian oration for the year 1819 part of the Introductory lecture for the year 1815. [publ 1819]

1

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1822-1831. Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle. Paris: Rey & Gravier. [Down, pre-B, on B, S in vol. 1] de Saint-Vincent, Jean Baptiste Georges Marie Bory, ed. 1822-31. Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle. 17 vols. Paris: Rey and Gravier. *. 1823. A dictionary of chemistry. London: Thomas Tegg. [CUL, pre-B, S] Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de, ed. 1824. Trait´ zoologique et physiologique e sur les vers intestinaux de l’homme par M. Bremser . . . traduit de l’allemand par M. Grundler. 2 vols. Paris. *. 1824-26. Natural history. London: Whittaker. [Down, pre-B] ———. 1827. Die h¨hner und pfauzenzucht in ihren ganzen umfange. Ulm: F. u Ebnerschen. [CUL, pre-B] ———. 1828. Enten, schwanen und g¨nsezucht. Ulm: Ebnerschen Buchhanda lung. [CUL] ———. 1828-1830. The farrier and naturalist edited by a member of the zoological society of london. London: Simpkin & Marshall. [CUL, pre-B] ———. 1829. Conversations on vegetable physiology. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [Botany School, pre-B, FD, E. Catherine Darwin in vol. 1] ———. 1831. Dictionary of the spanish and english languages. Vol. 1. 5th ed. London: Longman, Rees & Co. [CUL, pre-B] *Jourdan, A.J.L., ed. 1834. Dictionnaire raison´e, ´tymologique, syn-onymique e e et polyglotte des termes usit´s dans les sciences naturelles. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re. e e [CUL, on B] *R.B. Todd, 6 vols., ed. 1835-1859. The cyclopaedia of anatomy and physiology. London: Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [Down] *. 1837 and 1840. L’institut: Sciences math´matiques, physiques et naturelles. e [CUL] ———. 1838. Bible. Cambridge: The Pitt Press. [Down, the family Bible] ———. 1839. Catalogue of the scientific books in the library of the royal society. London: Richard & John E. Taylor. [CUL, S] Hinds, Richard Brinsley, ed. 1844. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher . . . during the years 1836–42. 2 vols. London: Smith, Elder. Lehmann, Johann Georg Christian, ed. 1844-7. Plantae Preissianae sive Enumeratio plantarum quas in Australasia occidentali et meridionali-occidentali annis 1838–41 allegit Ludovicus Preiss. 2 vols. Hamburg. 2

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*. 1845. Descriptive and illustrated cata-logue of the fossil organic remains of mammalia and aves contained in the museum of the royal college of england. London: Richard & John E. Taylor. [Down, I by President and Council] ———. 1846. Catalogue of the books and maps in the library of the geological society of london. London: R. & J.E. Taylor. [CUL] ———. 1854. Psychological enquiries. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL] ———. 1857. Plans of the various lakes and rivers between lake huron and the river ottawa. Toronto: John Lovell. [Down, I by M. Logan] 1860. [Account of a meeting between Hooker and Wilberforce]. The Anthenaeum 2: 64–65. *. 1866. International horticultural ex-hibition and botanical congress. London: Truscott, Son & Simmons. [Down] ———. 1868. Principles of organic life. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down, S] ———. 1868. A sketch of a philosophy, part 2: Matter and molecular morphology. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down] 1869. Discussion of Coues, ‘On variation in the genus Aegiothus’. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences p. 72. 1870. Before the French Academy. Nature 2: 298. *. 1870. Natural science, religious creeds and scripture truth. Edinburgh & London: William Blackwood & Sons. [Down, I by publisher] 1870. [Report of a meeting of the French Academy]. Revue des Cours Scientifiques 7: 513. 1871. Darwin’s ’Descent of Man’. Monthly Religious Magazine 45: 501–507. 1871. Darwin’s ’Descent of Man’. Old and New 3: 594–600. 1871. Discussion of Meehan, “bud varieties”. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences pp. 112–113. 1871. [discussion of the descent of man]. Independent 23: 6. 1871. Evolution and theology. Radical 9: 375–385. *. 1871-1872. A dictionary of chemistry. 2nd ed. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down] ———. 1872. Domestic medicine, a handbook. London: Bell & Daldy. [Down] ———. 1872. Our blood relations. London: Sipkin, Marshall & Co. [Down]

3

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1873. Congr`s international d’anthropologie et d’arch´ologie e e pr´historique (bologna, 1871). Bologna: Fava & Gavagnani. [Down, I by e Cappellini (secretary of conference)] ———. 1873. Report of the Select Committee on wild birds’ protection. London: House of Commons. [Down, I by C.D. Groom Napier] *Andrew, J. and vol. 11 T. Smith, eds. 1875. Saint bartholomew’s hospital reports. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [Down, FD] *. 1876. Das kind: Tagebuch eines vaters. 2nd ed. Leipzig: H. Hartung & Sohn. [CUL, I Should “kind” be capitalized here? -Adam] ———. 1876. Public libraries in the united states of america. Washington: Government printing office. [Down, S] ———. 1877. The survival. London: Remington & Co. [Down, I by publisher] 1877. The American Naturalist. Nation 25: 137. 1878. Bulletin des Soci´t´s Savantes. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 15: 141. ee *. 1878. Catalogue of the chiroptera in the collection of the british museum. London: by order of the Trustees. [Down, I] ———. 1878. Natuurkundige verhandeligen van de hollandsche maatschappij der wetenschappen, te haarlem. Part 3, 3 ed. Haarlem: De Erven Loosjes. [containing] ———. 1878. The supernatural in nature. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [Down] 1879. The dangers of Darwinism. Popular Science Monthly 15: 68–71. 1879. Do our colleges teach evolution? Independent 31: 14–15. *. 1879-1882. Encyclopaedie der naturwissenschaften. Breslau: Trewendt. [Down] 1880. Scientific teaching in the colleges. Popular Science Monthly 16: 556–559. *. 1880-81. Fauna und flora des golfes von neapel, monografien 1–4. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Botany School] 1882. Hommage ` Darwin. La Revue Scientifique, 3d ser. 4: 829. a 1882. Mort de Ch. Darwin. Bulletins de la Soci´t´ d’Anthropologie, 3d ser. 5: ee 348. 1882. [Notice of Charles Darwin’s death]. Acad´mie des Sciences: Comptes e Rendus 94: 1215.

4

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Waddington, Conrad Hal, ed. 1968-1972. Towards a Theoretical Biology. 4 vols. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. *. n.d. The british aviary. London: Dean and Munday. [CUL] ———. n.d. Catalogue of scientific papers, 1867–79. Vol. 1-8. London: Eyre & Spottiswoode. [Botany School] ———. n.d. The gooseberry growers’ register for the year 1862. Macclesfield: C. Leicester. [CUL] *Jardine, W., ed. n.d. The naturalists’s library. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizary. [CUL] *. n.d. The rabbit book. London: Journal of horticulture. [CUL] ———. n.d. Thoughts on the mental functions. Edin-burgh: Oliver & Boyd. [Down, I] ———. n.d. Wanderings through the conservatories at kew. London: Society for promoting Christian knowledge. [Down] *Abercrombie, John. 1838. Inquiries concerning the intellectual powers and the investigation of truth. 8th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL] *Abernethy, John. 1822. Physiological lectures, exhibiting a general view of Mr Hunter’s Physiology, and of his researches in comparative anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Hurst Rees, Orme & Brown. [ED, 352pp, CUL] *Ac´bla, Alexandre. 1878. Les Impi´t´s. Paris: A. Ghio. [Down] e ee *Acharius, Erik. 1803. Methodus qua omnes detectos Lichens. Stockholm: F.D.D. Ulrich. [Down, ED] *Adams, Andrew Leith. 1873. Field and forest ramblers. London: Henry S. King & Co. [CUL, I by author] Adams, Charles Baker. 1849-1852. Hints on the geographical distribution of animals, with special reference to the Mollusca. Contributions to Conchology 1. Adams, Henry and Arthur Adams. 1853-8. The genera of recent mollusca; arranged according to their organisation. 3 vols. London: John Van Voorst. Adanson, M. 1772. Examen de la question, si les espˆces changent parmi les e plantes. M´moires de l’Academie des Sciences. Institut de France pp. 31–48. e Adanson, Michel. 1763. Familles des plantes. Vol. 2. Paris: Lehre, Cramer. Aeby, Christian. 1867. Die Sch¨edelformen des Menschen und der Affen. Leipzig: a F. L. W. Vogel. Agardh, Jacob Georg. 1858. Theoria systematis plantarum; accedit familiarum phanerogamarum in series naturales dispositio, secundum structuræ normas et evolutionis gradus instituta. Lund, Sweden: C. W. K. Gleerup. 5

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Agassiz, Alexander. 1880. Paleontological and embryological development. American Journal of Science 120: 294–302, 375–389. *Agassiz, Alexandre. 1865. Illustrated catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, No. 2, Acalephae. Cambridge, Mass.: Sever & Francis. [Down, I] *———. 1872-1874. Illustrated catalogue of the Museum at Harvard College – Revision of the Echini. Cambridge, Mass. [Down] *———. 1877. North American Starfishes. Cambridge, Mass. [Down, I] *———. 1882. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Part 9, Report on the Echinoidea. London: Longmans & Co. [Down, I] *Agassiz, Alexandre and L.F. Pourtal`s. 1874. Illustrated catalogue of the e Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College: Echini, Crinoids and corals. Cambridge, Mass. [Down] *Agassiz, Elizabeth and Alexandre. 1871. Seaside studies in natural history: marine animals of Massachussets Bay: Radiates. Boston: James R. Osgood & Co. [Down, I] Agassiz, Jean Louis Rudolphe. 1833-43. Recherches sur les poissons fossiles. 5 vols in 2. Neuchˆtel: Petitpierre. a ———. 1840. Etudes sur les glaciers. Neuchˆtel: Jent & Gassmann. a ———. 1840. On the development of the fish in the egg. Report of the meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. 10th Annual Meeting. ———. 1842. On the succession and development of organized beings at the surface of the terrestrial globe, being a discourse delivered at the inauguration of the academy of Neuchatel. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 23: 388–399. ———. 1845-55. A monograph of the British nudibranchiate Mollusca: with figures of all the species. 7 pts. London: Ray Society. ———. 1847. Nouvelles ´tudes et exp´riences sur les glaciers actuels, leur e e structure, leur progression et leur action physique sur le sol. Paris: Victor Masson. ———. 1848-54. Bibliographia zoologiæ et geologiæ. A general catalogue of all books, tracts, and memoirs on zoology and geology. Edited and enlarged by Hugh Edwin Strickland. 4 vols. London: Ray Society. ———. 1850. Lake Superior: its physical character, vegetation, and animals, compared with those of other and similar regions. Boston: Gould, Kendall and Lincoln.

6

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1857-62. Contributions to the natural history of the United States of America. 4 vols. Boston and London: Little, Brown, & Company and Tr¨bner. u ———. 1859. An essay on classification. London: Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans, & Roberts. ———. 1874. Evolution and permanance of type. Atlantic Monthly 33: 92–101. ———. 1967. Studies on Glaciers. New York: Hafner. *Agassiz, Louis. 1848. Nomenclatoris zoologici index universalis. Soloduri: Jent & Gassmann. [CUL] *———. 1848-54. Bibliographia zoologiae et geologiae, corrected and edited by Hugh Strickland. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *———. 1850. Lake Superior: its character, vegetation, and animals, compared with those of other similar regions. Boston: Gould, Kendall & Lincoln. [CUL, I] *———. 1863. Methods of study in natural history. Boston: Ticknor and Fields. [Down, I] *———. 1869. Address delivered on the centennial anniversary of the birth of Alexander von Humboldt. Boston: Boston Society of Natural History. [Down] *———. 1869. De l’esp`ce et de la classification en zoologie. Paris: Germer e Bailli`re. [CUL] e *———. 1880. Reports on the Florida reefs. Cambridge, Mass. [Down, I by Alexandre Agassiz] *———. n.d. Contributions to the natural history of the United States of North America. Vol. 1. [CUL, I] *Agassiz, Louis and Augustus Addison Gould. 1848. Principles of zoology: part 1, Comparative physiology. Boston: Gould, Kendall & Lincoln. [CUL] ´ Ajasson de Grandsagne, Jean Baptiste Fran¸ois Etienne. 1829-33. Histoire c naturelle de Pline. 20 vols. Paris. Alberch, Pere, Stephen Jay Gould, George F. Oster, and David B. Wake. 1979. Size and shape in ontogeny and phylogeny. Paleobiology 5: 296–317. Albert, W. 1845. Authentische Thatsachen uber die Verj¨ngung der Kartoffeln ¨ u aus Samenk¨rnern, mit Ber¨cksichtigung der unter denselben jetzt herrschenden o u Krankheiten. Magdeburg. Alder, Joshua and Albany Hancock. 1845-55. A monograph of the British Nudibranchiæ Mollusca: with figures of all the species. 7 pts. in 1 vol. London: Ray Society.

7

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1845-55. A monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. London: The Ray Society. [CUL] *Allen, George James. 1877. A report on the Hydroida. Cambridge, Mass.: University Press. [Down, I by A. Agassiz] *Allen, Grant. 1877. Physiological aesthetics. London: Henry S. King & Co. [Down] *———. 1879. The colour sense: its origin and development. London: Tr¨bner. u [CUL] *———. 1880. Der Farbensinn. Leipzig: Ernst G¨nther. [Down] u Allen, Joel. 1872. Geographical variation in North American birds. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 15: 212–219. ———. 1872. Remarks on the geographical variation of mammals and birds. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 15: 156–159. ———. 1877-1878. The influence of physical conditions in the genesis of species. Radical Review 1. ———. 1907. Mutations and the geographic distribution of nearly related species in plants and animals. American Naturalist 41: 653–655. *Allen, Joel Asaph. 1880. History of North American pinnipeds. Washington: Government printing office. [Down] Allen, William and Thomas Richard Heywood Thomson. 1848. A narrative of the expedition sent by Her Majesty’s Government to the River Niger, in 1841. Under the command of Captain H. D. Trotter, R.N. 2 vols. London: R. Bentley. *Allman, George James. 1856. A monograph of the fresh-water Polyzoa. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *———. 1871-72. A monograph of the gymnoblastic or tubularian hydroids. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *Altum, Bernard and Hermann Landois. 1872. Zoologie. 2nd ed. Freiburg im Breisgau: Herder’sche Verlagshandlung. [Down] Alvarez, Luis, W. Alvarez, S. Asaro, and H. V. Michel. 1980. Extraterrestrial cause for the Cretaceous-Tertiary extinction. Science 208: 1095–1108. *Anderson, John. 1871. A report on the expedition to Western Yunan viˆ a Bhamˆ. Calcutta: Office of the Superintendent of Government printing. [Down, o I] *Angelin, Nils Peter. 1878. Iconographia crin-oideorum. Holmiae: Samson & Wallin. [Down] 8

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Anson, George. 1748. A voyage round the world, in the years 1740-4. London: John and Paul Knapton. Antonovics, Janis. 1987. The evolutionary dys-synthesis: Which bottles for which wine? The American Naturalist 129: 321–331. ´ *Archiac, Etienne Jules Adolphe D’. 1847. Histoire des progr`s de la g´ologie e e de 1834 ` 1845. Vol. 1. Paris: Soc. G´ol. France. [CUL] a e *Argyll, Duke of, Campbell George Douglas. 1869. Primeval man. London: Strachan & Co. [CUL] Argyll, George Douglas Campbell, 8th Duke of. 1867. Primeval man: An examination of some recent speculations. London. ———. 1886. Organic evolution. Nature 34: 335–336. ———. 1888-1889. Acquired characters and congenital variations. Nature 41: 173–174. ———. 1898. Organic Evolution Cross-Examined. London: John Murray. *Argyll, George Douglas) Duke of, (Campbell. 1867. The reign of law. London: Alexander Strachan. [CUL, S] Ariew, Andr´ and R. C. Lewontin. 2004. The confusions of fitness. British e Journal for the Philosophy of Science 55: 347–363. *Aristotle. 1882. On the parts of animals. London: Kegan Paul, Trench & Co. [Down] *Arnott, Neil. 1833. Elements of physics or natural philosophy. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown and Green. [Down] *Askenasy, Eugen. 1872. Beitr¨ge zur Kritik der Darwin’schen Lehre. Leipzig: a Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL] Asso y del Rio, Ignacio Jord´n Claudio de. 1784. Introductio in oryctographiam, a et zoologiam Aragoniæ accedit enumeratio stirpium in eadem regione noviter detectarum. [Amsterdam]: [C. Sommer]. *Association, British. 1834. Report of the third meeting of the British Association for the advancement of science held at Cambridge in 1833. London: John Murray. [CUL, S] *———. 1842. Report of the eleventh meeting of the British Association for the advancement of science, held at Plymouth in July 1841. London: John Murray. [CUL] Astley, Thomas. 1745-7. A new general collection of voyages and travels . . . in Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. 4 vols. London: T. Astley.

9

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Atkinson, Henry George and Harriet Martineau. 1851. Letters on the laws of man’s nature and development. London. *Aubuisson De Voisins, Jean Fran¸ois D’. 1814. An account of the basalts of c Saxony, with observations on the origin of basalt in general. Edinburgh: A. Constable & Co. [CUL, pre-B] *———. 1819. Trait´ de g´ognosie. Strasbourg & Paris: Levrault. [CUL S: C. e e Darwin HMS Beagle] Aubuisson de Voisins, Jean Fran¸ois de. 1819. Trait´ de g´ognosie. 2 vols. c e e Strasbourg. Audubon, John James. 1827-38. The birds of America, from original drawings. 4 vols. London: John James Audubon. *———. 1831-39. Ornithological biography. Edinburgh: Adam Black. [CUL, B] ———. 1831-9. Ornithological biography, or an account of the habits of the birds of the United States of America accompanied by descriptions of the objects represented in the work entitled “The birds of America” and interspersed with delineations of American scenery and manners. 5 vols. Edinburgh: Adam Black; Adam & Charles Black. *Audubon, John James and John Bachman. 1846. The viviparous quadrupeds of North America. New York: J.J. Audubon. [CUL] ———. 1846-54. The viviparous quadrupeds of North America. 3 vols. New York. *Aveling, Edward. 1881. The student’s Darwin. London: Freethought Publishing Company. [Down, I] Avise, J. C. 1977. Is evolution gradual or rectangular? Evidence from living fishes. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 74: 5083–5087. Ayala, Francisco. 1974. Biological evolution: Natural selection or random walk? American Scientist 62: 692–701. ———. 1975. Genetic differentiation during the speciation process. Evolutionary Biology 8: 1–78. ———. 1975. Scientific hypotheses, natural selection, and the neutrality theory of protein evolution. In F. M. Salzano, ed., The Role of Natural Selection in Human Evolution. Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Co. Ayala, Francisco, ed. 1976. Molecular Evolution. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates.

10

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Ayrault, Eug`ne. 1867. De l’industrie mulassi`re en Poitou. Niort: L. Clouzot. e e [CUL, I] Azara, F´lix d’. 1801. Essais sur l’histoire naturelle des quadrup`des de la e e province du Paraguay. 2 vols. Paris: Imprimerie de C. Pougens (Librarie de Mme Huzard). *Azara, F´lix D’. 1801. Essais sur l’histoire naturelle des quadrup`des de la e e province du Paraguay. Paris: Charles Pougens. [CUL, pre-B, B?] Azara, F´lix d’. 1809. Voyages dans l’Am´rique m´ridionale. 4 vols. Paris. e e e *Azara, F´lix D’. 1809. Voyages dans l’Am´rique m´ridionale. Paris: Denton. e e e [CUL, pre-B] *B., J.p. 1879. An essay on spiritual evolution. London: Tr¨bner & Co. [Down] u Babbage, Charles. 1837. The ninth Bridgewater treatise. A fragment. London. Babington, Charles Cardale. 1843. Manual of British botany: containing the flowering plants and ferns arranged according to the natural orders. London: John Van Voorst. *———. 1851. Manual of British botany. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL] Backhouse, James. 1844. A narrative of a visit to the Mauritius and South Africa. London: Hamilton, Adams, and Co. ¨ Baer, Karl Ernst von. 1828-37. Uber Entwickelungsgeschichte der Thiere. Beobachtung und Reflexion. 2 vols in 1. K¨nigsberg: Gebr¨der Korntr¨ger. o u a ———. 1834. Das allgemeine Gesetz der Entwickelungsgeschichte der Natur. In Vortr¨ge aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften und der Oekonomie a gehalten vor einem Kreise gebildeter Zuh¨rer in der physikalisch-¨konomischen o o Gesellschaft zu K¨nigsberg. K¨nigsberg. o o ———. 1835. Untersuchungen uber die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Fische; ¨ nebst einem Anhange uber die Schwimmblase. Leipzig: F.C.W. Vogel. ¨ ———. 1873. The controversy of Darwinism. Augsburger Allegmeine Zeitung 130: 1968–1988. *Baerenbach, Friedrich Von. 1877. Das Problem einer Naturgeschichte des Weibes. Jena: Her-mann Duft. [CUL, I] *———. 1878. Gedanken uber die Teleolgie in der Natur. Berlin: Theobald ¨ Grieben. [Down] *———. 1879. Prolegomena zu einer anthropologischen Philosophie. Leipzig: J.A. Barth. [Down, I]

11

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Bagehot, Walter. 1872. Physics and politics. London: Henry S. King & Co. [Down, I, S] ———. 1872. Physics and politics: Or thoughts on the application of the principles of “natural selection” and “inheritance” to political society. London. *Baildon, Henry Bellyse. 1880. The spirit of nature. London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down, I] *Bain, Alexander. 1864. The senses and the intellect. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Rob-erts and Green. [CUL] *———. 1865. The emotions and the will. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [CUL] *———. 1875. The emotions and the will. 3rd ed. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, card from author] Baird, William. 1850. The natural history of the British Entomostraca. London: Ray Society. *———. 1875. The natural history of the British Entomostraca. London: The Ray Society. [CUL] *Baker, J.g. 1875. Elementary lessons in botanical geography. London: Lovell, Reeve & Co. [CUL, I] Bakewell, Robert. 1813. An introduction to geology, illustrative of the general structure of the Earth. London. Baldwin, James Mark. 1902. Development and evolution, including psychophysical evolution, evolution by orthoplasy, and the theory of genetic modes. New York: The Macmillan Company. *Balfour, Francis Maitland. 1878. A monograph on the development of elasmobranch fishes. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1880. A treatise on comparative embryology. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down marks by FD] Balfour, John Hutton. 1849. A manual of botany; being an introduction to the study of the structure, physiology, and classification of plants. London and Glasgow: John Joseph Griffin (London) and Richard Griffin and Co. (Glasgow). ———. 1852-4. Class book of botany: being an introduction to the study of the vegetable kingdom. 2 pts. Edinburgh: A. and C. Black. *Ball, Valentine. 1880. Jungle life in India. London: Thos de la Rue & Co. [Down]

12

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Barbot, Jean. 1732. A description of the coasts of North and South Guinea; and of Ethiopia Inferior, vulgarly Angola: being a new and accurate account of the western maritime countries of Africa. Vol. 5 of Churchill, Awnsham, a collection of voyages and travels. In Collection of voyages and travels, some now first printed from original manuscripts, others now first published in English. London: Awnsham and John Churchill. *Barclay, John. 1822. An inquiry into the opinions, ancient and modern, concerning life and organization. Edinburgh: Bell and Bradfute. [CUL, pre-B, S] ˆ *Barker-Webb, Philip and Sabin Berthelot. 1840. Histoire naturelle des Iles Canaries. Paris: B´thune. [CUL] e *Barrago, Francesco. 1869. L’Uomo fatto ad imagine di Dio fu anche fatto ad imagine della scienzia. Cagliari: Corveso di Sardegna. [Down, I] Barrande, Joachim. 1852-1911. Systˆme Silurien du centre de la Bohˆme. 8 e e vols in 29. Prague, Paris. *———. 1870. Defense de colonies. Prague: Chez l’auteur. [Down, I] *———. 1870. Distribution des C´ph-alopodes. Prague: Chez l’auteur. [Down, e I] *———. 1871. Trilobites. Prague: Chez l’au-teur. [Down, I] *———. 1877. C´phalopodes. Prague: Chez l’auteur. [Down, I] e *———. 1879. Brachiopodes. Prague: Chez l’auteur. [Down, I] *———. 1881. Ac´phal´s. Prague: Chez l’auteur. [Down, I to CD erased and e e replaced by FD] Barrow, John. 1818. A chronological history of voyages into the Arctic regions (1818): undertaken chiefly for the purpose of discovering a North-east, Northwest or Polar passage between the Atlantic and Pacificpassage between the Atlantic and Pacific. London. Bartholomew, John. 1864. Philips’ atlas of Australia, including a general map of the world; a series of maps, constructed from the latest and best authorities. London and Liverpool. Barton, Benjamin Smith. 1809. Specimen of a geographical view of the trees and shrubs, and many of the herbaceous plants of North-America. Philadelphia. *Barton, John. 1827. A lecture on the geography of plants. London: Harvey and Darton. [Down, pre-B, S] Bartram, William. 1791. Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia, East and West Florida, the Cherokee country . . . containing an account of the soil and natural productions of those regions. Philadelphia: James and Johnson. 13

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Bary, Heinrich Anton De. 1864. Die Mycetozoen. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down] Bascom, John. 1871. Darwin’s theory of the origin of species. American Theological Review 3: 349–379. Bastian, Adolf. 1875. Sch¨pfung oder Entstehung. Jena: Hermann Costenoble. o *Bastian, Henry Charlton. 1871. The modes of origin of lowest organisms. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1872. The beginnings of life. London: Macmillan. [CUL, I] *———. 1874. Evolution and the origin of life. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1880. The brain as an organ of mind. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [Down] *Bate, Charles Spence. 1862. Catalogue of the specimens of Amphipodous Crustacea in the collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the Trustees. [Down, I] *Bateman, Frederic. 1870. On aphasia, or loss of speech. London: John Churchill & Sons. [CUL] Bateman, James. 1843. The Orchidaceæ of Mexico & Guatemala. London: The Author, James Ridgeway & Sons. *Bates, Henry Walter. 1863. The naturalist on the river Amazons. London: John Murray. [CUL, I in both vols.] Bates, W. 1862. Contributions to an insect fauna of the Amazon Valley. Lepidoptera: Heliconidae. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 23: 495–566. Bateson, W. and E. R. Saunders. 1902. Report 1 to the Evolution Committee of the Royal Society of London. London: Harrison and Sons. Bateson, William. 1894. Materials for the Study of Variation, Treated with Especial Regard to Discontinuity in the Origin of Species. London: Macmillan. ———. 1902. A Defence of Mendel’s Principles of Heredity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 1903. Problems of Genetics. New Haven: Yale University Press. ———. 1908. The Methods and Scope of Genetics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 1909. Mendel’s Principles of Heredity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 14

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1914. President’s address. In Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, pp. 3–38. Place Unknown: British Association for the Advancement of Science. Bauer, Franz Andreas. 1830-8. Illustrations of orchidaceous plants. With notes and prefatory remarks by John Lindley. London: James Ridgway & Sons. *Baxter, Jedediah Hyde. 1875. Statistics, medical and anthropological of the Provost-Marshal-General’s bureau. Washington: Government Printing Office. [Down] *Beale, Lionel Smith. 1865. On the structure and growth of the tissues and of life. London: Robert Hardwicke. [CUL] Beatson, Alexander. 1816. Tracts relative to the island of St. Helena; written during a residence of five years. London. Beatty, John and Susan K. Finsen. 1989. Second thoughts on the propensity interpretation of fitness. In Michael Ruse, ed., What the Philosophy of Biology Is: Essays Dedicated to David Hull. Boston: Kluwer Academic. Beatty, John and Susan K. Mills. 1979. The propensity interpretation of fitness. Philosophy of Science 46: 263–286. *Bechstein, Johann Matth¨us. 1801-5 (2nd edn), 1793-5 (1st edn). Gemeina n¨tzige Naturgeschichte Deutschlands. 1801st ed. Leipzig: Ernsius. [CUL] u *———. 1840. Natur-geschichte der Stubenv¨gel. Halle: Hennemann. [CUL, S] o ———. 1840. Naturgeschichte der Stubenv¨gel, oder Anleitung zur Kennto niss, Wartung, Z¨hmung, Fortpflanzung und zum Fang derjenigen in- und a ausl¨ndischen V¨gel, welche man in der Stube halten kann. 4th edition. Halle: a o E. Heynemann. Beecher, Henry Ward. 1879. A word on evolution. Christian Union 19: 50. Beechey, Frederick William. 1831. Narrative of a voyage to the Pacific and Beering’s Strait, to co-operate with the Polar expeditions: performed in H.M.S. Blossom . . . in the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. 2 vols. London. *———. 1832. Narrative of a voyage to the Pacific. Philadelphia: Carey and Rea. [CUL, on B] ———. 1839. The zoology of Captain Beechey’s voyage; compiled from the collections and notes made by Captain Beechey, the officers and naturalist of the expedition, during a voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Straits performed in His Majesty’s Ship Blossom . . . in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28. London: H.G. Bohn. B´langer, Charles. 1834. Voyage aux Indes-Orientales: Zoologie. Paris: Arthus e Bertrand. 15

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Belcher, Edward. 1843. Narrative of a voyage round the world, performed in Her Majesty’s Ship Sulphur, during the years 1836–1842, including details of the naval operations in China, from Dec. 1840, to Nov. 1841. 2 vols. London: Henry Colburn. ———. 1844. The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. “Sulphur”: under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher during the years 1836-42. Edited and superintended by Richard Brinsley Hinds. 2 vols. London: Smith, Elder. ———. 1848. Narrative of the voyage of H.M.S. Samarang, during the years 1843–46; employed surveying the islands of the Eastern Archipelago. 2 vols. London: Reeve, Benham, and Reeve. Bell, Charles. 1833. The hand. Its mechanism and vital endowments as evincing design. London. *———. 1844. The anatomy and philosophy of expression. London: John Murray. [CUL, S E. Darwin 1844 to Ch. Darwin Nov. 28 1866] ———. 1844. The anatomy and philosophy of expression as connected with the fine arts. Preface by George Bell, and an appendix on the nervous system by Alexander Shaw. 3rd ed. London. *———. 1874. The hand. 0000th ed. London: George Bell & Sons. [Down] *Bell, John & Charles. 1826. The anatomy and physiology of the human body. 6th ed. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown and Green. [Down, pre-B, ED] Bell, Thomas. 1837. A history of British quadrupeds, including the Cetacea. London: John van Voorst. *Belt, Thomas. 1874. The naturalist in Nicaragua. London: John Murray. [CUL, S] *Beneden, Pierre Joseph Van. n.d. M´moire sur les vers intestinaux. Vol. 2 e Bennet, A. W. 1870-71. The theory of natural selection from a mathematical point of view. Nature 3: 30–33. *Bentham, George. 1858. Handbook of the British flora. London: Lovell Reeve. [CUL] *———. 1858. Handbook of the British flora. London: Lovell Reeve. [CUL, another copy] ———. 1858. Handbook of the British flora; a description of the flowering plants and ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British Isles. London: Lovell Reeve. ———. 1863. Address as President on may 25, 1863. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London p. xii. 16

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1868. President’s Address, May 25, 1868. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London pp. xciii–xciv. Bentham, George and Joseph Dalton Hooker. 1844. The botany of the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher. London: Smith, Elder. *———. 1862-83. Genera plantarum. London: Reeve & Co. [Botany School] Berg, Lev Semenovich. 1926. Nomogenesis; or, Evolution determined by law; with an introduction by D’arcy Wentworth Thompson. Translated from the Russian by J.N. Rostovtsow. London: Constable. *Berjeau, Philibert. 1863. The varieties of dogs. London: Dulau & Co. [Down] Berkeley, Miles Joseph. 1857. Introduction to cryptogamic botany. London: H. Bailli`re. e Berkenhout, John. 1764. Clavis Anglica linguaea botanicaea; or, a botanical lexicon; in which the terms of botany. . . are applied, derived, explained, contrasted and exemplified. London: Printed for the author. *Bernard, Claude. 1866. Le¸ons sur les propri´t´s des tissus vivants. Paris: c ee Germer Bailli`re. [CUL] e *———. 1879. Le¸ons sur les ph´nom`nes de la vie communs aux animaux et c e e aux v´g´taux. Paris: T.B. Bailli`re et fils. [CUL (2nd vol. only)] e e e ¨ *Bernhardi, Johann Jacob. 1834. Uber den Begriff der Pflanzenart und seine Anwendung. Erfurt: Friedrich Wilhelm Otto. [CUL] Berryu, Edward W. 1928. Cephalopod adaptations—the record and its interpretation. Quarterly Review of Biology 3: 92–108. *Berzelius, J¨ns Jacob. 1822. The use of the blowpipe in chemical analysis and o in the examination of minerals. London: Baldwin, Cradock, Joy and J. Mawe. [Down, pre-B] *Beudant, Fran¸ois Sulpice. 1830. Trait´ ´l´-mentaire de min´ralogie. Paris: c e ee e Verdi`re. [Down, on B] e *Bevan, Edward. 1827. The honeybee. London: Baldwin, Cradock and Joy. [CUL, pre-B, S E. Catherine Darwin] *Bevington, Louisa Sarah. 1879. Key-notes. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [Down] Bewick, Thomas. 1790. A general history of quadrupeds. The figures engraved on wood by T. Bewick. [The text by R. Beilby]. Newcastle-upon-Tyne: S. Hodgson, R. Beilby, & T. Bewick.

17

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1797-1804. History of British birds. The figures engraved on wood by T. Bewick. Vol. 2 vols. Newcastle: Beilby & Bewick. *Bianconi, Giovanni Giuseppe. 1875. La Teoria darwiniana e la creazione detta indipendente. Bologna: Nicola Zanichelli. [Down] *———. 1875. La Th´orie darwinienne et la cr´ation dite ind´pendante: lettre e e e a ` M. Ch. Darwin. Bologna: Nicola Zanichelli. [CUL] *Bigg, Henry Heather. 1882. Spinal curvature. London: J. and A. Churchill. [Down, I] *Billing, Sidney. 1879. Scientific materialism and ultimate conceptions. London: Brickers & Son. [Down, I] *Binney, William Greene. 1878. The terrestrial air-breathing mollusks of the United States. Cambridge, Mass.: Welch, Bigelow & Co. [Down] Bischoff, Th. L. W. 1867. Ueber die Verschiedenheiten in der Sch¨delbildung a des Gorilla, Schimpanse und Orang-Utang. Munich: K¨nigliche Akademie. o ———. 1868. Die Grosshirnwindungen des Menschen. Abundlungen der mathematisch-physikalischen Klasse der K¨niglich bayrischen Akademie der o Wissenschaften, M¨nchen 50: 486, 491–492. u *Blackley, Charles Harrison. 1873. Experimental researches on the causes and nature of Catarrhus aestivus. London, Paris & Madrid: Bailli`re, Tindall & e Cox. [CUL, I] *———. 1880. Hay fever. 2nd ed. London: Bailli`re, Tindall & Cox. [Down] e Blacklock, Ambrose. 1838. A treatise on sheep; with the best means for their improvement, general management, and the treatment of their diseases. With a chapter on wool, and history of the wool trade. Glasgow. *Blackwall, John. 1834. Researches in zoology. London: Simpkin & Marshall. [CUL, S] ———. 1834. Researches in zoology, illustrative of the manners and economy of animals. London: Simpkin & Marshall. *———. 1861-1864. A history of the spiders of Great Britain and Ireland. London: The Ray Society. [Down .up] *Blackwell, Antoinette Brown. 1869. Studies in general science. New York: G.P. Putnam & Son. [Down, I] *Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay De. 1834. Manuel d’actiniologie ou de zoophytologie. Paris: F.G. Levrault. [Down, on B, S]

18

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de. 1841-55. Ost´ographie, ou description e iconographique compar´e du squelette et du syst`me dentaire des cinq classes e e d’animaux vert´br´s r´cents et fossiles pour servir de base a la zoologie et a la e e e ` ` g´ologie. 3 vols. Paris: Arthus Bertrand. Also includes atlas, 2 vols. e Blume, Carl Ludwig and Joann Baptist Fischer. 1828-51. Flora Javae nec non insularum adjacentium. Brussels. *Blumenbach, Johann Friedrich. 1865. The anthropological treatises of Johann Friedrich Blumenbach, with memoirs of him by Marx and Flourens, and an account of his anthropological museum by Professor R. Wagner, and the inaugural dissertation of John Hunter, M.D., on the varieties of man. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts and Green. [CUL] ———. 1865. On the natural varieties of mankind. *Blyth, Edward. 1881. The natural history of the cranes. London: Horace Cox. [CUL] Bock, Walter. 1970. Microevolutionary sequences as a fundamental concept in macroevolutionary models. Evolution 24: 704–722. ———. 1979. The synthetic explanation of macroevolutionary change: A reductionist approach. Bulletin of the Carnegie Museum of Natural History 13: 20–69. Bock, Walter and Gerd von Wahlert. 1965. Adaptation and the form-function complex. Evolution 13: 20–69. Boddaert, Pieter. 1783. Table des planches enlumin´es d’histoire naturelle, de e M. d’Aubenton . . . preced´ d’une Notice des Principaux Ouvrages Zoologiques e enlumin´s. Utrecht. e *Boitard, Pierre. 1828. Manuel d’entomologie. Paris: Roret. [CUL, on B] *Boitard, Pierre & Corbi´. 1824. Les Pigeons de voli`re et de colombier, ou e e Histoire naturelle des pigeons domestiques. Paris: Audot & Corbi´. [CUL, e pre-B] *Bolingbroke, Viscount, Henry. 1739. A dis-sertation upon parties. London. [CUL.1900] *———. 1748. A col-lection of political tracts. London. [CUL.1900] *———. 1749. Letters on the spirit of patriotism. London. [CUL.1900] Bonafous, Matthieu. 1836. Histoire naturelle, agricole et ´conomique du ma¨ e ıs. Paris and Turin. *Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. 1838. A geo-graphical and comparative list of the birds of Europe and North America. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, S] 19

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1850-7. Conspectus generum avium. 2 vols. Leiden. *———. 1855. Coup d’oeil sur l’ordre des pigeons. Paris: Mallet–Bacheler. [CUL] *Bondi, Augusto. 1873. L’Uomo: ipotesi sulla origine (teoria darwiniana), considerazioni. Forl: Tip. Soc. Democratica. [CUL, I] *Boner, Charles. 1865. Transylvania: its products and its people. London: Longman, Green, Reader and Dyer. [Down] *Bonnal, Marcel De. 1877. Une agonie. Angoulˆme: F. Lugeol & Cie. [Down] e Bonner, John Tyler. 1980. The Evolution of Culture in Animals. Princeton: Princeton University Press. *Bonnet, Charles. 1754. Recherches sur l’usage des feuilles dans les plantes. G¨ttingen: Elie Luzac. [Botany School, FD] o *———. 1754. Recherches sur l’usage des feuilles dans les plantes. G¨ttingen o & Leiden: Elie Luzac. [Botany School, FD] *———. 1780. Oeuvres d’histoire naturelle et de philosophie: insectologie. Amsterdam: Marc-Michel Rey. [Down, pre-B] Bonnier, Gaston. 1895. Recherches exp´rimentales sur l’adaptation des plantes e au climat alpin. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, 7th ser. 20: 217–360. ———. 1898. Experiences sur la production des charact`res alpines par e l’alternance des temp´ratures extrˆmes. Comptes Rendus ` l’Acad´mie des e e a e Sciences 127: 307–312. ———. 1899. Character`res anatomiques et physiologiques des plantes rendues e artificiellement alpines par l’alternance des temp´ratures extrˆmes. Comptes e e Rendus ` l’Acad´mie des Sciences 128: 1143–1146. a e ———. 1899. Cultures exp´rimentales sur l’adaptation des plantes au climat e M´diterranean. Comptes Rendus ` l’Acad´mie des Sciences 139: 1207–1213. e a e *Boott, Francis. 1858-1860. Illustrations of the genus Carex. London: William Pomplin. [Down] ———. 1858-67. Illustrations of the genus Carex. 4 pts. London: William Pamplin (pts 1, 2, and 3), L. Reeve & Co. (pt 4). Boreau, Alexandre. 1840. Flore du centre de la France; ou, description des plantes qui croissent spontan´ment dans la r´gion centrale de la France. 2 vols e e in 1. Paris: Librarie encyclop´dique de Roret. e *Borrelli, Diodato. 1879. Vita e natura. Napoli: Enrico Dethen. [Down]

20

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Bosanquet, Samuel Richard. 1845. ”Vestiges of the natural history of creation:” its argument examined and exposed. London. *Bosquet, Joseph. 1852. Description des ento-mostrac´s fossiles des terraines e tertiaires de la France et de la Belgique. Acad´mie royale de Belgique. [Down, e I] *———. 1854. Description des crustac´s fossiles du terrain cr´tac´ du Duch´ e e e e de Limbourg. Haarlem: A.C. Kruseman. [Down, I] *———. 1857. Notice sur quelques cirrip`des. Haarlem: Les H´ritiers Loosjes. e e [Down, I] Bosquet, Joseph Augustin Hubert de. 1852. Description des Entomostrac´s e fossiles des terrains tertiaires de la France et de la Belgique. Brussels. *Bostock, John. 1824. An elementary system of physiology. London: Baldwin, Cradock & Joy. [Down, pre-B, ED] *Boudin, Jean Christian. 1857. Trait´ de g´ographie et de statistique m´dicales e e e et des maladies end´miques. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re et Fils. [CUL] e e *Bou´, Ami. 1879. Autobiographie. Wien: F. Ulrich und Sohn. [Down, I] e Boule, Marcellin. 1923. Fossil man: Elements of human paleontology. Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd. *Bourbon Del Monte, Jean-Baptiste Fran¸ois. 1877. L’Homme et les animaux. c Paris: Germer Bailli`re. [Down, S] e *Bowdler, Jane. 1819. Poems and essays. Bath: Bath. [CUL.1900] Bowen, Francis. 1845. A theory of creation. North American Review 60: 426–478. ———. 1845. Vestiges . . . North American Review 60: 426–478. *Bowerbank, James Scott. 1864-1872. A monograph of the British Spongiadae. London: The Ray Society. [Down] Bowler, Peter J. 1863. Geological evidences of the antiquity of man: With remarks on Theories of the origin of species by variation. London. ———. 1984. Evolution: The History of an Idea. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. *Boyer, Abel. 1816. Le Dictionnaire royal fra¸nois–anglois et anglois–fran¸ois. c c new, 2 vols. ed. London: J. Rivington. [Down, pre-B, ED] *———. 1819. Royal dictionary (abridged). 23rd ed. London: F.C. & J. Rivington. [CUL, pre-B, S C. Darwin October 29th, 1825]

21

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Brace, Charles Loring. 1863. The races of the Old World. London: John Murray. [Down, I] *———. 1872. The dangerous classes of New York. New York: Wynkoop & Hallenbeck. [Down, I] *Bradley, Richard. 1724. A general treatise of husbandry and gardening. London: T. Woodward. [CUL, pre-B, each vol. S of R.W. Darwin] ———. 1726. A general treatise on husbandry and gardening. 2 vols. London. *Brady, George Stewardson. 1878-1880. A monograph of the free and semiparasitic Copepoda of the British Islands. London: The Ray Society. [Down] Braun, Alexander. 1872. Ueber die Bedeutung der Entwicklung in der Naturgeschichte. Berlin: Gustav Lange. ———. 1875. Die Frage nach der Gymnospermie der Cycadeen erl¨utert durch a die Stellung dieser Familie in Stufengang des Gew¨chsreichs. Monatsberichte a der Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin pp. 245–249. Braun, Alexander Carl Heinrich. 1851. Betrachtungen uber die Erscheinung der ¨ Verj¨ngung in der Natur, insbesondere in der Lebens- und Bildungsgeschichte u der Pflanze. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. ———. 1853. Reflections on the phenomena of rejuvenescence in nature, especially in the life and development of plants. By Alexander Carl Heinrich Braun. In Botanical and physiological memoirs. London: Ray Society. *Bree, Charles Robert. 1860. Species not transmutable. London: Groombridge & Sons. [CUL] *Brehm, A.e. 1864-1867. Illustriertes Thierleben. Hildburghausen: Verlag der Biblio-graphischen Instituts. [Down] *Brehm, Alfred Edmund. 1876-1878. Tierleben. 2nd ed. Leipzig: Leipzig, Verlag der Bibliographischen Instituts. [Down] *Brent, Bernard P. n.d. The canary, British finches, and some other birds. London. [CUL] *———. n.d. The pigeon book. London: Cottage gardener office. [CUL] Brewster, David. 1855. Memoirs of the life, writings, and discoveries of Sir Isaac Newton. 2 vols. Edinburgh. *Briggs, Thomas Richard Archer. 1880. Flora of Plymouth. London: John Van Voorst. [Down, I] *Briosi, Giovanni. 1882. Intorno un organo di alcuni embrioni vegetali. [Down]

22

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Britten, R. J. 1986. Rates of DNA sequence evolution differ between taxonomic groups. Science 231: 1393–1398. Broca, Paul. 1867. Discussion of ‘mesures recueilles sur les individus des races diverses par les docteurs Scherzer et Schwartz discut´es par le docteur Weisbach’. e Bulletins de la Soci´t´ d’Anthropologie, 2d ser. 2: 639–640. ee *Broca, Pierre Paul. 1864. On the phenomena of hybridity in the genus Homo. London: Longman, Green, Longman and Roberts. [CUL] Brodie, Benjamin Collins. 1854. Psychological inquiries: in a series of essays, intended to illustrate the mutual relations of the physical organization and the mental faculties. London. Brongniart, Adolphe Th´odore. 1828. Prodome d’une histoire des v´g´taux e e e fossiles. Parise and Strasburg: R.G. Levrault. ———. 1829. General consideration on the nature of the vegatation which covered the Earth at the different epochs of the formation of its crust. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 6: 349–371. ———. 1839. Observations sur la structure int´rieure du Sigillaria elegans e compar´e a celle des lepidodendron et des stigmaria et a celle des v´g´taux e e e vivants. Paris: A. Pihan de la Forest. ———. 1849. V´g´taux. In Alcide Charles Victors Dessalines d’Orbigny, ed., e e vol. 13 of Dictionnaire universel d’histoire naturelle, 13 Vols. and 3 atlases. Paris: Au bureau principal des editeurs. *Bronn, Heinrich Georg. 1841. Handbuch einer Geschichte der Natur, 2 vols. and atlas. G. Schweizerbart. [CUL] ———. 1841-9. Handbuch einer Geschichte der Natur. Vol. 3 vols. in 5; 2 vols. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. *———. 1858. Morphologische Studien uber die Gestaltungs-Gesetze der ¨ Naturk¨rper. Leipzig: Heidelberg, C. Winter. [CUL, I] o ———. 1858. Morphologische Studien uber die Gestaltungsgesetze der ¨ Naturk¨rper, uberhaupt und der organischen insbesondere. Heidelberg: C.F. o ¨ Winter’sche Verlagshandlung. *———. 1858. Untersuchungen uber die Entwickelungs-Gesetze der organischen ¨ Welt. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. [CUL] ———. 1858. Untersuchungen uber die Entwickelungs-Gesetze der organis¨ chen Welt w¨hrend der Bildungs Zeit unserer Erd-Oberfl¨che. Eine von der a a Franz¨sischen Akademie im Jahre 1857 gekr¨nte Preisschrift . . . Natura doceri. o o Stuttgart.

23

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1858. Untersuchungen uber die Entwicklungsgesetze der organischen ¨ Welt w¨hrend der Bildungszeit unserer Erdoberfl¨che. Stuttgart: E. Schweizera a bart. ———. 1859. On the laws of evolution of the organic world during the formation of the crust of the Earth. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4: 81–89, 175–184. ———. 1860. Schlusswort des Uebersteers. In Ueber die Entstehung der Arten in Thier- und Pflanzenreich durch nat¨rliche Zuchtung, oder Erhalting u der vervollkommneten Rassen im Kampfe um’s Dasein by Charles Darwin. Stuttgart: Schweitzerbart. *———. 1861. Essai. Paris: Maller-Bachelier. [CUL] *Brookes, Richard. 1763. The natural history of insects. London: J. Newbery. [CUL, pre-B, S] *———. 1763. The natural history of waters, earths, stones, fossils and minerals. London: J. Newbery. [CUL, pre-B, S] Brookes, Samuel. 1815. An introduction to the study of conchology: including observations on the Linnæan genera, and the arrangement of M. Lamarck, a glossary, and a table of English names. London: Richard and Arthur Taylor. Brooks, William Keith. 1883. The law of heredity: a study of the cause of variation and the origin of living organisms. Baltimore: John Murphy. ———. 1915. The foundations of zoology. 2nd ed. New York: Columbia University Press. Brougham, Henry Peter. 1839. Dissertations on subjects of science connected with natural theology: being the concluding volumes of the new edition of Paley’s work. 2 vols. London: C. Knight. *Brougham, Lord, Henry. 1839. Dissertations on subjects of science connected with natural theology. London: C. Knight & Co. [CUL] *Broun, Thomas. 1880. Manual of the New Zealand Coleoptera. Wellington: James Hughes. [Down] Brown, A. J. L. and C. H. Langley. 1979. Reevaluation of genic heterozygosity in natural populations of Drosophila melonogaster by two dimensional electrophoresis. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 76: 2381–2384. Brown, Robert. 1810. Prodromus floræ Novæ Hollandiæ et Insulæ Van-Diemen. Vol. 1 (no more published). London.

24

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1824. A list of plants, collected in Melville Island, by the officers of the expedition; with characters and descriptions of the new species. Appendix 2 in Parry, William Edward, Journal of a voyage for the discovery of a northwest passage. 1 vol. and supplement. 2nd ed. London. ———. 1831. Observations on the organs and mode of fecundation in Orchideæ and Asclepiadeæ. London: privately printed. *———. 1866-1868. The miscellaneous botanical works. London: The Ray Society. [Down] ´ Brown-S´quard, Charles Edouard. 1860. Heredity transmission of an epilepe tiform affection, accidentally produced. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 10: 297–298. ———. 1875. On the hereditary transmission of effects of certain injuries to the nervous system. Lancet 1: 7–8. ———. 1882. Faits nouveaux ´tablissant l’extrˆme frequence de la transmission e e par l’h´r´dit´, d’´tats organiques morbides produit accidentellement chex des ee e e ascendents. Comptes Rendus ` l’Acad´mie des Sciences 94: 697–700. a e ———. 1892. H´r´dit´ d’une affection due a une cause accidentelle. faits et e e e arguments contre les explanations et les critques de Weismann. Archiv fuer die Physiologique 24: 686–688. ———. 1893. Transmission h´r´ditaires des charact`res acquis. Archiv fuer die ee e Physiologique 25: 209–210. *Browne, James Crichton. 1871-1875. The West Riding lunatic asylum medical reports. London: J. & A. Churchill. [CUL] Bruce, James. 1813. Travels to discover the source of the Nile, in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, & 1773. 7 vols. 3rd ed. Edinburgh. Brugui`re, Jean Guillaume. 1789-92. Encyclop´die m´thodique. Histoire nae e e turelle des vers. 2 vols. Paris. *Brugui`res, Jean Guillaume. 1789-1792. Encyclop´die M´thodique – histoire e e e naturelle des vers. Paris: Panckoucke. [CUL, pre-B] *Brunton, Thomas Lauder. 1868. On digitalis, with some observations on the urine. London: John Churchill & Sons. [Down, I] *———. 1880. Pharmacology & therapeutics. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1881. The Bible and science. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] Bryson, V. and H. J. Vogel, eds. 1965. Evolving Genes and Proteins. New York: Academic Press. 25

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Buch, Christian Leopold von. 1813. Travels through Norway and Lapland . . . Translated by John Black. With notes . . . by Robert Jameson. London. ———. 1825. Physicalische Beschreibung der Canarischen Inseln. Berlin. *Buch, Leopold Von. 1813. Travels through Norway and Lapland during the years 1806, 1807 and 1808. London: Henry Colburn. [CUL, on B,] ˆ *———. 1836. Description physique des Iles Canaries, suivie d’une indication des principaux volcans du globe. Paris: F.G. Levrault. [CUL] B¨ chner, Friedrich Carl Christian Ludwig. 1855. Kraft und Stoff. Empirischu naturphilosophische Studien. In Allgemein-verst¨ndlicher Darstellung. Frankfurt a am Main: Weidinger. *B¨ chner, Ludwig. 1862. Aus Natur und Wis-senschaft. Leipzig: Theodor u Thomas. [1862[CUL] *———. 1868. Sechs Vorlesungen uber die Darwin’sche Theorie der Verwand¨ lung der Arten. Leipzig: Theodor Thomas. [CUL] *———. 1869. Conf´rences sur la th´orie darwinienne de la transmutation des e e esp`ces. Paris: C. Reinwald. [CUL] e *———. 1870. Die Stellung des Menschen in der Natur. Leipzig. [CUL] *———. 1872. Man in the past, present & future. London: Asher & Co. [CUL] *———. 1872. Sechs Vorlesungen uber die Darwin’sche Theorie der Verwand¨ lung der Arten. 2nd ed. Leipzig: Theodor Thomas. [CUL] *———. 1876. Die Darwinsche Theorie von der Entstehung und Umwandlung der Lebe-Welt. Leipzig: Theodor Thomas. [CUL, I] *———. 1879. Liebe und Liebes-Leben in der Thierwelt. Berlin: Hofmann & Comp. [Down, I] *———. 1880. Mind in animals. 3rd ed. London: Freethought Publishing Co. [Down] *———. 1882. Die Macht der Vererb-ung. Leipzig: Ernst G¨nther. [CUL, I] u *Bucke, Richard Maurice. 1879. Man’s moral nature. London: Tr¨bner. [Down, u I] Buckland, Francis Trevelyan. 1857. Curiosities of natural history. London: Richard Bentley. Buckland, William. 1820. Vindiciae Geologicae: Or the connexion of geology and religion explained. Oxford.

26

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1823. Reliquiae Diluvianae: Or observations of the organic remains contained in caves, fissures, and diluvial gravel, and other phenomena, attesting the action of a universal deluge. London: John Murray. ———. 1836. Geology and mineralogy considered with reference to natural theology. Sixth Bridgewater treatise. 2 vols. London. *Buckley, Arabella B. 1876. A short history of natural science. London: John Murray. [Down] *Buckton, George Bowdler. 1876-1883. Monograph of the British aphides. London: The Ray Society. [Down] Buffon, Georges Louis Leclerc, Comte de. 1749-1804. Histoire naturelle, g´n´rale e e et particuli`re, avec la description du cabinet du roy. 44 vols. Paris: de e l’imprimerie royale. ———. 1770-83. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux. 9 vols. Paris: L’Imprimerie Royale. ———. 1793. The natural history of birds. 9 vols. London. From the French of the Count de Buffon. Illustrated with engravings. Includes a preface, notes, and additions by the translator. ———. 1830. The natural history of quadrupeds . . . translated from the French. 3 vols. Edinburgh. *Buller, Walter Lawry. 1873. A history of the birds of New Zealand. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL] Bumpus, H. C. 1896. The variations and mutations of the introduced sparrow, Passer domesticus. Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratories: Biological Lectures pp. 1–15. ———. 1898. The elimination of the unfit as illustrated by the introduced sparrow, Passer domesticus (a fourth contribution to the study of variation). Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratories: Biological Lectures pp. 209–226. Bunbury, Charles James Fox. 1848. Journal of a residence at the Cape of Good Hope; with excursions into the interior, and notes on the natural history, and the native tribes. London: John Murray. Bunge, M., ed. 1973. The Methodological Unity of Science. Dordrecht: D. Reidel. *Burbidge, Frederick William. 1877. Cultivated plants, their propagation and improvement. Edinburgh & London: William Blackwood & Sons. [CUL] *Burchell, William John. 1822. Travels in the interior of Southern Africa. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme and Brown. [Down, pre-B, S]

27

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1822-4. Travels in the interior of Southern Africa. 2 vols. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown. Burckhardt, John Lewis. 1819. Travels in Nubia. London. ———. 1822. Travels in Nubia. 2nd ed. London. ———. 1829. Travels in Arabia. 2 vols. London. *Burgess, Thomas Henry. 1839. The physiology or mechanism of blushing. London: John Churchill. [CUL] Buri, P. 1956. Gene frequency in small populations of mutant Drosophila. Evolution 10: 367–402. *Burke, Edmund. 1823. A philosophical inquiry into the origin of our ideas of the sublime and beautiful, with an introductory discourse concerning taste, and several other additions. London: Thomas M’Lean. [CUL.1900, I by G.V. Jackson] *Burmeister, Hermann. 1834. Beitr¨ge zur Nat-urgeschichte der Rankenf¨sser. a u Berlin: G. Rainer. [CUL] *———. 1846. The organization of trilobites. London: The Ray Society. [CUL] ———. 1854. Geschichte der Sch¨pfung. Leipzig: Otto Wigand. o *———. 1870. Histoire de la cr´ation. Paris: F. Sary. [CUL] e Burmeister, Karl Hermann Konrad. 1834. Beitr¨ge zur Naturgeschichte der a Rankenf¨sser (Cirripedia). Berlin: G. Reimer. u Burnes, Alexander. 1973. Travels into Bokhara. Orig. Pub. London, 1834. Facsimile reprint with an introduction by James Lunt. 3 vols. Karachi, London, and New York: Oxford University Press. Burney, James. 1803-1817. A chronological history of the discoveries in the South Sea or Pacific Ocean. 5 vols. London. *Busch, Otto. 1877. Arthur Schopenhauer: Beitrag zu einer Dogmatik der Religionslosen. Heidelberg: Fr. Bassermann. [Down] *———. 1878. Arthur Schopenhauer. M¨nchen: Fr. Basserman. [Down, I] u *Busch, Otto Arthur. 1877. Naturgeschichte der Kunst. Heidelberg: Fr. Bassermann. [Down, I] Bush, G. L. 1975. Modes of animal speciation. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 6: 339–364. Bush, G. L., S. M. Case, A. C. Wilson, and J. C. Patton. 1977. Rapid speciation and chromosomal evolution in mammals. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 74: 3942–3946. 28

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Busk, British Museum (G. and J.e. Gray). 1852/1854. Catalogue of Marine Polyzoa in the collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the Trustees. [CUL] Busk, George. 1852-4. Catalogue of marine Polyzoa in the collection of the British Museum. 2 pts. London: Printed by order of the Trustees. Butler, Joseph. 1736. The analogy of religion, natural and revealed, to the constitution and course of nature. London. Butler, Samuel. 1879. Evolution, old and new: Or the theories of Buffon, Dr. Erasmus Darwin, and Lamarck, as compared with that of Mr. Charles Darwin. London: Hardwicke and Bogue. ———. 1916. Life and habit. 2nd ed. London. ———. 1920. Luck, or cunning, as the main means of organic modification? London. *Butler, Samuel a. 1818. A sketch of modern and ancient geography for the use of schools. 4th ed. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [CUL, pre-B, S] *———. 1879. Evolution old and new. London: Hardwick & Bogue. [Botany School, FD] *B¨ tschli, Otto. 1876. Studien uber die ersten Entwicklungs vorg¨nge der u ¨ a Eizelle die Zelltheilung und die Conjugation der Infusorien. Frankfurt am Main: Christian Winter. [CUL, I] Byron, George Anson. 1826. Voyage of H.M.S. Blonde to the Sandwich Islands, in the years 1824–1825. London: John Murray. Cabanis, Jean Baptiste. 1764. Essai sur les principes de la greffe, et sur les moyens de la faciliter et de la perfectionner. Paris. *Cabot, Louis. 1872-1881. The immature state of the Odonata. Cambridge, Mass.: University Press. [Down] Cain, A. J. 1954. Animal Species and Their Evolution. London: Hutchinson’s University Library. ———. 1977. The efficacy of natural selection in wild populations. In Changing Scenes in Natural Sciences, Special Publication 12, pp. 111–133. Academy of Natural Sciences. Cain, A. J. and J. D. Currey. 1963. Area effects in Cepaea. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 246: 1–81.

29

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Cain, A. J. and P. M. Shepppard. 1950. Selection in the polymorphic land snail Cepaea nemoralis. Heredity 4: 275–294. ———. 1954. Natural selection in Cepaea. Genetics 39: 89–116. Caldcleugh, Alexander. 1825. Travels in South America, during the years 1819 . . . 21. 2 vols. London: John Murray. *Camerano, Lorenzo. 1880. La Scelta sessuale e i caratteri sessuali secondari nei coleotteri. Torino: Ermanno Loescher. [Down, I] Campbell, Bernard Grant. 1972. Sexual Selection and the Descent of Man, 1871-1971. Chicago: Aldine. Camper, Petrus. 1779. Account of the organs of speech of the orang outang. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 69: 155–156. *Candolle. n.d. G´ographie botanique. Vol. 2. [] e *Candolle, & Candolle Casimir De, Alphonse De. 1878-1881. Monographia phanerogamarum. Paris: G. Masson. [Down, I in vol. 3] *Candolle, Alphonse De. 1855. G´ographie botan-ique raisonn´e. Paris: J. e e Kessmann. [CUL] Candolle, Alphonse de. 1855. G´ographie botanique raisonn´e ou exposition des e e faits principaux et des lois concernant la distribution g´ographique des plantes e de l’´poque actuelle. 2 vols. Paris: Victor Mason. Geneva: J. Kessmann. e ———. 1862. Etude sur l’esp`ce ` l’occasion d’une r´vision de la famille de e a e Cupulif`res. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 4th ser. 18: 102. e *Candolle, Alphonse De. 1873. Histoire des sciences et des savants, suivie d’autres ´tudes sur des sujets scientifiques et particuliers sur la s´lection dans e e l’esp`ce humaine. Gen`ve, Bˆle, Lyon: H. Georg. [CUL, I] e e a *———. 1880. La Phytographie. Paris: G. Masson. [CUL, I] Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de. 1827. Organographie v´g´tale, ou description e e raison´e des organes des plantes, pour servir de suite et de d´veloppement a la e e ` th´orie ´l´mentaire de la botanique, et d’introduction ` la physiologie v´g´tale e ee a e e et ` la description des familles. 2 vols. Paris: Deterville. a ———. 1832. Physiologie v´g´tale, ou exposition des forces et des fonctions e e vitales des v´g´taux. 2 vols. Paris: B´chet. e e e ———. 1839-40. Vegetable organography; or an analytical description of the organs of plants. Translated by Boughton Kingdon. 2 vols. London: Houlston & Stoneman.

30

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de and Alphonse de Candolle. 1824-73. Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis, sive enumeratio contracta ordinum generum specierumque plantarum huc usque cognitarum, juxta methodi naturalis normas digesta. 17 vols. Paris: Treuttel & W¨rtz & others. u *Candolle, Augustine Pyramus De. 1819. Th´orie ´l´mentaire de la botanique. e ee Paris: D´terville. [Down, pre-B, ED] e *———. 1824-1825. Pro-dromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis. Paris: Treuttel & W¨rtz. [Down] u *———. 1862. M´moires et souvenirs. Gen`ve: Jo¨l Cherbulier. [Down, I to e e e FD] *Canestrini, Giovanni. 1870. Origine dell’uomo. 2nd ed. Milano: Gaetano Brigola. [Down] *———. 1877. La Teoria dell’evoluzione. Torino: Unione Tipografico–Editrice. [Down] *———. 1880. La Teoria di Darwin criticamente esposta. Milano: Fratelli Dumo-lard. [Down] Cannon, W. 1902. A cytological basis for the Mendelian laws. Bulletin. Torrey Botanical Club 29 & 30: 657 & 133–172, 519–543. Caplan, A. L. 1977. Tautology, circularity, and biological theory. American Naturalist 111: 390–393. ———. 1978. Testability, disreputability, and the structure of the modern synthetic theory of evolution. Erkenntnis 13: 261–278. Carl Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolpheand Vogt. 1839-42. Histoire naturelle des poissons d’eau douce de l’Europe centrale. Pt 2 by Carl Vogt, Embryologie des Salmones. 2 pts. Neuchˆtel. a *Carlier, Antoine G. 1872. Darwinism refuted by researches in psychology. London: Jarrold & Sons. [Down, I] Carlquist, Sherwin. 1974. Island Biology. New York: Columbia University Press. Carlyle, Thomas. 1843. Past and present. London. *Carneri, Bartholomaeus. 1871. Sittlichkeit und Darwinismus. Wien: Wilhelm Braum¨ller. [Down] u *———. 1876. Gef¨hl, Bewußt-sein, Wille. Wien: Wilhelm Braum¨ller. [Down] u u Carpenter, W. B. 1860. on the origin of species. National Review 10: 188–214.

31

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1860. The theory of development in nature. Medico-Chirugical Review 25: 367–404. Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1839. Principles of general and comparative physiology. London. ———. 1844. Popular cyclopædia of natural science. Zoology, being a sketch of the classification, structure, distribution, and habits, of animals. 2 vols. London: Wm. S. Orr and Co. ———. 1845. Zoology; being a systematic account of the general structure, habits, instincts, and uses of the principal families of the animal kingdom; as well as of the chief forms of fossil remains. 2 vols. London: Wm. S. Orr & Co. ———. 1854. Principles of comparative physiology. 4th ed. London: John Churchill. *———. 1854. Principles of comparative physiology. 4th ed. London: John Churchill. [CUL] *———. 1855. Researches on the Foraminifera. [Down] *———. 1862. Intro-duction to the study of the Foraminifera. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *———. 1868. The micro-scope and its revelations. London: John Churchill & Sons. [Down] ———. 1873. On the hereditary transmission of acquired psychical habits. Contemporary Review 21: 295–314, 779–795, 867–865. *———. 1874. Principles of mental physiology. London: Henry S. King & Co. [Down, I] ———. 1883. Mental evolution in animals. London: Kegan Paul, Trench and Co. *Carri`re, Elie Abel. 1865. Production et fixation des vari´t´s dans les v´g´taux. e ´ ee e e Paris: Libraire agricole de la Maison Rustiane. [CUL, I] Carson, Hampton L. 1968. The population flush and its genetic consequences. In Richard C. Lewontin, ed., Population Biology and Evolution. Syracuse: Syracuse University Press. ———. 1970. Chromosome tracers of the origin of species. Science 168: 1414–1418. ———. 1971. Speciation and the founder principle. Stadler Genetics Symposia 3: 51–70.

32

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1973. Reorganization of the gene pool during speciation. In Newton E. Morton, ed., Genetic Structure of Populations. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii. ———. 1975. The genetics of speciation at the diploid level. American Naturalist 109: 83–92. ———. 1976. The unit of genetic change in adaptation and speciation. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 63: 210–223. ———. 1990. Genetics of small populations. Science 250: 191. Carson, Hampton L., D. E. Hardy, H. T. Spieth, and W. S. Stone. 1970. The evolutionary biology of the Hawaiian Drosophilidae. In Essays in Evolution and Genetics in Honor of Theodosius Dobzhansky. New York: Appleton-CenturyCrofts. Carson, Hampton L. and K.Y. Kaneshiro. 1976. Drosophila of Hawaii: Systematics and ecological genetics. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 7: 311–345. Carson, Hampton L. and Alan R. Templeton. 1984. Genetic revolutions in relation to speciation phenomena: The founding of new populations. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 15: 97–131. *Carus, Julius Victor. 1872. Geschichte der Biologie. M¨nchen: R. Oldenbourg. u [Down, I] *Carus, Julius Victor and Wilhelm Engelmann. 1861. Bibliotheca zoologica. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL] *Carus, Julius Victor and C.e. Ger-Staecker. 1875. Handbuch der Zoologie. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, first vol. only] *Caspari, Otto. 1873. Die Urgeschichte der Menschheit. Leipzig: Brodhaus. [Down] Castelnau, Francis de. 1850-1. Histoire du voyage. 6 vols. Pt 1 of Exp´dition e dans les parties centrales de l’Am´rique du Sud . . . ex´cut´e par ordre du e e e gouvernment Fran¸ais pendant les ann´es 1843 a 1847, sous la direction de c e Comte Francis de Castelnau. 13 vols. Paris: P. Betrand. 7 pts. Castle, William Ernest. 1903. The heredity of sex. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology 40: 187–218. ———. 1903. The laws of heredity of Galton and Mendel, and some laws governing race improvement by selection. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences pp. 223–242. ———. 1903. Mendel’s law of heredity. Science 18: 396–397.

33

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1903. Mendel’s law of heredity. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 38: 535–548. ———. 1905. The mutation theory of organic evolution from the standpoint of animal breeding. Science 21: 521–525. ———. 1906. Yellow mice and gametic purity. Science 24: 275–281. ———. 1911. Heredity in Relation to Evolution and Animal Breeding. New York: D. Appleton. ———. 1912. The inconstancy of unit characters. American Naturalist 46: 352–362. ———. 1912. On the inheritance of tricolor coat in guinea-pigs, and its relation to Galton’s law of ancestral heredity. American Naturalist 46: 437–440. ———. 1915. Mr. Muller on the constancy of Mendelian factors. American Naturalist 49: 37–42. ———. 1915. Some experiments in mass selection. American Naturalist 49: 713–726. ———. 1916. Further studies of piebald rats and selection, with observations on gametic coupling. Carnegie Institution of Washington Publications 241: 163–192. ———. 1917. Piebald rats and multiple factors. American Naturalist 51: 102–114. ———. 1919. Piebald rats and selection. American Naturalist 53: 369–375. ———. 1919. Piebald rats and selection, a correction. American Naturalist 53: 370–376. ———. 1919. Piebald rats and the theory of genes. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 5: 126–130. Castle, William Ernest and Sewall Wright. 1915. Two color mutations of rats which show partial coupling. Science 42: 193–195. *Caton, John Dean. 1875. A summer in Norway. [CUL, S, I] *———. 1877. The antelope and deer of America. New York: Hurd & Houghton. [Down] *Cattaneo, Giacomo. 1880. Darwinismo: saggio sulla evoluzione degli organismi. Milano: Fratelli Treves. [Down] Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. 2000. Genes, Peoples, and Languages. London: Allen and Lane.

34

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. and W. F. Bodmer. 1971. The Genetics of Human Populations. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman and Company. Chambers, Robert. 1844. Vestiges of the natural history of creation. London: John Churchill. ———. 1845. Explanations: a sequel to “Vestiges of the natural history of creation”. London: John Churchill. ———. 1845. Vestiges of the Natural History of Creation. New York: Wiley & Putnam. ———. 1846. Explanations: a Sequel to “Vestiges of the natural history of creation”. New York: Wiley & Putnam. *———. 1847. Vestiges of the natural history of creation. 6th ed. London: John Churchill. [CUL] ———. 1847. Vestiges of the natural history of creation. 6th ed. London. ———. 1848. Ancient sea margins. Edinburgh: W. & R. Chambers. *———. 1848. Ancient sea margins. Edinburgh: W. and R. Chambers. [Down, I] ———. 1853. Vestiges of the natural history of creation. 10th ed. London: J. Churchill. ———. 1884. Vestiges of the Natural History of Creation. 12th ed. London: Churchill. *Chapman, Henry C. 1873. Evolution of life. Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott. [Down, I] *Chapman, John. 1873. Neuralgia and kindred diseases of the nervous system. London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down, I] *Chapuis, F. 1865. Le Pigeon voyageur belge. Verviers. [CUL, I, S] Charles de Valroger, Hyacinthe. 1873. La Gen`se des Esp`ces: Etudes e e Philosophiques et Religieuses sur l’Histoire Naturelle et les Naturalistes Contemporains. Paris: Didier et Cie. *Charpentier, Jean De. 1841. Essai sur les glaciers et sur le terrain erratique du Rhˆne. Lausanne: Marc Ducloux. [Down] o *Chaumont, Francis Stephen Bennet. 1875. Lectures on state medicine. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [Down, I] Chesney, Francis Rawdon. 1850. The expedition for the survey of the rivers Euphrates and Tigris. 2 vols. London.

35

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Chetverikov, S. S. 1961. On certain aspects of the evolutionary process from the standpoint of modern genetics. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 105: 167–195. ———. 1961. On the genetic constitution of wild populations. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 105: 263–264. *Child, Gilbert W. 1868. Essays on physiological subjects. Oxford: Combe, Gardner, Hall & Latham. [Down, I] *Child, Gilbert William. 1869. Essays on physiological subjects. 2nd ed. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, two copies] *Children, John George. 1853. Memoir of J.G. Children. Westminster: Josiah Bowyer, Nicholas & Sons, for private circulation. [Down] *Chun, Carl. 1880. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, 1. Ctenophorae. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Botany School] Clapar`de, Edouarde. 1861. M. darwin et sa th´orie de la formation des esp`ces. e e e Revue Germanique 16: 259. ———. 1861. M. darwin et sa th´orie de la formation des esp`ces. Revue e e Germanique 16: 535, 546ff. Clapperton, Hugh and Richard Lander. 1829. Journal of a second expedition into the interior of Africa, from the Bight of Benin to Soccatoo. By the late Commander Clapperton, . . . to which is added, the journal of Richard Lander from Kano to the sea-coast, partly by a more eastern route. London: John Murray. *Clarcke, Benjamin. 1870. On systematic botany and zoology. London: J. Bale & Sons. [Down] *Clark, Henry James. 1865. Mind in nature. New York: D. Appleton & Co. [Down] *———. 1878. Lucernariae and their allies. Washington: Smithsonian Institute. [Down] Clark, Wilfrid Edward Le Gros. 1949. History of the primates: An introduction to the study of fossil man. London: British Museum. ———. 1955. The fossil evidence for human evolution. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Clarke, Edward Daniel. 1810-23. Travels in various countries of Europe, Asia and Africa. London: Printed for T. Cadell and W. Davies by R. Watts Broxbourn Herts. 3 pts in 6 vols.

36

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Clarke, J.w. 1880. Cattle problems explained. Battle Creek, Michigan: the author. [Down] Claus, Carl. 1866. Die Copepodfauna von Nizza: Ein Beitrag zur Characteristik der Arten und deren Ab¨nderung im Sinne Darwins. In Schriften a der Gesellschaft zur Befoerderung der Gesammnten Naturewissenschaften zu Marburg, Vol. 9, suppl. iss. 1. Marburg and Leipzig: N. G. Elwart. *———. 1871. Grundz¨ge der Zoologie. 2nd ed. Mauburg und Leipzig: N.G. u Eltwert’sche Universit¨ts Buchhandlung. [Down, S] a *———. 1876. Untersuchungen zur Erforschung der genealogischen Grundlage des Crustaceen-Systems. Wien: Carl Gerhold’s Sohn. [Down] *Cleland, John. 1881. Evolution, expression and sensation. Glasgow: James Maclehose. [Down, I] Clelland, R. E. 1923. Chromosome arrangements during meiosis in certain Oenotheras. American Naturalist 57: 562–566. Cloud, P. E. 1948. Some problems and patterns of evolution exemplified by fossil invertebrates. Evolution 2: 322–350. *Coan, Titus. 1880. Adventures in Patagonia. New York: Dodd, Mead & Co. [Down] *Cognetti De Martis, Salvatore. 1881. Le Forme primitive della evoluzione economica. Torino: Ermanno Loescher. [Down, I] Cohn, Ferdinand. 1853. On the natural history of Protococcus pluvialis. In Arthur Henfrey, ed., Botanical and physiological memoirs. London: Ray Society. *———. 1882. Die Pflanze: Vortr¨ge aus dem Gebiete der Botanik. Breslau: a Kern. [Down, I] *Colin, Gabriel Constant. 1854-1856. Trait´ de phys-iologie compar´e des e e animaux domestiques. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re. [CUL] e *Collett, Robert. 1880. Zoologi: Fiske. Christiania: Grøndall & Søn. [Down] *Collingwood, Cuthbert. 1868. Rambles of a naturalist on the shores and waters of the China Sea. London: John Murray. [CUL] *Columbus, Christopher. 1847. Selected letters. London: Hakluyt Society. [Down] *Commission, Royal. 1876. Report on the practice of subjecting live animals to experiments for scientific purposes. London: HMSO. [CUL] *Comstock, John Henry. 1879. Report upon cotton insects. Washington: Government Printing Office. [CUL]

37

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1880. Report of the entomologist of the United States Department of Agriculture for the year 1879. Washington: Government Printing Office. [CUL] Conklin, Edwin G. 1905. The mutation theory from the standpoint of cytology. Science 21: 525–529. Conolly, Arthur. 1834. Journey to the north of India, overland from England, through Russia, Persia, and Affghaunistaun. 2 vols. London. *Conta, Vasile. 1877. Th´orie du fatalisme. Bruxelles: G. Mayolez. [Down] e *Conybeare, William Daniel and William Phil-Lips. 1822. Outlines of the geology of England and Wales. London: William Phillips. [Down, pre-B] Conybeare, William Daniel and William Phillips. 1822. Outlines of the geology of England and Wales. Pt 1. London: W. Phillips. *Cook, James and James King. 1784. A voyage to the Pacific Ocean. London: W. & A. Strachan. [CUL] *Cooke, Mordecai Cubitt. 1879. Mycographia, seu Icones fungorum. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down] Cooper, Susan Fenimore. 1855. Journal of a naturalist in the United States. 2 vols. London: R. Bentley. Cope, Edward Drinker. 1868. On the origin of genera. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 20: 242–300. ———. 1871. The laws of organic development. American Naturalist 5: 593–605. ———. 1873. The method of creation of organic forms. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 12: 229–265. ———. 1887. The Origin of the Fittest. Place Unknown. ———. 1887. Theology of evolution. Philadelphia: Arnold & Co. ———. 1889. The mechanical origins of the hard parts of the Mammalia. American Naturalist 23: 71–73. ———. 1894. The energy of evolution. American Naturalist 28: 205–219. ———. 1896. The Primary Factors of Organic Evolution. Chicago: The Open Court Publishing Company. *Cotta, Bernhard Von. 1838. Die Lagerungs-verh¨ltnisse an der Grenze zwischen a Granit und Quader-Sandstein. Dresden und Leipzig: Almoldische Buchhandlung. [Down, fragment] Cotta, Bernhard von. 1850. Briefe uber Alexander von Humboldt’s Kosmos. ¨ 2nd ed. Leipzig: T. D. Weigel. 38

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Cotta, Bernhard Von. 1865. Geology and history. London: Tr¨ bner & Co. u [Down] Cotta, Bernhard von. 1866. Die Geologie der Gegenwart. Leipzig: J. J. Weber. *Cotta, Bernhard Von. 1866. Die Geologie der Gegenwart. Leipzig: J.J. Weber. [CUL] Coues, Elliot. 1869. On variation in the genus Aegiothus. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences pp. 180–189. Couteur, John Le. 1836. On the varieties, properties and classification of wheat. London. Cowles, James. 1843. The natural history of man; comprising inquiries into the modifying influence of physical and moral agencies on the different tribes of the human family. London: H. Bailli`re. e *Cox, Edward William. 1873. What am I? A popular introduction to the study of psychology. London: Longman & Co. [Down, I] Coyne, J. A. 1976. Lack of genetic similarity between two sibling species of Drosophila as revealed by varied techniques. Genetics 84: 593–607. Coyne, J. A., N. H. Barton, and M. Turelli. 1997. Perspective: A critique of Sewall Wright’s shifting balance theory of evolution. Evolution 51: 643–671. ———. 2000. Is Wright’s shifting balance process important in evolution? Evolution 54: 306–317. Cramer, Pieter. 1779-91. De uitlandsche kapellen voorkomende in de drie waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America. 4 vols. Amsterdam and Utrecht: S. J. Baalde and N. T. Gravius (Amsterdam) and Barthelemy Wild (Utrecht). Includes additional supplement. Crampton, Henry Edward. 1904. Experimental and statistical studies upon Lepidoptera, i: Variation and elimnation in Philosomia cynthia. Biometrika 3: 115–130. ———. 1905. On a general theory of adaptation and selection. Experimental Zoology 2: 425–430. ———. 1912. The doctrine of evolution: Its basis and scope. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 1916. Studies in the variation, distribution, and evolution of the genus Partula: The species inhabiting Tahiti. Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication 228. ———. 1925. Contemporaneous organic differentiation in the species of Partula living in Moorea, Society Islands. American Naturalist 59: 5–35. 39

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Crantz, David. 1767. The history of Greenland: containing a description of the country, and its inhabitants. 2 vols. London: Brethren’s Society for the Furtherance of the Gospel among the Heathen. Translated from the High-Dutch. *Crawfurd, John. 1852. A grammar and dictionary of the Malay language. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [CUL] *———. 1856. A descriptive dictionary of the Indian islands and adjacent countries. London: Bradbury & Evans. [Down] Creed, R., ed. 1971. Ecological Genetics and Evolution. Oxford: Blackwell. Cr`vecoeur de Perthes, Jacques Boucher de. 1838-41. De la cr´ation. Essai sur e e l’origine et la progression des ˆtres. 5 vols. Paris: Treuttel & Wurtz. e ———. 1847-64. Antiquit´s Celtiques et ant´diluviennes. M´moire sur l’industrie e e e primitive et les arts a leur origine. 3 vols. Paris: Treuttel & Wurtz [ & others]. Crile, George W. 1933. Orthogenesis and the power and infirmities of man. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 72: 245–254. *Croll. 1875. Climate and time in their geological relations. London: Daldry, Isbister & Co. [Down, I] *Crookes, William. 1872. Psychic force and modern spiritualism. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down] Crow, James. 1979. Genes that violate Mendel’s rules. Scientific American 240: 134–143. Crow, James and Motoo Kimura. 1964. The number of alleles that can be maintained in a finite population. Genetics 49: 725–738. ———. 1970. An Introduction to Population Genetics Theory. New York: Harper and Row. Crow, James and N. E. Morton. 1955. Measurement of gene frequency drift in small populations. Evolution 9: 202–214. Cuenot, Lucien. 1851. L’Evolution Biologique: Les Faits, Les Incertitudes. Paris: Masson et Cie. Cullen, William. 1776-84. First lines of the practice of physic. 4 vols. Edinburgh. ———. 1814. Synopsis nosologiae methodicae. Auctore G. Cullen. To which is added an appendix containing a synopsis of the systems of Sauvages, Linnaeus, Vogel . . . and a translation of Cullen’s Nosology . . . by John Thomson. Edinburgh. Cumming, Roualeyn Gordon. 1850. Five years of a hunter’s life in the far interior of South Africa. 2 vols. London: John Murray.

40

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Cunningham, Joseph T. 1891. The new Darwinism. Westminster Review 136: 14–28. ———. 1892-1893. Blind animals in caves. Nature 47: 439. ———. 1893. The problem of variation. Natural Science 3: 282–287. ———. 1895. The origin and evolution of flatfishes. Natural Science 6: 169–177. ———. 1896. The utility of specific characters. Nature 54: 295. ———. 1900. Sexual dimorphism in the animal kingdom: A theory of the origin of secondary sexual characters. London: Adam and Charles Black. ———. 1921. A discussion of the evolution of adaptations and the evolution of species. London: Constable. ———. 1928. Modern biology: A review of the principal phenomena of animal life in relation to modern concepts and theories. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. *Cunningham, Robert O. n.d. Notes on the natural history of the. [] Curtis, John. 1824-39. British entomology; being illustrations and descriptions of the genera of insects found in Great Britain and Ireland. 16 vols. London: Printed for the author. Curtis, William. 1771. Instructions for collecting and preserving insects, particularly moths and butterflies. London. ———. 1772. Fundamenta entomologiae . . . being a translation of the Fundamenta entomologiae of Linnaeus. London. *———. 1793. The botanical magazine, or, flower-garden displayed. London: Stephen Couchman. [Down, pre-B] Curtsinger, J. W. 1984. Evolutionary landscapes for complex selection. Evolution 38: 359–367. *Cuvier, Georges. 1799-1805. Le¸ons d’anatomie compar´e. Paris: Baudouin. c e [CUL, pre-B] *———. 1827. Essay on the theory of the earth, with geological illustrations by Professor Jameson. 5th ed. London, Edinburgh: William Blackwood, T. Cadell. [CUL, pre-B, S] *———. 1829. Le R`gne animal. Paris: D´terville. [CUL, on B] e e Cuvier, Jean L´opold Nicolas Fr´d´ric (Georges). 1805. Le¸ons d’anatomie e e e c compar´e. 5 vols. Paris: Baudouin. e

41

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1812. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles de quadrup`des: ou l’on e r´tablit les caract`res de plusieurs esp`ces d’animaux que les r´volutions du e e e e globe paroissent avoir d´truites. 4 vols. Paris: Deterville. e ———. 1817. An essay on the theory of the Earth. 3rd ed. Edinburgh: W. Blackwood. ———. 1817. Le r`gne animal distribu´ d’apr`s son organisation, pour servir de e e e base a l’histoire naturelle des animaux et d’introduction a l’anatomie compar´e. e 4 vols. Paris: Deterville. ———. 1817. M´moires pour servir a l’histoire et a l’anatomie des mollusques. e ` ` Paris: Deterville. ———. 1821-4. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles: ou l’on r´tablit les e caract`res de plusiers animaux dont les r´volutions du globe ont d´truit les e e e esp`ces. 5 vols in 6. new ed. Paris: G. Dufour and E. d’Ocagne. e ———. 1825. Discours sur les r´volutions de la surface du globe . . . Paris: G. e Dufour and E. d’Ocagne. ———. 1827-35. The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with its organization . . . with additional descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and of many not before noticed. By Edward Griffith and others. 16 vols. London: Printed for G.B. Whittaker. ———. 1834-6. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles, o` l’on r´tablit les u e caract`res de plusieurs animaux dont les r´volutions du globe ont d´truit les e e e esp`ces. 10 vols. 4th ed. Paris. Includes atlases, 2 additional vols. e ———. 1863. The animal Kingdom Arranged after its organization . . . new ed. London: Bohn. Cuvier, Jean L´opold Nicolas Fr´d´ric (Georges) and Alexandre Brongniart. e e e 1825. Description g´ologique des environs de Paris. 2nd ed. Paris. e *Dallas, William Sweetland. n.d. A natural history of the animal kingdom. London: Charles Griffin & Co. [Down] Dally, Eug`ne. 1870. Discussion sur le transformisme. Bulletins de la Soci´t´ e ee d’Anthropologie, 2d ser. 5: 149. Dalyell, John Graham. 1814. Observations on some interesting phenomena in animal physiology, exhibited by several species of Planariae. Illustrated by coloured figures of living animals. Edinburgh. Dana, James Dwight. 0000. [Remarks on Archaeopteryx ]. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 9: 191. ———. 1848. Zoophytes. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Vol. 8. Philadelphia. 42

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1849. Geology. Vol. 10 of United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. New York. ———. 1852. Crustacea. Vol. 13, pts 1 and 2, of United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–42, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Philadelphia: C. Sherman. ———. 1853. On coral reefs and islands . . . From the author’s exploring expedition report on geology, with additions. New York: G. P. Putnam. *———. 1853. On the classification and geographical distribution of Crustacea. Philadelphia: C. Sherman. [CUL, I] ———. 1853. On the classification and geographical distribution of Crustacea: from the report on Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition, under Captain Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., during the years 1838–1842. Philadelphia: C. Sherman. ———. 1856. Science and the Bible. Bibliotheca Sacra 13: 80–129, 631–656. ———. 1857. Science and the Bible, pt. 2. Bibliotheca Sacra 14: 388–413, 461–524. ———. 1862. On certain parallel relations. American Journal of Science 84: 315–321. *———. 1863. Manual of geology. Philadelphia: Theodore Bliss & Co. [Down, I] ———. 1871. The Darwinian theory. Independent 23: 1. *———. 1872. Corals and coral islands. New York: Dodd & Mead. [CUL, I] *Dandolo, Vincenzo. 1825. The art of rearing silk-worms. London: John Murray. [CUL, pre-B] *Danielssen, Daniel Cornelius and Johan Koren. 1881. Zoologi: Gephyrea. Christiania: Grødahl & Søhn. [Down] Darden, Lindley. 1977. William Bateson and the promise of Mendelism. Studies in History and Philosophy of Science pp. 127–169. *Dareste, Camille. 1877. Recherches sur la production artificielle des monstruosit´s. Paris: C. Reinwald & Cie. [Down, I] e Darlington, C. D. 1939. The Evolution of Genetic Systems. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. *Darwin, Charles. 1840-1842. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle, under the command of Captain Fitzroy, R.N., during the years 1832 to 1836. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [CUL]

43

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1860. Het Ontstaam der Soorten (The origin of species). Haarlem: A.C. Kruseman. [CUL, I] ¨ *———. 1860. Uber die Entstehung der Arten in Thier- und Pflanzen-Reich durch nat¨rliche Z¨chtung, oder Erhaltung der vervollkommneten Rassen im u u Kampfe um’s Daseyn (The origin of species). Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. [CUL] *———. 1871. De Afstamming van den Mensch (The descent of man). Delft: Van Ijkema & Van Gijn. [CUL] *———. 1871. L’Origine dell’uomo e la scelta in rapporto col sesso (The descent of man). Torino: Unione Tipografico–Editrice Torinese. [CUL] *———. 1872. En Naturforskares resa omkring jorden (Voyage of a naturalist). Stockholm: J.L. T¨rnquist. [CUL] o *———. 1875. Origine delle specie (The origin of species). Torino: Unione Tipografico Torinese. [Down] *———. n.d. end of German translation of Beagle Journal? [CUL] Darwin, Erasmus. 1789. The botanic garden; a poem, in two parts. Pt. 2 The loves of the plants. Lichfield. *———. 1789. The botanic garden, part 2. Lichfield: J. Jackson. [CUL, pre-B] *———. 1791. The botanic garden. Vol. parts 1 & 2 part 2, vol. 2. 2nd ed. London: J. Johnson. [CULR, pre-B, S; need to split up into records, or else create one composite record that has both volumes; also, does “2nd edition” apply only to volume 2?] ———. 1791. The botanic garden; a poem, in two parts. Pt 1. Containing the economy of vegetation. London. ———. 1794-6. Zoonomia; or, the laws of organic life. 2 vols. London: J. Johnson. *———. 1794-96. Zoonomia. London: J. Johnson. [CULR, pre-B] *———. 1800. Phytologia. London: J. Johnson. [CULR, pre-B, S] ———. 1800. Phytologia; or the philosophy of agriculture and gardening. With the theory of draining morasses, and with an improved construction of the drill plough. London. *———. 1803. The temple of nature. London: J. Johnson. [2 copies, one unmarked, CULR, pre-B, S] ———. 1803. Temple of nature; or, the origin of society: a poem, with philosophical notes. 2 pts. London.

44

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Darwin, Robert Waring. 1786. New experiments on the ocular spectra of light and colours. London: J. Nichols. [CUL] ———. 1787. Principia botanica: or, a concise and easy introduction to the sexual botany of Linnæus. Newark, Lincolnshire: Allin and Co. *———. 1810. Principia botanica. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees & Orme. [CUL, pre-B] ———. 1810. Principia botanica: or, a concise and easy introduction to the sexual botany of Linnæus. 3rd ed. Newark, Lincolnshire: M. Hage. *Daubeny, Charles. 1826. A description of active and extinct volcanos. London: W. Phillips. [Down, pre-B] ´ *Daubr´e, M. 1860. Etudes et exp´riences synth-´tiques sur la m´tamorphisme e e e e et sur la form-ation des roches cristallines. Paris: Imprimerie Imp´riale. [Down, e I] d’Audebard de F´russac, Jean Baptiste Louis and G´rard Paul Deshayes. 1820e e 51. Histoire naturelle g´n´rale et particuli`re des mollusques terrestres et e e e fluviatiles. 4 vols. Paris. Davenport, Charles Benedict. 1907. The mutation theory in animal evolution. Science 24: 556–558. Davidson, Thomas William St Clair. 1851-86. British fossil Brachiopoda. 6 vols. London. Includes additional 2 vols plates. Dawkins, Richard. 1976. The Selfish Gene. New York: Oxford University Press. *Dawkins, William Boyd. 1874. Cave hunting. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down] *Dawson, James. 1881. Australian aborigines. Melbourne: George Robertson. [Down, I] *Dawson, John William. 1871. The fossil plants of the Devonian and Upper Silurian formations of Canada. London: Sampson, Low, Son & Marston. [CUL, I] ———. 1890. Modern ideas of evolution. London. de Beer, G. R., ed. 1938. Essays on Aspects of Evolutionary Biology. Oxford: Clarendon Press. de Beer, G. R. 1940. Embryos and Ancestors. Oxford: Clarendon Press. ———. 1951. Embryos and Ancestors. 2nd ed. Oxford: Clarendon Press. De Beer, Gavin. 1930. Embryology and Evolution. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 45

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*De La Beche, Henry Thomas. 1824. A selection of the geological memoirs contained in the Annals of Mines. London: William Phillips. [Down, pre-B] De la Beche, Henry Thomas. 1834. Researches in theoretical geology. London. *De La Beche, Henry Thomas. 1834. Researches in theoretical geology. London: Charles Knight. [CUL, on B] De Vries, Hugo. 1906. Species and Their Varieties: Their Origin by Mutation. Chicago: Open Court. ———. 1909-1910. The Mutation Theory: Experiments and Observations on the Origin of Species in the Vegetable Kingdom. Vol. 1 & 2. Chicago: Open Court. ———. 1910. Intracellular Pangenesis. Chicago: Open Court. Dean, Bashford. 1904. Evolution in a determinate line, as illustrated by the egg-cases of Chimaeroid fishes. Biological Bulletin 7: 105–112. Decaisne, Joseph. 1853. Plantes vasculaires (botanique, vol. 2). In Jules S´bastien C´sar Dumont d’ Urville, ed., Voyage au Pˆle Sud et dans L’Oc´anie e e o e sur les corvettes L’Astrolabe et La Z´l´e. 23 vols. Paris: Gide. ee ———. 1858-75. Le jardin fruitier du Mus´um ou iconographie de toutes les e esp`ces et vari´t´s d’arbres fruitiers cultiv´s dans cet ´tablissement avec leur e ee e e description, leur histoire, leur synonymie, etc. 9 vols in 5. Paris: Firmin Didot Fr`res, fils & Cie. e ———. 1860. Letter to Abb´ Chaboisseau. Bulletin de la Soci´t´ Botanique 7: e ee 262–264. *Defrance, M. 1824. Tableau des corps organis´s fossiles. Paris: F.G. Levrault. e [Down, I by F.W.H.] Dejean, Pierre Fran¸ois Marie Auguste. 1825-38. Species g´n´ral des Col´opt`res c e e e e de la collection de M. le Comte Dejean. 6 vols. Paris: Mequignon-Marvis. *Delage, Yves. 1881. Contribution ` l’´tude de l’appareil circulatoire des a e Crustac´s ´drio-phthalmes marins. Paris: A. Hennuyer. [Down, I] e e Delages, Yves and Marie Goldsmith. 1912. The theories of evolution. New York: B. W. Huebsch. Delamer, Eugene Sebastian. 1854. Pigeons and rabbits, in their wild, domestic, and captive states. London. *Delamer, Eugene Sebastian (Edmund Saul Dixon). 1854. Pigeons and rabbits in their wild, domestic and captive states. London: G. Routledge & Co. [CUL]

46

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Delcourt, A. and E. Guyenot. 1911. Genetique et milieu: Necessit´ de la e d´termination des conditions. sa possibilit´ chez les Drosophiles. Bulletin e e Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique 45: 249–322. *Delgado, Joaquim Filippe Nery Da Encarna¸˜o. 1876. Sobre a existencia ca do terreno siluriano no baixo alemtejo. Lisboa: Academia Real das Sciencias. [Down, I] *Delpino, Federico. 1868-1874. Ulteriori osservazioni sulla dicogamia nel regno vegetale. Milano: Giuseppe Bernardoni. [CUL, S] Dempster, E. R. 1955. Maintenance of genetic heterozygosity. Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology 20: 25–32. Dendy, Arthur. 1911. Momentum in evolution. Report of the British Association of the Advancement of Science . ———. 1914. Progressive evolution and the origin of species pp. 383–397. *Denton, William. 1881. Is Darwin right? Wellesley, Mass.: Denton. [Down] Depew, D. J. and B. H. Weber, eds. 1985. Evolution at a Crossroads: The New Biology and the New Philosophy of Science. Cambridge: MIT Press. Depew, D. J. and B. H. Weber. 1995. Darwinism Evolving: Systems Dynamics and the Genealogy of Natural Selection. Cambridge: MIT Press. Deshayes, G´rard Paul. 1824-37. Description des coquilles fossiles des environs e de Paris. 2 vols. Paris. Includes additional atlas. *Desmarest, Anselm Ga¨tan. 1820. Mammalogie ou description des esp`ces des e e Mammif`res. Paris: Veuve Agasse. [CUL, pre-B] e Detlefsen, J. A. 1923. Are the effects of long-continued rotation in rats inherited? Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 42: 292–300. ———. 1925. The inheritance of acquired characteristics. Physiological Review 5: 244–278. *Devay, Francis. 1862. Du danger des mariages consanguins. 2nd ed. Paris: Victor Masson. [CUL] Dieffenbach, Ernst. 1843. Travels in New Zealand; with contributions to the geography, geology, botany, and natural history of that country. 2 vols. London. *Dillwyn, Lewis Weston. 1817. A descriptive catalogue of recent shells arranged according to the Linnean method with particular attention to the synonyms. London: John & Arthur Churchill. [CUL, pre-B] *Dippel, Leopold. 1872. Das Microskop und seine Anwendung. Braunschweig: F. Vieweg und Sohn. [Down]

47

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Diver, C. 1929. Fossil records of Mendelian mutants. Nature 124: 183. ———. 1936. The problem of closely related species and the distribution of their populations. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences 121: 62–65. ———. 1940. The problem of closely related species living in the same area. In Huxley [1551], pp. 303–328. *Dixie, Florence. 1880. Across Patagonia. London: Richard Batty. [CUL, I] Dixon, Edmund Saul. 1848. Ornamental and domestic poultry: their history and management. London. *———. 1848. Ornamental and domestic poultry: their history and management. London: The Gardeners’ Chronicle. [CUL, I] *———. 1851. The dovecote and the aviary. London: John Murray. [CUL] ———. 1851. The dovecote and the aviary: being sketches of the natural history of pigeons and other domestic birds in a captive state, with hints for their management. London. *Dixon, Frederic. 1850. The geology and fossils of the Tertiary and Cretaceous formations of Sussex. London: R. & J.E. Taylor. [Down, I by R. Owen] Dixon, Frederick. 1850. The geology and fossils of the Tertiary and Cretaceous formations of Sussex. London. *Dobell, Horace. 1861. Lectures on the vestiges of disease. London: John Churchill. [Down, I] Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. 1937. Genetics and the Origin of Species. 1st ed. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 1941. Genetics and the Origin of Species. 2nd ed. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 1943. Genetics of natural populations, IX: Temporal changes in the composition of populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura. Genetics 28: 162–186. ———. 1950. Mendelian populations and their evolution. In L. C. Dunn, ed., Genetics in the 20th Century: Essays on the Progress of Genetics During Its First 50 Years. New York: Macmillan. ———. 1951. Genetics and the Origin of Species. 3rd ed. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 1955. A review of some fundamental concepts and problems of population genetics. Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology 20: 1–15.

48

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1956. The biological basis of human freedom. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 1962. Mankind evolving. New Haven: Yale University Press. ———. 1968. Adaptedness and fitness. In R. C. Lewontin, ed., Population Biology and Evolution. Syracuse: Syracuse University Press. ———. 1969. Biology of Ultimate Concern. New York: New American Library. ———. 1970. Genetics of the Evolutionary Process. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 1972. Species of Drosophila. Science 177: 664–669. ———. 1981. Dobzhansky’s Genetics of Natural Populations. I-XLIII. New York: Columbia University Press. Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. and C. Epling. 1944. Contributions to the genetics, taxonomy, and ecology of Drosophila pseudoobscura and its relatives. Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication 554: 1–183. Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. and H. Levine. 1948. Genetics of natural populations, XVII: Proof of operation of natural selection in wild populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura. Genetics 33: 537–547. Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. and Ernst Mayr. 1944. Experiments on sexual isolation in Drosophila. i. geographic strains of Drosophila willistoni. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 30: 238–244. Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. and J. R. Powell. 1974. Rates of dispersal of Drosophila pseudoobscura and its relatives. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences 187: 281–289. Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. and M. L. Queal. 1938. Chromosome variation in populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura inhabiting isolated mountain ranges. Genetics 23: 239–251. *Dodel, Arnold. 1875. Die neuere Sch¨pfungs-geschichte nach dem o gegenw¨rtigen Stande der Naturwissenschaften. Leipzig: F.U. Brodhaus. [CUL, a I] *———. 1876. Die Kraushaar-Alge, Ulotrix zonata. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL] *Doherty, Hugh. 1881. Philosophie organique: l’homme et la nature. Paris: Didier & Cie. [Down] *Dohrn, Anton. 1870. Untersuchungen uber Bau und Entwickelung der Arthro¨ poden. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I]

49

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1872. Der gegenw¨rtage Stand der Zoologie und die Gr¨ndung Zooloa u gischer Stationen. Preussische Jahrb¨cher 30: 147–149. u *———. 1881. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel 3. Pantopoda. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Botany School] *Dolfuss, Gustave. 1874. Principes de g´ologie transformiste. Paris: F. Sary. e [Down, I] Dollfus, Gustave-Fr´d´ric. 1874. Principes de G´ologie Transformiste. Paris: F. e e e Savy. Dolomieu, Dieudonn´ Sylvain Guy Tancr`de (D´odat) de Gratet de. 1783. e e e Voyage aux iles de Lipari, fait en 1781; ou, notices sur les Iles æoliennes, pour servir ` l’histoire des volcans; suivi d’un m´moire sur une esp`ce de volcan a e e d’air, & d’un autre sur la temp´rature du climat de Malthe, & sur la diff´rence e e de la chaleur r´elle & de la chaleur sensible. Paris. e *Donders, F.c. 1864. On the anomalies of accommodation and refraction of the eye. The New Sydenham Society. [CUL] *Donn, James. 1823. Hortus Cantabrigiensis. 10th ed. London: C. & J. Riv-ington. [CUL, pre-B, ED] ———. 1823. Hortus Cantabrigiensis; or an accented catalogue of indigenous and exotic plants cultivated in the Cambridge Botanic Garden. 10th ed., with numerous additions and corrections, by John Lindley. London. *Donnegan, James. 1837. A new Greek and English lexicon. 3rd ed. London: Sipkin, Marshall & Co. [Botany School, ED] Dorlodot, Henri de. 1925. Darwinism and Catholic Thought. New York: Benziger Brothers. Doubleday, Thomas. 1842. The true law of population shewn to be connected with the food of the people. London. *Douglas, & Scott John, John William. 1865. The British Hemiptera. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *Downing, Andrew Jackson. 1845. The fruits and fruit trees of America. London: Wiley & Putnam. [CUL] ———. 1845. The fruits and fruit trees of America: or the culture, propagation, and management, in the garden and orchard, of fruit trees generally; with descriptions of all the finest varieties of fruit, native and foreign, cultivated in this country. London: Wiley & Putman. *Dowson, J. 1861. Erasmus Darwin: a lecture. London. [CUL.1900]

50

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Doyle, J. A. and L. J. Hickey. 1976. Pollen and leaves from the mid-Cretaceous Potomac Group and their bearing on early angiosperm evolution. In C. G. Beck, ed., Origin and Early Evolution of Angiosperms, pp. 139–206. New York: Columbia University Press. Draper, John William. 1856. Human physiology, statical and dynamical; or, the conditions and course of the life of man. London. *Drayson, Lieut.-Col. 1873. On the cause, date and duration of the last glacial epoch of geology. London: Chapman & Hall. [Down, I] *Dreher, Enger. 1877. Der Darwinismus und seine Stellung in der Philosophie. Berlin: Hermann Peters. [Down, I] *Drou¨t, Henri. 1858. Mollusques marins des ˆ A¸ores. Paris: Bailli`re. e ıles c e [CUL] Drummond, Henry. 1894. The ascent of man. New York: J. Pott & co. Drury, Robert. 1729. Madagascar: or, Robert Drury’s journal, during fifteen years captivity on that island. London. *Drysdale, John. 1874. The protoplasmic theory of life. London: Bailli`re, e Tindall & Cox. [Down, I] ´ *Du Bois-Reymond, Emil. 1860. Ged¨chtnissrede auf Johannes M¨ller. Berlin: a u K¨nigliche Akademie der Wissenschaft. [Down] o *Du Prel, Karl Freiherr. 1874. Der Kampf ums Dasein am Himmell. 2nd ed. Berlin: Denike. [Down] *———. 1880. Die Planeten-bewohner und die Nebularhypothese. Leipzig: Ernst G¨nther. [Down] u *———. 1880. Psychologie der Lyrik. Leipzig: Ernst G¨nther. [Down] u *Dub, Julius. 1870. Kurze Darstellung der Lehre Darwin’s. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. [Down] *Duchenne, Guillaume Benjamin. 1862. M´can-isme de la physionomie humaine, e ou analyse ´lectro-physiologique de l’expression des passions. Paris: Jules e Renouard. [CUL (Plates at Down), S] Duchesne, Antoine Nicolas. 1766. Histoire naturelle des Fraisiers contenant les vues d’´conomie r´unies ` la botanique; et suivies de remarques particuli`res e e a e sur plusieurs points qui ont rapport a l’histoire naturelle g´n´rale. Paris: Didot ` e e le jeune. Dufr´noy, Ours Pierre Armand Petit and Jean Baptiste Armand Louis e ´ L´once Elie de Beaumont. 1830-8. M´moires pour servir ` une description e e a g´ologique de la France. 4 vols. Place Unknown. e 51

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

´ *Dufr´noy, Pierre Armand and Jean Baptiste Armand L´once Eliede Beaumont. e e 1836. M´moires pour servir ` une description g´ologique de la France. Paris: e a e F.G. Levrault. [CUL (vols. 3 and 4 only)] *Duhamel Du Monceau, Henri Louis. 1755. Trait´ des arbres. Paris: H.L. e Gu´rin & L.F. Delatour. [CUL, pre-B] e Dum´ril, Andr´ Marie Constant and Gabriel Bibron. 1834-54. Erp´tologie e e e g´n´rale, ou histoire naturelle compl`te des reptiles. 9 vols in 10 and atlas. e e e Paris: Roret. *Dumont, L´on a. 1873. Haeckel et la th´orie de l’´volution en Allemagne. e e e Paris: Germer Bailli`re. [CUL] e *———. 1873. Haeckel et la th´orie de l’´volution en Allemagne. Paris: Germer e e Bailli`re. [Down] e Dumont d’Urville, Jules S´bastien C´sar. 1830-5. Voyage de la corvette e e l’Astrolabe. Histoire 5 vols. 1830-5; Zoologie 4 vols. 1830–4; Botanique 1 vol. 1832; Entomologie 2 pts in 1 vol. 1832–5; Philologie 1 vol. 1833. Paris: J. Tastu. Dunal, Michel F´lix. 1829. Consid´rations sur la nature et les rapports de e e quelques uns des organes de la fleur. Montpellier. *Duncan, Andrew. 1826. The Edinburgh new dispensatory. Edinburgh: Bell & Bradfute. [CUL, pre-B,] Duncan, James. 1840. The natural history of bees: comprehending the uses and economical management of the British and foreign honey-bee; together with the known wild species. In Vol. 38 of The naturalist’s library, edited by William Jardine. 40 vols, 1833-1843. Edinburgh: W. H. Lizars. *Duncan, James Matthews. 1871. Fecundity, fertility, sterility and allied topics. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [CUL, I] *Duncan, John Shute. 1831. Analogies of organized beings. Oxford: S. Collingwood. [Down, on B, I to Lord Widmouth] Duperrey, Louis Isidore. 1825-30. Voyage autour du monde, ex´cut´ par ordre e e du Roi, sur la corvette de Sa Majest´, LaCoquille, pendant les ann´es 1822, e e 1823, 1824 et 1825. 7 vols. Paris: A. Bertrand. *Dupont, Edouard. 1871. L’Homme pendant les ages de la pierre. Bruxelles: Macquardt & Cie. [Down] *Durand, Jean Pierre De Gros. 1866. Essais de physiologie philosophique. Paris: Germer Bailli`re. [Down, I] e *———. 1871. Les origines animales de l’homme ´clair´es par la physiolgie et e e l’anatomie comparatives. Paris: Bailli`re. [CUL] e 52

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Dutrochet, Ren´ Joachim Henri. 1828. Nouvelles recherches sur l’endosmose et e l’exosmose, suivies de l’application exp´rimentale de ces actions physiques a la e ´ solution du probl´me de l’irritabilit´ v´g´tale. Paris: J. B. Bailli`re. e e e e e *Dutrochet, Ren´-Joachim Henri. 1837. M´m-oires pour servir ` l’histoire e e a anatomique et physiologique des v´g´taux et des animaux. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re. e e e [Botany School] Dutrochet, Ren´ Joachim Henri. 1837. M´moires pour servir ` l’histoire e e a anatomique et physiologique des v´g´taux et des animaux. 2 vols. Paris: J.-B. e e Bailli`re. e *Duval, Joseph. 1849. Histoire du poirier (Pyms sylvestris). Paris: De Roret. [CUL] *———. 1850. Histoire du pˆcher et sa culture. Paris: De Roret. [CUL] e ———. 1852. Histoire du pommier et sa culture. Paris: De Roret. *———. 1852. Histoire du pommier et sa culture. Paris: De Roret. [CUL] Earl, George Windsor. 1837. The Eastern Seas; or, voyages and adventures in the Indian Archipelago, in 1832, 1833, 1834. London. ———. 1853. The native races of the Indian Archipelago. Papuans. London: H. Bailli`re. e Earle, Augustus. 1832. A narrative of a nine months’ residence in New Zealand, in 1827; together with a journal of a residence in Tristan d’Acunha. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman. East, Edward M. 1910. A Mendelian interpretation of variation that is apparently continuous. American Naturalist 44: 65–82. ———. 1910. The role of selection in plant breeding. Popular Science Monthly 77: 190–203. ———. 1918. The role of reproduction in evolution. American Naturalist 52: 273–289. Easteal, S. 1988. Rate constancy of globin gene evolution in placental mammals. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 85: 7622–7626. Eaton, John Matthews. 1851. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing the almond tumbler. London. *———. 1852. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing tame, domesticated and fancy pigeons. London: the Author. [CUL]

53

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1852. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing tame, domesticated, and fancy pigeons, carefully compiled from the best authors, with observations, containing all that is necessary to be known of tame, domisticated, and fancy pigeons. London: the author. ———. 1858. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing tame, domestic, foreign, and fancy pigeons. London. *———. 1858. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing tame, domesticated, foreign and fancy pigeons. London: the Author. [CUL] *Ecker, Alexander. 1864-1882. Die Anatomie des Frosches. Braunschweig: F. Vieweg & Sohn. [Downsome marks by FD] *Edgeworth, Michael Packenham. 1877. Pollen. London: Hardwicke & Bogue. [Down] Edwards, A. W. F. 1967. Fundamental theorem of natural selection. Nature pp. 537–538. ———. 1971. Review of S. Wright, Genetics and the Evolution of Populations, vol. II, The Theory of Gene Frequencies. Heredity 26: 332–337. ———. 1977. Foundations of Mathematical Genetics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Edwards, George. 1758-64. Gleanings of natural history, exhibiting figures of quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, &c. Most of which have not, till now, been either figured or described. 3 pts. London. ¨ Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1834. Uber die Natur und Bildung der Coralleninseln und Corallenb¨nke im rothen Meere. Berlin. a *———. 1844. Vorl¨u-fige Nachricht uber das kleinste Leben im Weltmeer, an a ¨ S¨dpol und in den Meeres-Tiefen. Berlin: L. Voss. [CUL, I in each part, S] u *———. 1873. Mikro-geologische Studien. Berlin: K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. [Down, I] *Eichwald, Eduard Von. 1871. Geognostisch-palaeontologische Bemerkungen uber die Halbinsel Mangischlak und die Aleutischen Inseln. St. Petersburg: ¨ Buchdruckerei der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaft. [CUL] Eimer, Gustav Heinrich Theodor. 1888. Die Entstehung der Arten auf Grund von Vererben erworboner Eigenschaften nach den Gesetzen organischen Wachsens. Jena: G. Fischer. ———. 1890. Organic evolution as a result of the inheritance of acquired characters according to the laws of organic growth. London: Macmillan.

54

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1897. Die Entstehung der Arte . . . zweiter Theil. Orthogenesis der Schmetterlinge. Ein Beweis bestimmt gerichteter Entwickelung und Ohnmacht der nat¨rlichen Zuchtwahl bei der Artbildung. Leipzig: Engelmann. u ———. 1898. On orthogenesis and the impotence of natural selection in species formation. Chicago: Open Court. *Eimer, Theodor. 1881. Untersuchungen uber das Variiren der Maureidechse. ¨ Berlin: R. Stricker. [CUL, I] Eisley, Loren. 1958. Darwin’s Century. Doubleday: Doubleday. Eldredge, Niles. 1974. Character displacement in evolutionary time. American Zoologist 14: 1083–1097. ———. 1979. Alternative approaches to evolutionary theory. Bulletin of the Carnegie Museum of Natural History 13: 7–19. Eldredge, Niles and Stephen Jay Gould. 1972. Punctuated equilibria: An alternative to phyletic gradualism. In Thomas Schopf, ed., Models in Paleobiology. San Francisco: Freeman, Cooper and Company. ´ *Elie De Beaumont, Jean Baptiste Armand Louis L´once. 1845. Le¸ons de e c g´ologie pratique. Paris: P. Bertrand. [CUL] e Ellis, William. 1829. Polynesian researches, during a residence of nearly six years in the South Sea Islands. 2 vols. London. Elton, C. 1927. Animal Ecology. London: Macmillan. *Emery, Carlo. 1880. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel 2. Fierasfer. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Botany School] Endlicher, Stephan Ladislaus. 1833. Prodromus florae Norfolkicae sive catalogus stirpium quae in insula Norfolk annis 1804 et 1805 a Ferdinando Bauer collectae et depictaenunc in Museo Caesareo Palatino rerum naturalium Vindobonae servantur. Vienna. *Engelmann, Wilhelm. 1846. Bibliotheca histor-ico-naturalis. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down] *Ercolani, Giovanni Battista. 1877. Sull’unit` del tipo anatomico della placenta a nei mammiferi e nell’umana specie e sull’unit` fisiologica della nutrizione dei a feti in tutti i vertebrati. Bologna: Gamberini e Parmeggiani. [CUL, I] *———. 1880. Nuove ricerche sulla placenta nei pesci cartilaginosi e nei mammiferi e delle sue applicazioni alla tassonomia zoologica e all’antropogenia. Bologna: Gamberini & Parmegiani. [CUL, I] Ereshefsky, Marc. 2001. The Poverty of the Linnean Hierarchy: A Philosophical Study of Biological Taxonomy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 55

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Erichsen, John Eric. 1869. The science and art of surgery. 5th ed. London: James Walton. [Down] Erichson, Wilhelm Ferdinand. 1845. Report on the contributions to the natural history of insects, Arachnida, Crustacea, and Entomostraca, during the year 1842. In Reports on the progress of zoology and botany 1841, 1842. (Ray Society.). Edinburgh: Ray Society. *Erichson, Wilhelm Ferdinand and Carl Hermann Conrad Burmeister. 1834. Beschreibungen und Abbildungen der von Herrn Meyen auf dieser Reise gesammelten Insekten. Breslau & Bonn: Verlag der Kaiserlichen LeopoldinischCarolinischen Akademie der Naturforscher. [CUL, S, on B] Erlich, P. R. and P. H. Raven. 1965. Butterflies and plants: A study in co-evolution. Evolution pp. 586–608. ———. 1969. Differentiation of populations. Science 165: 1228–1232. *Ernest, J.a. 1816. Dictionary, Graecium lexicon. London: J. Rivington. [Botany School, pre-B, ED] *Errera, L´o. 1878. Sur la structure et les modes de f´condation des fleurs. e e Gand: C. Annot-Braeckman. [CUL, I] *Eschricht, Rein-Hardt Johannes Theodor, Daniel Frederick and Wilhelm LillJeborg. 1866. Recent memoirs on the Cetacea. London: The Ray Society. [Down] Eschscholtz, Johann Friedrich. 1829-33. Zoologischer Atlas, enthaltend Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer Thierarten, w¨hrend des Flottcapitains von a Kotzebue zweiter Reise um die Welt, auf der Russisch-Kaiserlichen Kriegsschlupp Predpriaeti¨ in den Jahren 1823–1826. 5 pts in 1 vol. Berlin: G. Reimer. e *Eschwege, Wilhelm Ludwig Von. 1832. Beitr¨ge zur Gebirgskunde Brasiliens. a Berlin: G. Reimer. [CUL, on B] *Espinas, Alfred. 1877. Des soci´t´s animales. Paris: Bailli`re. [CUL] ee e *Euripides. 1836. Hecuba. Oxford: J. Vincent, H. Slater, J. Mawman, Deighton & Sons. [CULR, S] Eyre, Edward John. 1845. Journals of expeditions of discovery into Central Australia, and overland from Adelaide to King George’s Sound, in the years 1840–1. 2 vols. London: T. and W. Boone. Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1836. A history of the rarer British birds. 2 pts. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman. ———. 1838. A monograph on the Anatidae, or duck tribe. London. ———. 1846-53. The herd book of Hereford cattle. 2 vols. London. 56

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1867. Osteologia Avium. Wellington: Salop. [Down] *Fabre, Jean-Henri Casimir. 1879. Souvenirs entomologiques, ´tudes sur e l’instinct et les moeurs des insectes. Paris: Ch. Dela¿. [CUL, I, S] Fabricius, Johann Christian. 1781. Species insectorum exhibentes eorum differentias specificas, synonyma auctorum, loca natalia, metamorphosin adiectis observationibus, descriptionibus. Hamburg and Kiel. *Faivre, Ernest. 1868. La Variabilit´ des esp`ces et ses limites. Paris: Germer e e Bailli`re. [CUL, I] e Falconer, Douglas S. 1960. Introduction to Quantitative Genetics. Edinburgh and London: Oliver and Boyd. *Falconer, Hugh. 1852. Report on the teak forests of the Tenasserim Provinces. Calcutta: F. Carbery. [Down, I] *———. 1868. Palaeontological memoirs. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down, I in vol. 1] Falkner, Thomas. 1774. A description of Patagonia, and the adjoining parts of South America. Hereford. Facsimile reprint with introduction and notes by Arthur E. S. Neumann, 1935. Chicago: Armann and Armann. Fall´n, Carl Frederik. 1814-27. Diptera Sveciæ. 2 vols in 1. Lund. e *Farrar, Frederic William. 1865. Chapters on language. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, I] Fawcett, Cicely D. and Karl Pearson. 1897-1898. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. on the inheritance of the cephalic index. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 62: 413–417. *Fayrer, Joseph. 1875. The royal tiger of Bengal. London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down, I] *Fenwick, Samuel. 1871. The student’s guide to medical diagnosis. 2nd ed. London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down, FD] Ferguson, George. 1854. Ferguson’s illustrated series of rare and prize poultry, including comprehensive essays upon all classes of domestic fowl. London. *———. 1854. Illustrated series of rare and prize poultry including comprehensive essays upon all classes of domestic fowl. G. Ferguson. [CUL] ´ *Ferri`re, Emile. 1872. Le Darwinisme. Paris: Germer Bailli`re. [Down] e e *———. n.d. Le Darwinisme. Paris: Germer Bailli`re. [Down, another copy] e *Ferris, Benjamin G. 1871. Origin of species, a new theory. Ithaca, N.Y.: Ithaca Democrat Print. [Down] 57

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Fichte, Immanuel Hermann. 1867. Die Seelen-fortdauer und die Weltstellung des Menschen. Leipzig. [Down] Fisher, Sir, Ronald A. 1918. The correlation between relatives on the supposition of Mendelian inheritance. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 52: 399–433. ———. 1922. On the dominance ratio. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 42: 321–341. ———. 1927. On some objections to mimicry theory: Statistical and genetic. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 75: 269–278. ———. 1928. The possible modification of the response of the wild type to recurrent mutations. American Naturalist 2: 115–126. ———. 1928. Two further notes on the origin of dominance. American Naturalist 62: 571–574. ———. 1929. The evolution of dominance: A reply to professor Sewall Wright. American Naturalist 63: 553–556. ———. 1930. The distribution of gene ratios for rare mutations. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 50: 205–220. ———. 1930. The evolution of dominance in certain polymorphic species. American Naturalist 64: 385–406. ———. 1930. The Genetical Theory of Natural Selection. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 1934. Professor Wright on the theory of dominance. American Naturalist 68: 370–374. ———. 1939. Selective forces in wild populations of Paratettix texanus. Annals of Eugenics 9: 109–122. ———. 1941. Average excess and average effect of a gene substitution. Annals of Eugenics 11: 53–63. ———. 1953. Population genetics. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences ser. B, 141: 510–523. ———. 1954. Retrospect of the criticisms of the theory of natural selection. In J. Huxley, A. C. Hardy, and E. B. Ford, eds, Evolution as a Process. London: Allen and Unwin. ———. 1958. The Genetical Theory of Natural Selection. 2nd ed. New York: Dover Books on Science. Fisher, Sir, Ronald A. and C. Diver. 1934. Crossing-over in the land snail Cepaea nemoralis L. Nature 133: 834–835. 58

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Fisher, Sir, Ronald A. and E. B. Ford. 1926. Variability of species. Nature 118: 515–16. ———. 1928. The variability of species in the Lepidoptera, with reference to abundance and sex. Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of London 76: 367–379. ———. 1947. The spread of a gene in natural conditions in a colony of the moth Panaxia dominula L. Heredity 1: 143–174. ———. 1950. The ‘Sewall Wright effect’. Heredity 4: 117–119. Fiske, John. 1873. Agassiz and Darwinism. Popular Science Monthly 3: 692–705. *———. 1874. Outlines of cosmic philosophy based on the doctrine of evolution. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down] *———. 1879. Darwinism and other essays. London & New York: Macmillan & Co. [Down] *Fitton, William Henry. 1833. Notes on the progress of geology in England. London: Richard Taylor. [Down, on B?, I] *Fitzgerald, Robert David. 1877-. Australian orchids. Sydney: Thomas Richards. [Botany School, I] FitzRoy, Robert. 1846. Remarks on New Zealand, in February 1846. London. *Fitzroy, Robert and Philip Parker King. 1839. Narrative of the surveying voyage of H.M.S. Adventure and Beagle. London: H. Coburn. [CULR, 2 copies of vol. 3, one marked by FD] *Fleming, John. 1822. The philosophy of zoology. Edinburgh: Archibald Constable & Co. [CUL, pre-B, S in both vols.] ———. 1822. The philosophy of zoology; or, a general view of the structure, functions, and classification of animals. 2 vols. Edinburgh: A. Constable. ———. 1828. A history of British animals. Edinburgh. *———. 1828. A history of British animals. Edinburgh: Bell & Bradfute. [CUL, pre-B] Flinders, Matthew. 1814. A voyage to Terra Australis. 2 vols. London: G. & W. Nicol. Includes additional atlas. *Flourens, Marie Jean-Pierre. 1845. De l’instinct et de l’intelligence des animaux. 2nd ed. Paris: Paulin. [CUL] Flourens, Marie Jean Pierre. 1845. De l’instinct et de l’intelligence des animaux. R´sum´ des observations de Fr´d´ric Cuvier sur ce sujet. 2nd ed. Paris. e e e e

59

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1855. De la long´vit´ humaine et de la quantit´ de vie sur le globe. e e e Paris. *Flourens, Marie Jean-Pierre. 1855. De la long´vit´ humaine et de la quantit´ e e e de vie sur le globe. Paris: Garnier. [CUL] Flourens, Marie Jean Pierre. 1856. Cours de Physiologie Compar´e. Place e Unknown. ———. 1864. Examen du Livre de M. Darwin sur l’Origine des Esp`ces. Paris: e Garnier Fr`res. e *Flourens, Marie Jean-Pierre. 1864. Examen du livre de M. Darwin sur l’origine des esp`ces. Paris: Garnier Fr`res. [CUL] e e *Flower, William Henry. 1870. An introduction to the osteology of Mammalia. London: Macmillan. [CUL, S] *———. 1879. Catalogue of the specimens illustrating the osteology and dentition of vertebrated animals contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. London: David Bogne. [Down] *Fl¨ gel, Johann Gottfried. 1838. English–German & German–English Dictiou nary. Leipzig: G. Liebeskind. [Down] *Focke, Wilhelm Olbers. 1881. Die Pflanzen-Mischlinge. Berlin: Gebr¨ der u Borntraeger. [CUL, S, I] *Fol, Hermann. 1879. Recherches sur la f´condation et le commencement de e l’h´nogenie. Gen`ve: Henri Georg. [Down, I] e e *Follen, Eliza Lee. 1844. The life of Charles Follen. Boston: T.H. Webb & Co. [Down] Forbes, Edward. 1846. On the connexion between the distribution of the existing fauna and flora of the British Isles, and the geological changes which have affected their area, especially during the epoch of the Northern Drift. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain 1: 336–432. *———. 1848. A monograph of the British naked-eyed Medusae. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *———. n.d. On the Asteriadae found fossil in British strata. [CUL, I] Forbes, Edward and Robert Albert Cloyne Godwin-Austen. 1859. The natural history of the European seas. By the late Prof. Edw. Forbes . . . edited and continued by Robert Godwin-Austen. London. Forbes, Edward and Sylvanus Hanley. 1853. A history of British Mollusca and their shells. 4 vols. London: John Van Voorst.

60

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Forbes, James David. 1853. Norway and its glaciers: visited in 1851. Edinburgh. Ford, E. B. 1931. Mendelism and Evolution. London: Methuen. ———. 1937. Problems of heredity in the Lepidoptera. Biological Review 12: 461–503. ———. 1939. Genetic research in the Lepidoptera. Annals of Eugenics 10: 227–252. ———. 1940. Polymorphism and taxonomy. In J. Huxley, ed., The New Systematics. London: Oxford University Press. ———. 1945. Polymorphism. Biological Review 20: 73–88. ———. 1964. Ecological Genetics. London: Methuen. ———. 1965. Genetic Polymorphism. London: Faber. *Forel, a. 1874. Les fourmis de la Suisse. Zurich: Zurcher & Furner. [CUL, I] *Forster, Johann Reinhold. 1778. Observations made during a voyage round the world. London: G. Robinson. [CUL, pre-B, S] Forster, John Reinhold. 1778. Observations made during a voyage round the world, on physical geography, natural history, and ethic philosophy. London. *Forster, Thomas. 1817. A synoptical catalogue of British birds. London: Nichols, Son & Bentley. [CUL, pre-B, S Charles Darwin 1826] Fortune, Robert. 1852. A journey to the tea countries of China. London: John Murray. *Foster, Michael and Francis M. Balfour. 1874. The elements of embryology. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down] *Foster, Michael and J.n. Langley. 1876. A course of elementary practical physiology. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] Fourier, Jean Baptiste Joseph. 1819. Th´orie du mouvement de la chaleur dans e les corps solides. Paris. *Fournier, Eug`ne. 1863. De la f´condation dans les Phan´rogames. Paris: F. e e e Savy. [CUL] *Francisque-Michel. 1860. Du pass´ et de l’avenir des Haras. London & e Edinburgh: Williams & Norgate. [CUL, S] *Frank, Albert Bernhard. 1868. Beitr¨ge zur Pflanzenphysiologie. Leipzig: a Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL, S] *———. 1870. Die nat¨rliche wagerechte Richtung von Pflanzentheilen. Leipzig: u Hermann Weissbach. [CUL] 61

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Franklin, John. 1823. Narrative of a journey to the shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1819, 20, 21, and 22. London: John Murray. ———. 1828. Narrative of a second expedition to the shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1825, 1826, and 1827. London. Franz, Unger. 1852. Versuch einer Geschichte der Pflanzenwelt. Vienna. Fraser, James Baillie. 1820. Journal of a tour through part of the snowy range of the Himalaya Mountains, and to the sources of the Rivers Jumna and Ganges. London. Frazetta, T. H. 1970. From hopeful monster to bolyerine snakes? American Naturalist 104: 55–72. ———. 1975. Complex Adaptations in Evolving Populations. Sunderland, Mass: Sinauer Associates. *Freke, Henry. 1861. On the origin of species by means of organic affinity. London: Longman & Co. [Down, I] *Fr´mont, J.c. 1845. Report of the exploring expedition to the Rocky Mountains e in the year 1842, and to Oregon and North California in the years 1843–’44. Washington: Gales & Seaton. [CUL] *Frey, Heinrich. 1874. The histology and hist-ochemistry of man. London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down] Freycinet, Louis Claude Desaulses de. 1824-44. Voyage autour du monde, entrepris par ordre du Roi. 9 vols. Paris: Chez Pillet aˆ e. Plates, 4 vols. ın´ (1824–6). Fries, Elias Magnus. 1846. Summa vegetabilium Scandinaviæ. Stockholm and Leipzig. *Fritz, Hermann. n.d. Die Beziehungen der Sonnenflecken. [Down] *Frohschammer, Jakob. 1868. Das Christen-thum und die moderne Naturwissenschaft. Wien: Tendler & Co. [Down] *From Cambridge, a Graduate. 1867. BEVERLEY, Robert Mackenzie. London: James Niskett. [Down] Fry, Edward. 1894-95. What are acquired characters? Nature 51: 8–11. ¨ F¨rnrohr, August Emanuel. 1839. Flora Ratisbonensis, oder Ubersicht der um u Regensburg wildwachsenden Gew¨chse. Regensburg. a Futuyma, Douglas J. 1979. Evolutionary Biology. Sunderland, Mass: Sinauer Associates.

62

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Gallesio, Georges. 1811. Trait´ du citrus. Paris: Louis Fantin. [CUL, pre-B e but read later: S C Darwin Feb 1842] Galton, Francis. 1853. The narrative of an explorer in tropical South Africa. London. *———. 1853. The narrative of an explorer in tropical South Africa. London: J. Murray. [CUL, ED] ———. 1855. The art of travel; or, shifts and contrivances available in wild countries. London. *———. 1855. The art of travel, or, shifts and contrivances available in wild countries. London: John Murray. [CUL, I, S] *———. 1874. English men of science: their nature and nurture. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, S] ———. 1877. Typical laws of heredity. Nature 12: 492–495, 512–533. ———. 1885. Inheritance and regression. Transactions of the British Association 55: 1206–1214. ———. 1889. Natural Inheritance. London: Macmillan. ———. 1894. Discontinuity in evolution. Mind 3: 362–372. ———. 1897. The average contribution of each several ancestor to the total heritage of the offspring. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 61: 401–413. ———. 1898. A diagram of heredity. Nature 57: 293. *Garrod, Alfred Baring. 1869. The essentials of materia medica and therapeutics. 3rd ed. London: John Walton. [Down, FD] *Garrod, Alfred Henry. 1881. The collected scientific papers. London: R.H. Porter. [Down] *G¨rtner, Carl Friedrich. 1844. Beitr¨ge zur Kenntniss der Befruchtung der a a vollkommeneren Gew¨chse. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. [CUL] a *G¨rtner, C.f. 1849. Versuche und Beobachtungen uber die Bastarderzeugung a ¨ im Pflanzenreich. Stuttgart. [CUL] G¨rtner, Karl Friedrich von. 1844. Versuche und Beobachtungen uber die a ¨ Befruchtungsorgane der vollkommeneren Gew¨chse und uber die nat¨ rliche a ¨ u und k¨ nstliche Befruchtung durch den eigenen Pollen. In Pt. 1 of Beitr¨ge u a zur Kenntniss der Befruchtung der vollkommeneren Gew¨chse. Stuttgart: E. a Schweizerbart.

63

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1849. Versuche und Beobachtungen uber die Bastarderzeugung im ¨ Pflanzenreich. Mit Hinweisung auf die ¨hnlichen Erscheinungen im Thierrea iche, ganz umgearbeitete und sehr vermehrte Ausgabe der von der K¨niglich o holl¨ndischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. a *Gastaldi, Bartolomeo. 1865. Lake habitations and pre-historic remains. London: Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [Down] Gates, R. Ruggles. 1915. The mutation factor in evolution: With particular reference to Oenothera. London: Macmillan. Gaudichaud-Beaupr´, Charles. 1824-44. Botanique. Vol. 4 of L. C. D. de e Freycinet, ed., Voyage autour du monde, entrepris par ordre du Roi . . . ex´cut´ e e sur les corvettes de S. M. l’Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les ann´es 1817, e 1818, 1819 et 1820. 9 vols. Paris: A. Bertrand. *Gaudry, Albert. 1862. Animaux fossiles et g´ologie de l’Attique. Paris: F. e Savy. [Down] *———. 1873. Animaux fossiles du Mont L´beron. P. Fischer & R. Tournou¨r. e e [Down, I] *———. 1878. Les Enchaˆnements du monde animal dans les temps g´ologiques. ı e Paris: F. Savy. [Down, I] Gaudry, Jean-Albert. 1877. Title not known. Revue des Deux Mondes, 9th ser. 23: 183. ———. 1877-1883. Les Enchaˆ ınements de Monde Animal dans les Temps G´ologiques. 2 vols. Place Unknown: G. Masson. e *Gaussoin, Eugene. 1866. The island of Navassa illustrated. Boston. [Down] Gay, Claude. 1845[-53]. Historia fisica y politica de Chile: Botanica. 8 vols in 4. Paris and Santiago. Geddes, Patrick and J. Arthur Thomson. 1889. The evolution of sex. London: Walter Scott. ———. 1911. Evolution. reprint ed. London: Williams and Norgate. *Gee, Samuel. 1870. Auscultation and percussion. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [Down, probably FD] Gegenbaur, Carl. 1859. Grundz¨ge der vergleichenden Anatomie. Leipzig: u Wilhelm Engelmann. *———. 1864-1872. Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere. Leipzig. [Down, I] *———. 1870. Grundz¨ge der vergleich-enden Anatomie. 2nd ed. Leipzig: u Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I] 64

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1874. Manuel d’anatomie compar´e. Paris: C. Reinwald & Cie. [Down] e *———. 1878. Elements of comparative anatomy. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I markings by FD] *Geiger, Lazarus. 1871. Zur Entwickelungs-geschichte der Menschheit. Stuttgart: F.G. Gotta’schen. [Down] *Geikie, James. 1877. The great ice age. 2nd ed. London: Daldy, Isbister & Co. [CUL, I, ED] *———. 1881. Prehistoric Europe: a geological sketch. London: Stanford. [CUL, I] *Gentry, Thomas G. 1876. Life-histories of the birds of eastern Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. [CUL.1900] Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1818-22. Philosophie anatomique: Les organes r´spiratoires sous le rapport de la d´termination et de l’identit´ de leur pi`ces e e e e ossueses. 2 vols. Paris: J. B. Bailli`re. e ´ *Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1830. Principes de philosophie zoologique. Paris: Pichon & Didier. [CUL] Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1833. Le degr´ d’influence de monde ambiant e pour modifier les formes animales. M´moires de l’Academie Royale des Sciences e 12: 63–92. *Geoffroy Saint Hilaire, Isidore. 1832-37. Histoire g´n´rale et particuli`re des e e e anomalies de l’organisation chez l’homme et les animaux. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re. e [CUL] *———. 1841. Essais de zoologie g´n´rale. Paris: De Roret. [CUL, S] e e *Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1847. Vie, travaux et doctrine scientifique ´ d’Etienne Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire. Paris: P. Bertrand. [CUL] *Geoffroy Saint Hilaire, Isidore. 1854-62. Histoire naturelle g´n´rale des r`gnes e e e organiques. Paris: Victor Masson. [CUL] Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1854-62. Histoire naturelle g´n´rale des r`gnes e e e organiques, principalement ´tudi´e chez l’homme et les animaux. 3 vols. Paris: e e Victor Masson. G´rard, Fr´d´ric. 1844. De l’esp`ce dans les corps organis´s. Extract from e e e e e d’Orbigny, Alcide Charles Victor Dessalines, ed., Dictionnaire universel d’histoire naturelle. 16 vols. Paris. ———. 1845. G´ographie zoologique. Vol. 6 of Alcide Charles Victor Dessalines d’ e Orbigny, ed., Dictionnaire universel d’histoire naturelle. 13 vols. Paris. Pages 112–92. Includes atlas, additional 3 vols. 65

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*G´rard, R. 1879. La Fleur et le diagramme des Orchid´es. Paris: Facult´ de e e e M´dicine. [Down, I] e Gerber, Friedrich. 1842. Elements of the general and minute anatomy of man and the Mammalia, chiefly after original researches. Notes and an appendix by George Gulliver. London. ¨ *Gerland, Georg. 1868. Uber das Aussterben der Naturv¨lker. Leipzig: Friedrich o Fleischer. [CUL, S] *Gervais, Paul. 1854-55. Les trois r`gnes de la nature: Histoire naturelle des e mammif`res. Paris: Curmer. [CUL] e Ghiselin, Michael T. 1974. A radical solution to the species problem. Systematic Zoology 23: 536–544. Giard, Alfred Mathieu. 1874. Laboratoire de Zoologie Maritime ` Wimereux. a La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 7: 221. ———. 1874. Les controverses transformistes. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 7: 25–35. ———. 1874. Les controverses transformistes: L’embryolog´nie des ascid´es et e e l’origine des vert´br´s: Kowalevsky et Baer. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 7: e e 33–35. ———. 1877. Les math´matiques et le transformisme. La Revue Scientifique, e 2nd ser. 12: 771–774. ———. 1889. Les facteurs de l’´volution. Revue Scientifique 44: 641–648. e ———. 1889. L’´volution des ˆtres organis´s: Le¸on d’overture. Bulletin e e e c Scientifique 20: 1–26. ———. 1890. Le principe de Lamark et l’h´r´dit´ des modifications somatiques. ee e Revue Scientifique 46: 705–713. Giebel, C. G. 1866. Eine antidarwinistiche Vergleichung des Menschen- und der Orangsch¨del. Zeitschrift f¨r die gesammten Naturwissenschaften 28: 401–419. a u ———. 1868. Der Mensch, sein K¨rperbau, seine Lebenst¨tigkeit und seine o a Entwicklung. Leipzig: O. Wigand. Gillespie, John. 1986. Rates of molecular evolution. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 17: 637–665. ———. 1987. Molecular evolution and the neutral allele theory. Oxford Surveys in Evolutionary Biology 4: 10–37. Gilman, Daniel Coit. 1899. The Life of James Dwight Dana. New York: Harper and Bros.

66

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Gingerich, Philip D. 1974. Stratigraphic record of Early Eocene Hyopsodus and the geometry of mammalian phylogeny. Nature 248: 107–109. ———. 1976. Paleontology and phylogeny: Patterns of evolution at the species level in early Tertiary mammals. American Journal of Science 276: 1–28. ———. 1977. Patterns of evolution in the mammalian record. In A. Hallam, ed., Patterns of evolution, as illustrated by the fossil record, pp. 496–500. Amsterdam: Elsevier. *Giraud-Teulon, Alexis. 1874. Les origines de la famille. Gen`ve: by the author. e [CUL.1900] *Girton, Daniel. n.d. The new and complete pigeon-fancier: or, modern treatise on domestic pigeons. new ed. London. [CUL] *Glen, William Cunningham. 1857. Collection of Poor Law Statutes. 2nd ed. London: Shaw & Sons. [Down] *Gloger, Constantin Lambert. 1833. Das Ab¨nd-ern der V¨gel durch Einfluss a o des Klima’s. Breslau: August Schulz & Co. [CUL, on B] Gloger, Constantin Wilhelm Lambert. 1833. Das Ab¨ndern der V¨gel durch Eina o fluss des Klimas. Nach zoologischen, zun¨chst von den Europ¨ischen Landv¨geln a a o entnommenen Beobachtungen dargestellt, mit den entsprechenden Erfahrungen bei den Europ¨ischen S¨ugthieren verglichen. Breslau. a a Gmelin, Johann Georg. 1747-69. Flora Sibirica sive historia plantarum Sibiriae. 4 vols. St Petersburg. *Godman, Frederick Du Cane. 1870. Natural history of the Azores, or Western Islands. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL] Godron, Dominique Alexandre. 1849. De l’esp`ce consid´r´e dans les ˆtres e e e e organis´s, appartenant aux p´riodes g´ologiques qui ont pr´c´d´ celle ou¡‘¿ e e e e e e nous vivons. M´moires de la Soci´t´ des Sciences, Lettres et Arts de Nancy pp. e ee 381–420. *———. 1859. De l’esp-`ce et des races dans les ˆtres organis´s et sp´cialement e e e e de l’unit´ de l’esp`ce humaine. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re et Fils. [CUL] e e e ———. 1859. De l’esp`ce et des races dans les ˆtres organis´s et sp´cialement e e e e de l’unit´ de l’esp`ce humaine. 2 vols. Paris: J. B. Bailli`re. e e e Godron, M. Dominique Alexandre. 1848. De l’esp`ce et des races dans les ˆtres e e organis´s du monde actuel. M´moires de la Soci´t´ Royale des Sciences, Lettres e e ee et Arts de Nancy pp. 182–288. Godwin, William. 1820. Of population. An enquiry concerning the power of increase in the numbers of mankind, being an answer to Mr. Malthus’s essay on that subject. London. 67

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von. 1790. Versuch die Metamorphose der Pflanzen zu erkl¨ren. Gotha: Carl Wilhelm Ettinger. a ———. 1817-24. Zur Naturwissenschaft uberhaupt, besonders zur Morphologie. ¨ 2 vols. Stuttgart and T¨bingen: J. G. Cotta. u Goette, Alexander. 1875. Die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Unke (Bombinator igneus) als Grundlage einer vergleichenden Morphologie der Wirbeltiere. Leipzig: Leopold Voss. Goldschmidt, R. 1933. Some aspects of evolution. Science 78: 539–547. ———. 1940. The Material Basis for Evolution. New Haven: Yale University Press. Goldschmidt, Richard Benedict. 1927. Physiologische Theorie der Vererburg. Berlin: Springer. ———. 1938. Physiological Genetics. McGraw-Hill. ———. 1955. Theoretical Genetics. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press. Goldstein, Adam M. 2006. Random drift: Chance and explanation in evolutionary biology. Ph.D. thesis, The Johns Hopkins University. *Gonne, Christian Friedrich. 1882. Das Gleich-gewicht in der Bewegung. Dresden: R.V. Zahn. [Down] *Gooch, Robert. 1859. On some of the most important diseases peculiar to women. London: The New Sydenham Society. [Down] Goodrich, E. T. 1924. Living organisms: An account of their origin and evolution. Oxford: Oxford University Press. *Goodsir, John and Harry Goodsir. 1845. Anatomical and pathological observations. Edinburgh: Miles MacPhail. [Down] G¨ppert, Heinrich Robert. 1864. Ueber die Darwinsche Tranmutationslehre, mit o Beziehung auf die fossilen Pflanzen. Jahresbericht der schlesischen Gesellschaft f¨r vaterl¨ndische Culture 42: 39–42. u a ———. 1865. Ueber Aphyllostachys, eine neue fossile Pflazengattung aus der Gruppe der Calamarien, so wie uber das Verh¨ltniss der fossilen Flora zu ¨ a Darwin’s Transmutation-Theorie. Nova acta Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino Carolinae germanicae naturae Curiosorum 32. Gosse, Philip Henry. 1840. The Canadian naturalist. A series of conversationson the natural history of lower Canada. London: John Van Voorst. ———. 1847. The birds of Jamaica. Assisted by Richard Hill. London: John Van Voorst. 68

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1851. A naturalist’s sojourn in Jamaica. London. *———. 1851. A naturalist’s sojourn in Jamaica. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL, S] ———. 1853. A naturalist’s ramble on the Devonshire coast. London. ———. 1856. Tenby: a sea-side holiday. London: John Van Voorst. *———. 1859. Letters from Alabama, chiefly related to natural history. London: Morgan & Chase. [CUL] *G¨tz, Theodor. 1853. Hunde-Galerie. 2nd ed. Weimar: Eduard Lobe. [Down] o Gould, Augustus Addison. 1841. Report on the invertebrata of Massachusetts, comprising the Mollusca, Crustacea, Annelida and Radiata. Boston. ———. 1852-6. Mollusca and shells. Vol. 12 and atlas of United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–42. Under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Philadelphia. *Gould, Benjamin Apthorp. 1869. Investigations in the military and anthropological statistics of American soldiers. New York: Hurd & Houghton. [CUL] Gould, John. 1832-7. The birds of Europe. 5 vols. London. ———. 1848. The birds of Australia. 7 vols. London. *———. 1848. An introduction to the birds of Australia. London: Richard & John E. Taylor. [CUL, I] ———. 1850-83. The birds of Asia. 7 vols. London. *———. 1861. An introduction to the Trochilidae, or family of humming-birds. London: Taylor & Francis. [CUL, I] *———. 1865. Handbook to the birds of Australia. London: by the author. [CUL] *———. 1873. Introduction to the birds of Great Britain. London: Taylor & Francis. [CUL, I] Gould, Stephen Jay. 1966. Allometry and size in ontogeny and phylogeny. Biological Review 41: 587–640. ———. 1977. Ontogeny and Phylogeny. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. ———. 1980. Is a new and general theory of evolution emerging? Paleobiology 6: 119–130. ———. 1980. The promise of paleobiology as a nomothetic, evolutionary discipline. Paleobiology 6: 96–118.

69

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1989. Wonderful Life: The Burgess Shale and the Nature of History. New York: W. W. Norton and Company. Gould, Stephen Jay and Niles Eldredge. 1977. Punctuated equilibrium: The tempo and mode of evolution reconsidered. Paleobiology 3: 115–151. ———. 1993. Punctuated equilibrium comes of age. Nature 366: 223–227. Gould, Stephen Jay and Richard C. Lewontin. 1995. The spandrels of San Marco and the Panglossian paradigm: A critique of the adaptationist program. In Elliot Sober, ed., Conceptual Issues in Evolutionary Biology, 2nd ed. Cambridge: MIT Press. Gould, Stephen Jay, D. M. Raup, J. J. Sepkoski, T. J. M. Schopf, and D. S. Simberloff. 1977. The shape of evolution: A comparison of real and random clades. Paleobiology 3: 23–40. *Gould, William. 1747. An account of English ants. London: A. Millar. [CUL, pre-B] *Graba, Carl Julian. 1830. Tagebuch gef¨hrt auf einer Reise nach F¨r¨ im u a o Jahre 1828. Hamburg: Perthes & Besser. [CUL, on B] Grant, P. R. 1999. Ecology and Evolution of Darwin’s Finches. Princeton: Princeton University Press. *Grant, Robert Edmond. 1835. Outlines of comparative anatomy. London: J.B. Bailli`re. [CUL] e ———. 1835-7. Outlines of comparative anatomy. London. Gratiolet, Louis Pierre. 1854. M´moire sur les plis c´r´braux de l’homme et des e e e primates. Paris. *Gratiolet, Pierre. 1865. De la physionomie et des mouvements d’expression. Paris: J. Hetzel. [CUL, S] *Graves, George. 1824. The naturalist’s companion. London: Longman, Hurst, Orme, Brown & Green. [CUL, pre-B, S Charles Darwin August 4th 1825] Gray, Asa. 1846. Explanations of the ’Vestiges’. North American Review 62: 465–506. ———. 1848. A manual of the botany of the northern United States. Cambridge, Mass. ———. 1848-9. Genera Floræ Americæ Boreali-Orientalis illustrata. The genera of the plants of the United States. 2 vols. Boston, New York, and London (Vols. 1 & 2); New York (Vol. 2).

70

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1854-6. Botany. Phanerogamia. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–42, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., vol. 14. Vol. 1 (no more published) and atlas. Philadelphia: C. Sherman. *———. 1856. Manual of the botany of the northern United States. 2nd ed. New York. [CUL] ———. 1856. Manual of the botany of the northern United States: second edition; including Virginia, Kentucky, and all east of the Mississippi: arranged according to the natural system. New York: George P. Putnam. *———. 1857. First lessons in botany and vegetable physiology. New York: G.P. Putnam & Co., and Ivison & Phinney. [CUL, I] ———. 1857. First lessons in botany and vegetable physiology, illustrated by over 360 wood engravings, from original drawings, by Isaac Sprague. To which is added a copious glossary, or dictionary of botanical terms. New York: G. P. Putnam; Ivison & Phinney. ———. 1858. Introduction to structural and systematic botany, and vegetable physiology, being a fifth and revised edition of the botanical text-book. New York: Ivison & Phinney. ———. 1862. Address of George Bentham, esq. American Journal of Science 84: 286. ———. 1862. Fertilization of orchids through the agency of insects. American Journal of Science 84: 420–429. *———. 1872. Botany for young people: part 2, How plants behave. New York & Chicago: Ivison, Blakeman, Taylor & Co. [CUL, I] ———. 1873. Address of Professor Asa Gray. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 21: 1–31. ———. 1876. Darwiniana. New York: Appleton. *———. 1876. Darwiniana. New York: D. Appleton & Co. [CUL] *———. 1880. Natural science and religion. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons. [CUL, I] ———. 1880. Natural Science and Religion: Two Lectures Delivered to the Theological School of Yale College. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons. Gray, Asa and Jean Louis Rudolphe Agassiz. 0000. [Asa Gray and Louis Agassiz debate evolution]. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 4. *Gray), British Museum (J.e. 1843. List of the specimens of Mammalia in the collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the Trustees. [CUL] 71

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Gray, George Robert. 1840. A list of the genera of birds, with an indication of the typical species of each genus. London: R. and J.E. Taylor. ———. 1844-9. The genera of birds: comprising their generic characters, and notice of the habits of each genus, and an extensive list of species referred to their several genera. Illustrated by David William Mitchell. 3 vols. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. *———. 1871. A fascicle of the birds of China. London. [Down, I] *Gray, Henry. 1869. Anatomy, descriptive and surgical. 5th ed. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, probably FD] Gray, John Edward. 1830-5. Illustrations of Indian zoology; chiefly selected from the collection of Major general Hardwicke. 2 vols. London: Treuttel, Wurtz, Treuttel, Jun. and Richter. *———. 1831. Synopsis reptilium. London: Treuttel, Wurtz & Co. [Down, S] ———. 1846. Gleanings from the menagerie and aviary at Knowsley Hall. Knowsley. ———. 1850. Gleanings from the menagerie and aviary at Knowsley Hall. Hoofed quadrupeds. Knowsley. ———. 1852. Molluscorum Britanniæ Synopsis. A synopsis of the Mollusca of Great Britain, arranged according to their natural affinities and anatomical structure. By William Elford Leach. London. ———. 1855. Catalogue of Pulmonata or airbreathing Mollusca in the collection of the British Museum. Pt 1. London. Gray, John Edward and George Robert Gray, eds. 1846. Catalogue of the specimens and drawings of mammalia and birds of Nepal and Thibet, presented by B. H. Hodgson . . . to the British Museum. London: Printed by order of the Trustees. Gray, Samuel Frederick. 1821. A natural arrangement of British plants, according to their relations to each other. With an introduction to botany, in which the terms newly introduced are explained. 2 vols. London: Baldwin, Cradock, and Joy. *Green, Charles. 1842. The history, antiquities, and geology, of Bacton, in Norfolk. Norwich: Josiah Fletcher. [CUL, I Charles Darwin from C. Lyell] Greene, Joseph Reay. 1859-61. Manual of the animal kingdom. Pt 1: Protozoa. Pt 2: Coelenterata. London. *———. 1861. A manual of the sub-kingdom Coelenterata. London: Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [Down, I]

72

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Greenwell, William. n.d. British barrows. Oxford: The Clarendon Press. [together with] *Greg, William Rathbone. 1863. The creed of Christendom. London: Tr¨bner u & Co. [Down] *———. 1872. Enigmas of life. London: Tr¨bner & Co. [Down, I] u Grenier, Jean Charles Marie and Dominique Alexandre Godron. 1848-56. Flore de France, ou d´scription des plantes qui croissent naturellement en France et e en Corse. 3 vols. Paris: J. B. Bailli`re. e Grey, George. 1841. Journals of two expeditions of discovery in north-west and western Australia, during the years 1837, 38, and 39. 2 vols. London: T. and W. Boone. Griesbach, August. 1864. Die georaphische Verbreitung der Pflanzen Westindiens. Abhandlungen der k¨niglichen der Wissenschafte zu G¨ttingen p. 67. o o Griffith, Edward. 1827-35. The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with its organization, by the Baron Cuvier, . . . with additional descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and of many not before noticed. 16 vols. London: G.B. Whittaker. Griffith, William. 1847. Journals of travels in Assam, Burma, Bootan, Affghanistan, and the neighbouring countries. In Posthumous papers bequeathed to the honorable the East Indian Company . . . Edited by John M’Clelland. Calcutta. Grisebach, August Heinrich Rudolph. 1843-4. Spicilegium florae Rumelicae et Bithynicae exhibens synopsin plantarum quas aest. 1839 legit. 2 vols. Brunswick: F. Vieweg. *Grobben, Carl. 1878. Beitr¨ge zur Kenntnis der M¨nnlichen Geschlechtsorgane a a der Dekapoden. Wien: Alfred H¨lder. [Down, I] o *Grove, William Robert. 1862. The correlation of physical forces. 4th ed. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts & Green. [Down, S] Gubler, Adolphe. 1862. Pr´face d’une r´forme des esp`ces fond´e sur le principe e e e e de la variabilit´ restreinte des types organiques, en rapport avec leur facult´ e e d’adaption aux milieux. Bulletin de la Soci´t´ Botanique 9: 264. ee Gulick, A. 1932. Biological peculiarities of oceanic islands. Quarterly Review of Biology 7: 405–427. Gulick, J. T. 1872. On diversity of evolution under one set of external conditions. Journal of the Linnean Society of London (Zoology) 11: 496–505. ———. 1888. Divergent evolution through cumulative segregation. Journal of the Linnean Society of London (Zoology) 20: 189–274, 312–380. 73

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*G¨nther, Albert. 1869. The reptiles of British India. London: The Ray Society. u [Down] *———. 1871. Description of Ceratodus. London: Taylor & Francis. [Down] *———. 1877. The gigantic land-tortoises (living and extinct) in the collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the Trustees. [Down] *———. 1880. An introduction to the study of fishes. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [Down, I] G¨nther, Albert Charles Lewis Gotthilf. 1853. Die Fische des Neckars, unteru sucht und beschreiben von A. G¨nther. Stuttgart. u Guppy, Henry Brougham. 1906. Observations of a naturalist in the Pacific between 1896-1899. 2 vols. London: Macmillan. ———. 1917. Plants, seeds and currents in the West Indies. London: Williams and Norgate. ———. 1917-1920. Plant distribution from the standpoint of an idealist. Journal of the Linnean Society of London (Botany) 44: 439–472. *Guthrie, Malcolm. 1879. On Mr Spencer’s formula of evolution. London: Tr¨bner & Co. [Down, I markings by FD] u *Guy, William a. 1861. Principles of forensic medicine. 2nd ed. London: Henry Renshaw. [Down, FD] Gyllenhaal, Leonhard. 1808-27. Insecta Suecica. 1 vol. in 4. Skara and Leipzig. *Haast, Julius Von. 1879. Geology of the provinces of Canterbury and Westland, New Zealand. Christchurch: The Times Office. [Down] *Haberlandt, Gottlieb. 1877. Die Schutzein- richtungen in der Entwickelung der Keimpflanze. Wien: Carl Gerold’s Sohn. [Down, I] *———. 1877. Die Schutzein-richtungen in der Entwickelung der Keimpflanze. Wien: Carl Gerold’s Sohn. [CUL] *———. 1881. Vergleichende An-atomie der assimilatorischen Gewebesystem. Berlin: G. Bernstein. [Down, I] *Haeckel, Ernst. 1862. Die Radiolarien. Berlin: Georg Reimer. [Down, I] *———. 1866. Generelle Morphologie der Organismen. Berlin: Georg Reimer. [CUL, I in vol. 1] *———. 1868. Nat¨rliche Sch¨pfungs-geschichte. Berlin: Georg Reimer. [CUL, u o I]

74

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1869. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Siphonophoren. Utrecht: C. Van der Post Jr. [CUL] *———. 1870. Nat¨rliche Sch¨pfungs-geschichte. 2nd ed. Berlin: Georg Reimer. u o [Down, I] *———. 1872. Die Kalkschw¨mme. Berlin: Georg Reimer. [CUL, I in vol. 1] a *———. 1872. Nat¨rliche Sch¨pfungs-geschichte. 3rd ed. Berlin: Georg Reimer. u o [Down, I] *———. 1873. Nat¨rliche Sch¨pfungs-geschichte. 4th ed. Berlin: Georg Reimer. u o [Down, I] *———. 1874. Anthropogenie oder Ent-wickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down] *———. 1874. Nat¨rliche Sch¨pfungs-geschichte. 5th ed. Berlin: Georg Reimer. u o [Down, I] *———. 1875. Arabische Korallen. Berlin: Georg Reimer. [Down] *———. 1876. The history of creation. London: Henry King & Co. [CUL, S in both vols.] *———. 1877. Anthropogenie oder Ent-wickelungsgeschichte des Menschen. 3rd ed. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I] *———. 1877. Studien zur Gastraea-Theorie. Jena: Hermann Dufft. [Down, I] *———. 1878. Das Protistenreich. Leipzig: E. G¨nther. [Down] u *———. 1878. Freie Wissenschaft und freie Lehre. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. [Down, I] *———. 1879. The evolution of man. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [Down] *———. 1879. Freedom in science and teaching. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [Down] *———. 1879. Gesammelte popul¨re Vor-tr¨ge aus dem Gebiete der Entwicka a elungslehre. Bonn: Emil Strauss. [Down, I] *———. 1879. Les Preuves du trans-formisme, r´ponse ` Virchow. Paris: e a Germer Bailli`re & Cie. [CUL, I] e *———. 1879. Nat¨rliche Sch¨pfungs-geschichte. 7th ed. Berlin: Georg Reimer. u o [Down, I] *———. 1879-1880. Das System der Medusen. Jena: Friedrich Manke. [Down, I]

75

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Haeckel, Ernst Heinrich Phillip August. 1866. Generelle Morphologie der Organismen. 2 vols. Berlin: G. Reimer. ———. 1868. Nat¨rliche Sch¨pfungsgeschichte. Berlin: G. Reimer. u o ———. 1873. Nat¨rliche Sch¨pfungsgeschichte, gemeinverst¨ndliche wisu o a senschaftliche Vortr¨ge uber die Entwickelungslehre in Allegmeinen und die a ¨ jenige von Darwin, Goethe, Lamark im Besonderen. Berlin: Reimer. ———. 1874. Antropologie; oder Entwickelungsgeschechte des Menschens . . . Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. ———. 1874. Die Gastraea-Theorie, die phylogenetische Classification des Thierreichs und die Homologie der Keimbl¨tter. Jenaische Zietschrift f¨r a u Naturwissenschaft 8: 1–55. ———. 1875. Die Gastrula und Eifurchung der Theirre. Jenaische Zietschrift f¨r Naturwissenschaft 9: 454–456. u ———. 1875. Ziele und Wege der heutigen Entwicklungsgeschichte. Jenaische Zietschrift f¨r Naturwissenschaft Supplement 10. u ———. 1876. Die Perigenesis der Plastidule oder die Wellenzeugung der Lebenstheilchen. Berlin: Reimer. ———. 1876. The history of creation: Or the development of the Earth and its inhabitants by the action of natural causes. A popular exposition of the doctrine of evolution in general and of that of Darwin, Goethe, and Lamark in particular. 2 vols. New York: Appleton. ———. 1877. Die heutige Entwicklungslehre im Verh¨ltnis zur a Gesammtwissenschaft. Amtlicher Berichte der Versammlung deutscher Naturforscher und Aertze zu M¨nchen pp. 15–16. u ———. 1879. The evolution of Man: A population exposition of the principal points of human ontogeny and phylogeny. New York: Appleton. ———. 1883. History of Creation. London: Kegan Paul, Trench. ———. 1898. The last link: Our present knowledge of the descent of man. London: A. and C. Black. ———. 1900. The riddle of the universe at the close of the nineteenth century. London: Watts. ———. 1907. The evolution of Man: A population exposition of the principal points of human ontogeny and phylogeny. London: Watts. Haeckel, Ernst Heinrich Phillip August, August Weismann, and Arthur J. Thomson. 1917. Evolution in modern thought. New York: Boni and Liveright.

76

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Hagedoorn, A. L. and A. C. Hagedoorn. 1914. Studies on variation and selection. Zeitschrift f¨r Induktive Abstammungs und Vererbungslehre 11: 145–183. u ———. 1921. The Relative Value of the Processes Causing Evolution. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff. *Hagen, Hermann. 1876. On some insect deformities. Cambridge, Mass.: University Press. [Down, I by A. Agassiz] *Hahn, Otto. 1879. Die Urzelle. T¨bingen: H. Laupp. [Down, I] u *———. 1880. Die Meteorite (Chondrite) und ihre Organismen. T¨bingen: H. u Laupp. [Down] Haken, Johann Christian Ludwig. 1805. Robinsons des J¨ngern, Beschreibung u seiner Reise nach Otahite und den S¨dsee-Inseln. Ein n¨tzliches Lesebuch f¨r u u u dieJugend. Altona. Haldane, J. B. S. 1924. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part I. Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 23: 19–41. ———. 1924. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part II. the influence of partial self-fertilisation, inbreeding, assortative mating, and selective fertilization on the composition of mendelian popuations, and on natural selection. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, Biological Sciences 1: 158–163. ———. 1926. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part III. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 23: 363–372. ———. 1927. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part V. selection and mutation. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 23: 833–844. ———. 1929. Natural selection. Nature 124: 444. ———. 1929. The species problem in light of genetics. Nature 124: 514–516. ———. 1930. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part VI. isolation. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 26: 220–230. ———. 1930. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part vii. selection intensity as a function of mortality rate. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 27: 131–136. ———. 1930. Natural selection intensity as a function of mortality rate. Nature 125: 583. ———. 1930. A note on Fisher’s theory of dominance, and on a correlation between dominance and linkage. American Naturalist 64: 37–90.

77

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1931. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part VIII. metastable populations. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 27: 137–142. ———. 1932. The Causes of Evolution. London: Longmans, Green and co. ———. 1932. The hereditary transmission of acquired characters. Nature 129: 817–819, 856–858. ———. 1932. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part IX. rapid selection. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 28: 244–238. ———. 1933. The part played by recurrent mutation in evolution. American Naturalist 67: 5–19. ———. 1934. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part X. some theorems on artificial selection. Genetics 19: 412–429. ———. 1937. The effect of variation on fitness. American Naturalist 71: 338–349. ———. 1938. L’analyse g´n´tique des populations naturelles. In R´union e e e Internationale de Physique-Chimie Biologie (Congr`s de Palais de la D´couverte, e e Paris, 1937), pp. 105–112. Hermann. ———. 1939. The equilibrium between mutation and random extinction. Annals of Eugenics 9: 400–405. ———. 1939. The spread of harmful autosomal recessive genes in human populations. Annals of Eugenics 9: 232–237. ———. 1940. The conflict between seleciton and mutation of harmful recessive genes. Annals of Eugenics 10: 417–421. ———. 1942. Parental and fraternal correlations for fitness. Annals of Eugenics 11: 287–292. ———. 1942. Selection against heterozygosis in man. Annals of Eugenics 11: 333–340. ———. 1942. The selective elimination of silver foxes in Eastern Canada. Journal of Genetics 44: 296–304. ———. 1949. La m´thode dans la g´n´tique. In Comptes Rendu du 10`me e e e e Congr`s International de Philosophie des Sciences, Vol. VI, Biologie, pp. 41–45. e Paris: Hermann. ———. 1954. The measurement of natural selection. Caryologia (suppl. to Atti del IX Congresso Internazionale di Genetica) pp. 480–487.

78

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1955. Natural selection. Transactions of the Bose Research Institute of Calcutta 20: 17–20. ———. 1956. The estimation of viabilities. Journal of Genetics 54: 294–296. ———. 1957. The cost of natural selection. Journal of Genetics 55: 511–524. ———. 1958. A defense of beanbag genetics. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine 7: 343–359. ———. 1958. The present position of Darwinism. Journal of Scientific Indian Research 17: 97–103. ———. 1958. The theory of evolution, before and after Bateson. Journal of Genetics 56: 11–27. ———. 1959. More precise expressions for the cost of natural selection. Journal of Genetics 47: 351–360. ———. 1959. The theory of natural selection today. Nature 183: 710–713. Haldane, J. B. S. and S. D. Jayakar. 1963. Polymorphism due to selection in varying directions. Journal of Genetics 58: 237–247. *Hall, Sydney. 1829. A new general atlas. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [Down, on B, ED] *———. 1831. An alphabetical index of all the names contained in a new general atlas of fifty-nine maps. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Browne & Green. [CUL, on B, S] Haller, Albrecht van. 1757-66. Elementa physiologiae corporis humani. Lausanne. *Hallez, Paul. 1879. Contributions a l’histoire naturelle des Turbellari´s. Lille: ` e L. Danel. [Down, I] Hamberger, Georg Christoph and Johann Georg Meusel. 1796-1834. Das gelehrte Teutschland, oder Lexikon der jetzt lebendenteutschen Schriftsteller. 23 vols in 24. Lemgo. Hamilton, Francis Buchanan. 1807. A journey from Madras through the countries of Mysore, Canara, and Malabar. 3 vols. London: T. Cadell and W. Davies. ———. 1838. The history, antiquities, topography, and statistics of Eastern India . . . Collated from the original documents. . . by Montgomery Martin. 3 vols. London. Hamilton, W. D. 1964. The genetical evolution of social behavior, pts. 1 & 2. Journal of Theoretical Biology 7: 1–52. *Hancock, Albany. 1857. On the organization of the Brachiopoda. [Down, I] 79

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Hancock, Thomas. 1824. Essay on instinct, and its physical and moral relations. London. *Hansen, Adolph. 1881. Vergleichende Untersuchngen uber Adventivbildungen ¨ bei den Pflanzen. Frankfurt: a.M. [1881 said to belong to CD but no indication Botany School] Harcourt, Edward William Vernon. 1851. A sketch of Madeira; containing information for the traveller or invalid visitor. London. Hardcastle, Lucy. 1830. An introduction to the elements of the Linnæan system of botany, for young persons. Derby and London: T. Richardson (Derby) and Hurst, Chance, and Co. (London). Hardy, A. C. 1965. The living stream: A restatement of evolution theory. London: Collins. Hardy, G. H. 1908. Mendelian proportions in a mixed population. Science 28: 49–50. Harris, Arthur J. 1911. The biometric proof of the pure line theory. American Naturalist 45: 346–363. *Harris, George. 1869. The theory of the arts. London: Tr¨bner & Co. [Down, u vol. 1 only, I] Harris, H. 1966. Enzyme polymorphisms in man. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences 164: 298–310. *Harris, Thaddeus William. 1842. A treatise on some of the insects of New England, which are injurious to vegetation. Cambridge, Mass.: John Owen. [CUL] *———. 1862. A treatise on some of the insects injurious to vegetation. new ed. Boston: Crosby & Nichols. [Down, I] *———. 1869. Entomological correspondence. Boston: Society of Natural History. [Down, I by editor] Hartl, D. L. 1979. Four volume treatise on population biology. BioScience 29: 179–180. *Hartmann, Eduard Von. 1875. Wahrheit und Irrthum im Darwinismus. Berlin: Carl Ducker. [Down, two copies] Hartmann, Georg Leonhard. 1827. Helvetische Ichthyologie, oder ausf¨hrliche u Naturgeschichte in der Schweiz sich vorfindenden Fische. Z¨rich: Orell, F¨ssli u u and Co. *Hartung, Georg. 1857. Die geologischen Ver-h¨ltnisse der Inseln Lanzarote a und Fuerta-ventura. Z¨rich. [CUL] u 80

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Harvey, William Henry. 1838. The genera of South African plants, arranged according to the natural system. Cape Town, South Africa: A. S. Robertson. ———. 1847. Nereis Australis, or algae of the Southern Ocean: being figures and descriptions of marine plants, collected on the shores of the Cape of Good Hope, the extra-tropical Australian colonies, Tasmania, New Zealand, and the Antarctic regions; deposited in the herbarium of the Dublin University. London: Reeve Brothers. *———. 1849. Nereis australis, or algae of the southern ocean. London: Reeve, Benham & Reeve. [Down, I] *———. 1849. The sea-side book. new ed. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL] ———. 1849. The sea-side book; being an introduction to the natural history of the British coasts. London. ———. 1854. The sea-side book; being an introduction to the natural history of the British coasts. 3rd ed. London: Van Voorst. Harvey, William Henry and Otto Wilhelm Sonder. 1859-65. Flora Capensis: being a scientific description of the plants of the Cape Colony, Caffraria, & Port Natal. 3 vols. Dublin: Hodges, Smith & Co. *Hasse, Carl. 1879. Das nat¨rliche System der Elasmobranchier. Jena: Gustav u Fischer. [Down] Hasselquist, Frederik. 1766. Voyages and travels in the Levant. London: L. Davis and C. Reymers. *Haughton, Samuel. 1880. Six lectures on physical geography. Dublin: Hodges, Foster & Figgs. [Down, I] Hawkesworth, John. 1773. An account of the voyages undertaken by . . . Commodore Byron, Captain Wallis, Captain Carteret and Captain Cook. 3 vols. London: W. Strahan and T. Cadell. *Hawkins, Benjamin Waterhouse. 1860. A com-parative view of the human and animal frame. London: Chapman & Hall. [Down] *Hawkins, Richard. 1847. The observations of Sir Richard Hawkins, Knt, in his voyage into the South Sea in the year 1593. London: The Haakluyt Society. [Down] Haworth, Adrian Hardy. 1803-28. Lepidoptera Britannica: sistens digestionem novam insectorum Lepidopterorum. London: John Murray. Head, Francis Bond. 1826. Rough notes taken during some rapid journeys across the Pampas and among the Andes. London: John Murray.

81

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1826. Rough notes taken during some rapid journeys across the Pampas and among the Andes. London. [Down, pre-B] Hearne, Samuel. 1795. A journey from Prince of Wales’s Fort in Hudson’s Bay to the Northern ocean . . . in the years 1769, 1770, 1771 & 1772. London: A. Strahan and T. Cadell. Heber, Reginald. 1828. Narrative of a journey through the upper provinces of India from Calcutta to Bombay 1824–25. (With notes upon Ceylon.) An account of a journey to Madras and the Southern provinces, 1826, and letters written in India. 2 vols. London. Edited by Amelia Heber. ´ *Heckel, Edouard. 1875. Du mouvement v´g´tal. Paris: G. Masson. [Down, I] e e *Hedericus, Benjamin. 1816. Graecium lexicon. London: J, Rivington. [Botany School, pre-B, ED] Heer, Oswald. 1855-9. Flora tertiaria Helvetiae. Die terti¨re Flora der Schweiz. a 3 vols. Winterthur, Switzerland: J. Wurster. *———. 1860. Untersuchungen uber das Klima und die Vegetationsverh¨ltnisse ¨ a der Terti¨rlandes. Winterthur: Wurster & Co,. [Botany School, I] a *———. 1861. Recherches sur le climat et la v´g´tation du pays tertiaire. e e Winterthur: J. Wurster & Co. [Botany School] *———. 1869. Contributions to the fossil flora of North Greenland, being a description of the plants collected by Mr. Edward Whymper during the summer of 1867. [CUL, I] *———. 1870. Die Miocene Flora und Fauna Spitzbergens. Stockholm: P.A. Norstedt. [Botany School, I, FD] *———. 1872. Le Monde primitif de la Suisse. Gen`ve & Bˆle. [CUL] e a *———. 1875. Flora fossilis arctica. Z¨rich: Wurster. [CUL] u *———. 1876-77. Flora fossilis Helvetiae. Z¨ rich: J. Wurster & Co. [Botany u School] *H´liu. 1878. La loi unique et suprˆme. 1, Gen`se terrestre. Paris: Brasseur. e e e [Down] *Heller, Karl Bartholomaeus. 1869. Darwin und der Darwinismus. Wien: Universit¨ts-Buchhandlung. [Linnean Society of London] a *Helmholtz, Hermann. 1873. Popular lectures on scientific subjects. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [CUL, S] *Henfrey, Arthur. 1847. Outlines of structural and physiological botany. London: John Van Voorst. [Down]

82

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1852. Principles of the anatomy and physiology of the vegetable cell. By Hugo von Mohl. London: John van Voorst. Henfrey, Arthur, ed. 1853. Botanical and physiological memoirs. London: Ray Society. *Henfrey, Arthur. 1853. Botanical and physiological memoirs. London: The Ray Society. [CUL] *Henfrey, Arthur (Ed.). 1849. Reports and papers on botany. London: The Ray Society. [CUL] *Henle, Jacob. 1858. Handbuch der systematischen Anatomie des Menschen. Braunschweig: Friedrich Vieweg & Sohn. [CUL] Hennig, Willi. 1965. Phylogetic systematics. Annual Review of Entomology 10: 97–116. ———. 1966. Phylogetic Systematics. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press. Henry, Doris P. 1848. Syllabus of a course of lectures on botany, suggesting matter for a pass-examination at Cambridge in this subject. Cambridge. *Henry, William. 1823. The elements of experimental chemistry. London: Baldwin, Cradock & Joy & R. Hunter. [CUL, vol. 2 only, pre-B, S] Henslow, George. 1888. The origin of floral structures through insect and other agencies. London: Kegan Paul. ———. 1894. The origin of plant structures by self-adaptation to the environment, exemplified by desert or xerophilous plants. Journal of the Linnean Society of London (Botany) 30: 218–263. ———. 1894. The origin of species without the aid of natural selection—a reply. Natural Science 5: 257–264. ———. 1895. The origin of plant structures by self-adaptation to the environment, exemplified by desert or xerophilous plants. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Tr¨bner, & co. u ———. 1897. Does natural selection play any part in the origin of species among plants? Natural Science 11: 166–180. ———. 1898. Scientific proofs vs. ‘a priori ’ assumptions. Natural Science 13: 103–108. Henslow, John Stevens. 1835. A catalogue of British plants, arranged according to the natural system, with the synonyms of De Candolle, Smith, Lindley, and Hooker. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Metcalfe.

83

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1837. Descriptive and physiological botany (Lardner’s Cabinet cyclopedia). new ed. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL] ———. 1837. Descriptive and physiological botany. New edition. Part of Dionysius Lardner’s Cabinet cyclopædia. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Greene, & Longmans; John Taylor. ———. 1843. An account of the Roman antiquities, found at Rougham, near Bury St. Edmund’s, on the fifteenth of September. Place Unknown. ———. 1843. Letters to the farmers of Suffolk, with a glossary of terms used. London. ———. 1844. Suggestions towards an enquiry into the present condition of the labouring population of Suffolk. Hadleigh. ———. 1853. Syllabus of lectures on botany: with an appendix, containing copious demonstrations of fourteen common plants for the illustration of terms. Cambridge. ———. 1855. British plants growing wild in the parish of Hitcham, Suffolk. 2nd ed. ———. 1858. Appendix to Hitcham allotment report for 1857. Hadleigh, Suffolk. *———. n.d. A dictionary of botanical terms. London: Groombridge & Sons. [Down, S] *Herbert, William. 1837. Amaryllidaceae. London: J. Ridgway & Sons. [CUL] ———. 1837. Amaryllidaceæ; preceded by an attempt to arrange the monocotyledonous orders, and followed by a treatise on cross-bred vegetables, and supplement. London: James Ridgway & Sons. *Hermann, H.c. 1860. The Italian alp-bee. G. Neighbour & Sons. [CUL] *Hermann, Ludimar. 1875. Elements of human physiology. London. [Down] *———. 1881. Handbuch der physio-logie. Leipzig: F.C.W. Vogel. [Down, I] *Herschel, John Frederick William. 1831. A preliminary discourse on the study of natural philosophy. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green & John Taylor. [CUL, on B] *———. 1833. A treatise of astronomy. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman & John Taylor. [CUL, S 1838] *———. 1849. A manual of scientific enquiry. London: John Murray. [CUL]

84

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Herschel, John Frederick William, ed. 1849. A manual of scientific enquiry: prepared for the use of Her Majesty’s Navy: and adapted for travellers in general. London: John Murray. *Herschel, John Frederick William. 1861. Phy-sical geography. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [Down, FD] *Herschel, Mrs John. 1876. Memoir and cor-respondence of Caroline Herschel. London: John Murray. [Down] ¨ *Hertwig, Oscar. 1874. Uber das Zahnsystem der Amphibien. Bonn: by the author. [CUL.1900] *Hervey-Saint-Denys, L´on D’. 1850. e Re-cherches sur l’agriculture et l’horticulture des Chinois. Paris: Allonard & Kaeppelin. [CUL] Hewitson, William Chapman. 1831-44. British oology; being illustrations of the eggs of British birds, with figures of each species, as far as practicable, drawn and coloured from nature: accompanied by descriptions of the materials and situation of their nests, number of eggs, etc. 2 vols. Newcastle upon Tyne. Includes additional supplement. *Hewson, William. 1846. The works of William Hewson, F.R.S. London: The Sydenham Society. [CUL, I by editor] *Heyworth, Lawrence. 1866. Glimpses at the origin, mission and the destiny of man. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down, I] *Hibberd, Shirley. 1872. The fern garden. 4th ed. London: Groombridge & Sons. [Down] *Higginson, Thomas Wentworth. 1871. Out-door papers. Boston: James G. Osgood & Co. [Down] *Hildebrand, Friedrich. 1867. Die Geschlechter-Vertheilung bei den Pflanzen. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL, S] *———. 1873. Die Verbreit-ungsmittel der Pflanzen. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL, bound together with previous item, I] *Hildebrant, Gustav. 1861. Die Verbreitung der Coniferen. Bonn: Carl Georgi. [Down] Hill, John. 1748-52. A general natural history: or, new and accurate descriptions of the animals, vegetables, and minerals, of the different parts of the world; with their virtues and uses . . . in medicine and mechanics. 3 vols. London: T. Osborne. *Hinds, Richard Brinsley. 1843. The regions of vegetation, being an analysis of the distribution of vegetable forms over the surface of the globe in connection with climate and physical agents. London: G.J. Palmer. [CUL, I] 85

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1843. The regions of vegetation; being an analysis of the distribution of vegetable forms over the surface of the globe in connexion with climate and physical agents. 2 vols. London: G.J. Palmer. Appendix to vol. 2 of Belcher, Edward, Narrative of a voyage round the world, performed in H.M.S. Sulphur, 1836–42. His, Wilhelm. 1870. Ueber die Bedeutung der Entwicklungsgeschichte f¨r die u Auffassung der organischen Natur. Leipzig: F. C. W. Vogel. ———. 1874. Unsere K¨rperform und das physiologische Problem ihrer Entsteo hung. Leipzig: F. C. W. Vogel. Hitchcock, Edward. 1841. Final report on the geology of Massachusetts. 2 vols. Northampton, Massachusetts: J.H. Butler. *———. 1841. Final report on the geology of Massachussets. Amhurst: J.S. & C. Adams. [Down, I] ¨ *Hochstetter, Ferdinand Von. 1866. Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde ... Wien: K.K. Hof & Staatsdruckerei / Karl Gerold’s Sohn respectively. [Down] *Hodge, Charles. 1874. What is Darwinism? Nelson & Sons. [Down] London and Edinburgh: T.

*Hodgson, Shadworth H. 1870. The theory of practice. London: Longmans, Green, Reader & Dyer. [Down, I] *Hoek, Paulus Peronius Cato. 1876. Embryologie von Balanus. Leiden: E.J. Brill. [Down] *———. 1881. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger: 10. Report on the Pycnogonida. London: Longmans & Co. [Down, I] *Hoernes, Rudolf and M. Auinger. 1879-1882. Die Gasteropoden der MeeresAblandungen der ersten une zweiten Mioc¨ren Mediterran-Stufe. Wien: J.C. a Fischer & Co. [Down, I by Hoernes] Hoeven, Jan van der. 1856-8. Handbook of zoology. London. ¨ *Hofacker, J.d. 1828. Uber die Eigenschaften welche sich bei Menschen und Thieren von den Eltern auf die Nachkommen vererben, mit besonderer R¨cksicht u auf die Pferdezucht, mit Beitr¨gen von F. Notter. T¨ bingen: G.F. Dsiander. a u [CUL, on B] Hoffmann, Hermann. 1852. Pflanzenverbreitung und Pflanzenwanderung; eine botanisch-geographische Untersuchung. Darmstadt: Darmstadt, Jonghaus. *———. 1875. Zur Speciesfrage. Haarlem: De Erven Loosjes. [CUL]

86

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Hoffmann, L. 1881. Thier-Psychologie. Stuttgart: Schickhardt & Ebner. [Down, I] *Hofmann, August Wilhelm. 1876. The life-work of Liebig. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] *Hofmeister, Wilhelm. 1862. On the germination, development and fructification of the higher Cryptogamia. London: The Ray Society. [Down, S] *———. 1867. Die Lehre von der Pflanzenzelle. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down] Hofmeister, Wilhelm Friedrich Benedict. 1851. Vergleichende Untersuchungen der Keimung, Entfaltung und Fruchtbildung h¨herer Kryptogamen (Moose, o Farrn, Equisetaceen, Rhizocarpeen und Lycopodiaceen) und der Samenbildung der Coniferen. Leipzig: Friedrich Hofmeister. Hogben, Lancelot. 1919. The progressive reduction of the jugal in the Mammalia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pp. 71–78. *Hogg, Jabez. 1861. Elements of experimental and natural philosophy. London: Henry G. Bohn. [Down, S of Henrietta Crofts-Adel] *H¨lder, H. Von. 1876. Zusammenstellung der in W¨rttemberg vorkommenden o u Sch¨delformen. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. [Down] a *Holland, Henry. 1839. Medical notes and reflections. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL] ———. 1852. Chapters on mental physiology. London. *———. 1852. Chapters on mental physiology. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL] ———. 1855. Medical notes and reflections. 3rd ed. London. *———. 1855. Medical notes and reflections. 3rd ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL, I] *———. 1858. Chapters on mental physiology. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans & Roberts. [CUL, I] *———. 1862. Essays on scientific and other subjects. London: Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [Down, I] *———. 1868. Recollections of past life. London: Spottiswoode & Co. [Down, I] Holmes, S. J. 1915. Are recessive characters due to loss? Science 42: 300–303. *Holub, Emil. 1881. Seven years in South Africa. 2nd ed. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington. [Down] 87

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Holub, Emil and August Von Pelzen. 1882. S¨dafrikas. Wien: Alfred H¨lder. [Down, I] u o

Beitr¨ge zur Ornithologie a

*Hooke, Robert. 1667. Micrographia. London: James Allestry. [Botany School, pre-B, ED, FD] *Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1844-47. The botany of the antarctic voyage of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror in the years 1839–1843: 1. Flora antarctica. London: Reeve. [CUL] ———. 1844-7. Flora Antarctica. 1 vol. and 1 vol. of plates. Pt 1 of The botany of the Antarctic voyage of HM discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the years 1839–1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. London: Reeve Brothers. ———. 1845. Testimonials in favour of Joseph Dalton Hooker R.N., M.D., F.L.S. as a candidate for the vacant chair of botany in the University of Edinburgh in four series. 4 vols in 1. Edinburgh. ———. 1848. Notes of a tour in the plains of India, the Himal¨, and Bora neo; being extracts from private letters, written during a government botanical mission to those countries. 2 pts. London: Reeve, Benham, and Reeve. ———. 1849. The rhododendrons of Sikkim-Himalaya; being an account, botanical and geographical, of the rhododendrons recently discovered in the mountains of eastern Himalaya, from drawings and descriptions made on the spot, during a government botanical mission to that country. Edited by William Jackson Hooker. London: Reeve, Benham, and Reeve. ———. 1853. Introductory essay to the flora of New Zealand. London: Lovell Reeve. *———. 1853. Introductory essay to the flora of New Zealand. London: Lovell Reeve. [CUL] ———. 1853-5. Flora Novæ-Zelandiæ. 2 vols. Pt 2 of The botany of the Antarctic voyage of HM discovery ships Erebus and Terror, in the years 1839–1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. London: Lovell Reeve. *———. 1854. Himalayan journals. London: John Murray. [CUL, I in vol. 1] ———. 1854. Himalayan journals; or, notes of a naturalist in Bengal, the Sikkim and Nepal Himalayas, the Khasia Mountains, &c. 2 vols. London: John Murray. ———. 1855. Illustrations of Himalayan plants. London: Lovell Reeve. ———. 1855-60. Flora Tasmaniæ. Pt 3 of The botany of the Antarctic voyage of HM Discovery Ships Erebs and Terror, in the years 1839–1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. 2 vols. London.

88

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1859. On the flora of Australia. London: Lovell Reeve. [CUL] ———. 1859. On the flora of Australia, its origin, affinities, and distribution; being an introductory essay to the flora of Tasmania. London: Lovell Reeve. ———. 1860. On the origination and distrubution of vegetable species— introductory essay to the flora of Tasmania. American Journal of Science 29: 1–25, 305–326. *———. 1876. Botany. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] ———. 1882. Presidential Address to Section E (Geography) pp. 727–738. *———. n.d. Introductory essay to the flora of New Zealand *———. n.d. Memoirs of the geological survey of Great Britain. Vol. 2, part 2. [CUL, I] *Hooker, Joseph Dalton and John Ball. 1878. Journal of a tour in Marocco and the Great Atlas. London: Macmillan & Co. [Botany School] *Hooker, Joseph Dalton and Thomas Thomson. 1855. Flora Indica. London: W. Pamplin. [CUL, vol. 1 only, I] ———. 1855. Flora Indica: being a systematic account of the plants of British India, together with observations on the structure and affinities of their natural orders and genera. London: W. Pamplin. *Hooker, William Dawson. 1838. Notes on Norway. 2nd ed. Glasgow: George Richardson. [CUL, I by J.D. Hooker] Hooker, William Jackson. 1818-20. Musci exotici; containing figures and descriptions of new or little known foreign mosses and other cryptogamic subjects. 2 vols. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown. ———. 1821. Flora Scotica; or a description of Scottish plants, arranged both according to the artificial and natural methods. 2 pts. London. ———. 1830. The British flora; comprising the phænogamous, or flowering plants, and the ferns. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, & Green. *———. 1838. The British flora. 4th ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL S C. Darwin April 1841] ———. 1838. The British flora; in two volumes. Vol. 1, comprising the phænogamous, or flowering plants, and the ferns. 4th ed. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longmans. ———. 1840. Flora Boreali-Americana; or the botany of the northern parts of British America: compiled principally from the plants collected by Dr. Richardson & Mr. Drummond on the late northern expeditions, under command of

89

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Captain Sir John Franklin R.N. To which are added . . . those of Mr. Douglas, from north-west America, and of other naturalists. 2 vols. London: Henry G. Bohn. ———. 1849. Niger flora; or, an enumeration of the plants of western tropical Africa . . . including Spicilegia Gorgonea, by P. B. Well . . . and flora Nigritiana, by Dr. J. D. Hooker . . . and George Bentham. London: H. Bailli`re. e ———. 1851. Victoria regia; or illustrations of the Royal water-lily . . . by Walter Fitch; with descriptions by William Jackson Hooker. London: Reeve and Benham. *———. n.d. The British flora. 4th ed. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longmans. [Down, FD, 1st vol. only] Hooker, William Jackson and George Arnott Walker Arnott. 1850. The British flora: comprising the phænogamous or flowering plants, and the ferns. 6th ed. of Hooker, William Jackson, The British flora. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. *———. 1855. The British Flora. 7th ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL] ———. 1855. The British flora: comprising the phænogamous or flowering plants, and the ferns. 7th ed. London. *Hooker, William Jackson Et Al. 1831-65. Sup-plement to the English botany of the late Sir J.E. Smith and Mr Sowerby. London: J.D.C. & C.E. Sowerby. [Botany School] *Hope, Frederick William. 1837. The coleopterist’s manual. London: Henry G. Bohn. [Down, I] *Hopkins, Evan. 1844. On the connexion of geology with terrestrial magnetism. London: Richard & John Edward Taylor. [Down, I] Hopkins, William. 1860. Physical theories of the phenomena of life. Fraser’s Magazine 61: 739–752. ———. 1860. Physical theories of the phenomena of life (part 2). Fraser’s Magazine 62: 74–90. Hopkirk, Thomas. 1817. Flora anomoia. A general view of the anomalies in the vegetable kingdom. Glasgow: John Smith & son. *Horner, Leonard. 1858. Alluvial land of Egypt. London: Taylor & Francis. [Down, I] Horsfield, Thomas. 1824. Zoological researches in Java, and the neighbouring islands. London: Black, Kingsbury, Parbury, & Allen.

90

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Houghton, William. n.d. Gleanings from the natural history of the ancients. London: Cassell, Petter, Galpin & Co. [Down, I] *Hovelacque, Abel. 1878. Notre ancˆtre. Paris: E. Leroux. [Down] e *Howorth, Henry Hoyle. 1876. History of the Mongols. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, I] *Hromada, Adolf. 1879. Die vorsokratische Nat-urphilosophie und die moderne Natur-wissenschaft. Prague: Druck der Stadt-haltereidruckerei. [Down] Hubby, J. L. and Richard C. Lewontin. 1966. A molecular approach to the study of genic heterozygosity in natural populations. i. the number of alleles at different loci in Drosophila pseudoobscura. Genetics 54: 577–594. ———. 1966. The number of alleles at different loci in Drosophila pseudoobscura. Genetics 54: 577–594. *Huber, Fran¸ois. 1814. Nouvelles observations sur les abeilles. Paris–Gen`ve: c e J.J. Paschoud. [CUL, pre-B] Huber, Fran¸ois. 1814. Nouvelles observations sur les abeilles. Appendix edited c by Jean Pierre Huber. 2nd ed. Paris: J.J. Paschoud. Huber, Jean Pierre. 1810. Recherches sur les moeurs des fourmis indig`nes. e Paris and Geneva. *Huber, Johannes. 1871. Die Lehre Darwin’s. M¨nchen: F. Leutner. [Down] u *Huber, Pierre. 1810. Recherches sur les moeurs des fourmis indig`nes. Paris: e J.J. Paschoud. [CUL, pre-B] *Hubrecht, Ambrosius Arnold Willem. 1882. Studien zur Phylogenie des Nervensystems. Amsterdam: Johannes M¨ller. [Down, I] u *Huc, Evariste R´gis. 1852. Recollections of a journey through Tartary, Thibet e and China. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [Down, S] ´ Huc, Evariste R´gis. 1855. The Chinese empire: forming a sequel to the work e entitled “Recollections of a journey through Tartary and Thibet”. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. ´ Huc, Evariste R´gis and Joseph Gabet. 1852. Travels in Tartary, Thibet, and e China, during the years 1844–5–6. London. Hudson, John, ed. 1842. A complete guide to the Lakes . . . with Mr. Wordsworth’s description of the scenery of the country . . . and three letters on the geology of the Lake district by Professor [Adam] Sedgwick. Kendal. Hudson, R. R. 1983. Testing the constant rate neutral model with protein sequence data. Evolution 37: 711–719.

91

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Hudson, R. R., M. Kreitman, and M. Aguad´. 1987. A test for neutral molecular e evolution based on nucleotide data. Genetics 116: 153–159. Hudson, William. 1762. Flora Anglica: exhibens plantas per regnum Angliæ sponte crescentes, distributas secundum systema sexuale. London. London. ———. 1798. Flora Anglica. 3rd ed. London: R. Faulder. Hull, David. 1980. Individuality and selection. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 11: 311–322. Hull, David L. 1964. Consistency and monophyly. Systematic Zoology 13: 1–11. ———. 1965. The effect of essentialism on taxonomy—two thousand years of stasis. British Journal for the Philosophy of Science 15 & 16: 314–366 & 1–18. ———. 1967. Certainty and circularity in evolutionary taxonomy. Evolution 21: 174–189. ———. 1970. Contemporary systematic philosophies. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 25: 174–191. ———. 1976. Are species really individuals? Systematic Zoology 25: 174–191. ———. 1978. A matter of individuality. Philosophy of Science 45: 335–360. Hull, David L., Rodney E. Langman, and Sigrid S. Glenn. 2001. A general account of selection: Biology, immunology, and behavior. Biology and Philosophy 24: 511–573. Humboldt, Alexander von. 1797. Versuche uber die gereizte Muskel- und ¨ Nervenfaser, nebst Vermuthungen uber den chemischen Process des Lebens in ¨ der Thier- und Pflanzenwelt. 2 vols. Berlin. ———. 1805-34. Voyages aux r´gions ´quinoxiales du Nouveau Continent, fait e e en 1799 . . . 1804 par A. de Humboldt et A. Bonpland. 34 vols. Paris. ———. 1808. Ansichten der Natur mit wissenschaftlichen Erl¨uterungen. 1 vol. a (no more published). T¨bingen. u *Humboldt, Alexander Von. 1811. Political essay on the kingdom of New Spain. New York: I. Riley. [CUL, pre-B, on B, S Chas Darwin Buenos Ayres] Humboldt, Alexander von. 1814-29. Personal narrative of travels to the equinoctial regions of the New Continent, during the years 1799–1804, by Alexander de Humboldt and Aim´ Bonpland . . translated into English by Helen Maria e Williams. 7 vols. London. *Humboldt, Alexander Von. 1826. Essai g´o-gnostique sur le gisement des e roches dans les deux h´misph`res. 2nd ed. Paris & Strasbourg: F.G. Levrault. e e [CUL, pre-B, S]

92

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Humboldt, Alexander von. 1828. Tableaux de la nature. Translated from the German by J. B. B. Eyri`s. 2 vols. 2nd ed. Paris. e ———. 1831. Fragmens de g´ologie et de climatologie asiatiques. 2 vols. Paris. e *Humboldt, Alexander Von. 1831. Fragmens de g´ologie et de climatologie e asiatiques. Paris: Gide, A. Phian Delaforest, Delaunay. [CUL, on B, S in both vols., vol. 2 Chas Darwin Monte Video Novem: 1832] Humboldt, Alexander von. 1836-9. Examen critique de l’histoire de la g´ographie e du Nouveau Continent, et des progr`s de l’astronomie nautique au 15e et 16e e si`cles. 5 vols. Paris. e ———. 1845-62. Kosmos. Entwurf einer physischen Weltbeschreibung. 5 vols. Stuttgart and T¨bingen. u ———. 1845-8. Kosmos; a general survey of the physical phenomena of the universe. 2 vols. London. Translated by Augustin Prichard. *Humboldt, Alexander Von. 1846. Cosmos. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [Down] Humboldt, Alexander von. 1846-58. Cosmos: sketch of a physical description of the universe. Translated [by Elizabeth Juliana Sabine] under the superintendence of Edward Sabine. 4 vols. London. ———. 1849. Aspects of nature, in different lands and different climates; with scientific elucidations. 2 vols. London. Translated by Mrs. [Elizabeth Juliana] Sabine. ———. 1849-58. Cosmos: a sketch of a physical description of the universe. 5 vols. London: H.G. Bohn. Translated from the German by E. C. Ott´, B. H. e Paul, and W. S. Dallas. *Humboldt, Alexander Von and Aim´ Bonpland. 1819- 1829. Personal narrative e of travels to the equinoctial regions of the New Continent during the years 1799– 1804, by Alexander von Humboldt and Aim´ Bonpland. London: Longman, e hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [CUL trans. M.H. Williams, I in vol. 1 by Henslow: J.S. Henslow to his friend C. Darwin on his departure from England upon a voyage round the World 21 Septr 1831; CUL] Humboldt, Alexander von and Aim´ Jacques Alexandre Bonpland. 1811-33. e Recueil d’observations de zoologie et d’anatomie compar´e. 2 vols. Paris: F. e Schoell et G. Dufour. Pt 2 of Voyage aux r´gions ´quinoxiales. e e ———. 1815-25. Nova genera et species plantarum quas in peregrinatione orbis novi collegerunt, descripserunt, partim adumbraverunt Amat. Bonpland et Alex. de Humboldt. 7 vols. Paris: Libraire Grecque-Latine-Allemande. Pt 6 of Voyage de Humboldt et Bonpland.

93

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1819-29. Personal narrative. Place Unknown. Hume, Abraham. 1845. Examination of the theory contained in the “Vestiges of creation”. London. Hummel, Arvid-David. 1821-29. Essais entomologiques. 7 pts. St Petersburg. *Humphrey, George Murray. 1860. Observations on the limbs of vertebrate animals. Cambridge & London: Macmillan. [Down, I] *Hunt, Robert. 1854. Researches on light in its chemical relations. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL] *Hunter, John. 1778. The natural history of the human teeth. London: J. Johnson. [Down, Robert Darwin] ———. 1778. The natural history of the human teeth. London. 2nd ed. ———. 1837. Observations on certain parts of the animal oeconomy. Vol. 4 of James F. Palmer, ed., The works of John Hunter, F.R.S. with notes. 4 vols. London. *———. 1860. Memoranda on vegetation. London: Taylor & Francis. [CUL, I] *———. n.d. Essays and observations on natural history, anatomy, physiology, psychology and geology. [and] *Huot, Jean Jacques Nicolas. 1837. Atlas complet du pr´cis de la g´ographie e e universelle de Malte-Brun. Paris: Aim´ Andr´. [Down, ED] e e *Hussey, Mrs Thomas John. 1849. Illustrations of British mycology. London: Reeve, Benham & Reeve. [Botany School, S] Hutchinson, G. E. 1959. Homage to Santa Rosalia, or why are there so many kinds of animals? American Naturalist 93: 145–159. ———. 1965. The ecological theater and the evolutionary play. New Haven: Yale University Press. ———. 1968. When are species necessary? In R. C. Lewontin, ed., Population Biology and Evolution, pp. 177–205. Syracuse: Syracuse University Press. *Hutchinson, W.n. 1850. Dog breaking. 2nd ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, S] *Huth, Alfred Henry. 1875. The marriage of near kin. London: J. & A. Churchill. [CUL] Hutton, F. W. 1897. The place of isolation in organic evolution. Natural Science 11: 240–246.

94

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Hutton, James. 1795. Theory of the earth, with proofs and illustrations. 2 vols. Edinburgh and London. *Hutton, Thomas. 1850. The chronology of creation. Calcutta: W. Thacker & Co. [CUL] ———. 1850. The chronology of creation; or, geology and scripture reconciled. Calcutta. Huxham, John Corham. 1759-67. Observations on the air and epidemic diseases. 2 vols. London and Plymouth. Huxley, J. 1924. Constant differential growth-ratios and their significance. Nature 114: 895–896. ———. 1932. Problems of relative growth. London: Methuen. Huxley, J., ed. 1940. The New Systematics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 1942. Evolution: The Modern Synthesis. London: Allen and Unwin. Huxley, J. 1953. Evolution in action; Based on the Pattern Foundation lectures delivered at Indiana University in 1951. London: Chatto and Windus. Huxley, J., ed. 1963. Evolution: The Modern Synthesis. 2nd ed. London: Allen and Unwin. ———. 1974. Evolution: The Modern Synthesis. 3rd ed. London: Allen and Unwin. Huxley, J., A. C. Hardy, and E. B. Ford, eds. 1954. Evolution as a Process. London: Allen and Unwin. Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1851-1854. On the common plan of animal forms, abstract of a Friday evening discourse at the Royal Institution, May 12, 1854. Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain 1: 444–446. ———. 1857-1859. On the theory of the vertebrate skull. Proceedings of the Royal Society 9: 538–606. *———. 1858. The oceanic hydrozoa. London: The Ray Society. [Down] ———. 1858. Report on the examination of specimens of Bottom. In Joseph Dayman, ed., Deep sea soundings in the North Atlantic Ocean between Ireland and Newfoundland, made in H.M.S. Cyclops. London. ———. 1859. The oceanic Hydrozoa; a description of the Calycophoidæ and Physophoridæ observed during the voyage of H.M.S. “Rattlesnake”, in the years 1846-1850. London. ———. 1859. On the theory of the vertebrate skull. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3: 414–439. 95

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1862. Anniversary address to the geological society. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 18: xl–liv. *———. 1862. Our knowledge of the causes of the phenomena of organic nature. London: Robert Hardwicke. [CUL] *———. 1863. Evidence as to man’s place in nature. London: Williams & Norgate. [CUL, I] *———. 1863. On our knowledge of the causes of the phenomena of organic nature. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down, FD] *———. 1864. Lectures on the elements of comparative anatomy. London: John Churchill & Sons. [CUL] *———. 1869. An introduction to the classification of animals. London: John Churchill & Sons. [CUL, I] *———. 1870. Lay sermons, addresses and reviews. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, S] *———. 1871. A manual of the anatomy of the vertebrated animals. London: J. & A. Churchill. [CUL, I, S] *———. 1873. Critiques and addresses. London: Macmillan & Co,. [CUL, I] *———. 1873. Critiques and addresses. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, ED, I to ED] ———. 1876-1877. [new york lectures on evolution]. Popular Science Monthly 10: 43–56, 207–223, 285–295. *———. 1877. American addresses. London: Macmillan. [Down] *———. 1877. A manual of the anatomy of invertebrated animals. London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down, I, S, FD] *———. 1877. Physiography. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down] *———. 1879. Hume. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down] *———. 1880. The crayfish. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1881. Science and culture, and other essays. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down] ———. 1892-1898. On the theory of the vertebrate skull. In Micheal Foster and E. R. Lankester, eds, The Scientific Memoirs of Thomas Henry Huxley, 4 vols. New York: D. Appleton. ———. 1893. The coming of age of ‘The Origin of Species’. In Darwiniana. London: Macmillan. 96

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Huxley, Thomas Henry and H.n. Martin. 1875. A course of practical instruction on elementary biology. London: Macmillan & Co. [Botany School, FD] Hyatt, Alpheus. 1866-1867. On the parallelism between the different stages of life in the individual and those in the entire group of the Molluscous order Tetrabranchiata. Boston Society of Natural History Memoirs 1, pt. 1: 193–209. ———. 1880. The genesis of the Tertiary species of Planorbis at Steinheim. Anniversary Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History (1830-1880) pp. 1–114. *———. 1880. The genesis of the Tertiary species of Planorbis at Steinheim. Boston: Boston Society of Natural History. [Down, I] ———. 1880. Summary of “the genesis of the Tertiary species of Planorbis at Steinheim”. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 29: 527–550. ———. 1882. Summary of “the genesis of the Tertiary species of Planorbis at Steinheim”. American Naturalist 16: 441–455. ———. 1884. Evolution of the Cephalopoda. Science 3: 122–127. ———. 1889. Genesis of the Arietidae. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, no. 673 . ———. 1892. Bioplastology and related branches of biologic research. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 26: 59–125. ———. 1893. Phylogeny of an acquired characteristic. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 32: 349–647. ———. 1896. Lost characterstics. American Naturalist 30: 9–17. ———. 1897. Cycle of life in the individual (ontogeny) and in the evolution of the group (phylogeny). Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 32: 209–224. ———. 1897. The influence of woman in the evolution of the human race. Natural Science 11: 89–93. *Ingersoll, Ernest. 1881. The history and present condition of the fishery industries: the oyster industry. Washington: Government Printing Office. [Down] *Irmisch, Thilo. 1853. Beitr¨ge zur Biologie und Morphologie der Orchideen. a Leipzig: Amrosius Abel. [CUL] Isabelle, Ars`ne. 1835. Voyage a Bu´nos-Ayres et a Porto-Al`gre, par la Bandae ` e ` e Oriental, les Missions d’Uruguay et la province de Rio-Grande-do-Sul (de 1830 a ` 1834). Havre. 97

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Jacob, Francois. 1977. Evolution and tinkering. Science 196: 1161–1166. *Jaeger, Gustav. 1869. Die Darwin’sche Theorie und ihre Stellung zur Moral und Religion. Stuttgart: Hoffmann. [Linnean Society of London, I] *———. 1871-78. Lehrbuch der allgemeinen Zoologie. Leipzig. [Down] *———. 1874. In Sachen Darwin’s insbesondere contra Wigand. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. [CUL] *———. 1876. Zoologische Briefe. Wien: Wilhelm Braum¨ller. [Down] u *———. 1878. Seuchenfestigkeit und Constitutionskraft. Leipzig: Ernst G¨nther. u [Down, I] *———. 1878. Seuchenfestigkeit und Constitutionskraft. Leipzig: Ernst G¨nther. u [CUL] *———. n.d. Die Darwin’sche Theorie und ihre Stellung zu Moral und Religion. Stuttgart: Julius Hoffmann. [CUL] *James, Constantin. 1877. Du Darwinisme ou l’homme-singe. Paris: E. Plon & Cie. [Down] ———. 1892. Moise et Darwin: l’Homme de la G`nese Compar´ ` l’Homme e ea Singe, ou l’Enseignement Religieux Oppos´ ` l’Enseignement Ath´e. Lille: e a e Descl´e, de Brouver et Cie. e *Jameson, Robert. 1816. A treatise on the external, chemical and physical characters of minerals. Edinburgh: Archibald Constable & Co. [CUL, on B, S C. Darwin Feb 13th 1826] *———. 1821. Manual of mineralogy. Edinburgh: Archibald Constable & Co. [CUL, pre-B, S] Jardine, William. 1835. The natural history of the ruminating animals, containing deer, antelopes, camels, &c. Vol. 11 of William Jardine, ed., The naturalist’s library. 40 vols. Edinburgh. Part 1 only. *Jarrold, Thomas. 1808. Anthropologia: or, disser-tations on the form and colour of man. London: Cadell & Davies. [CUL, pre-B] *Jeffreys, Gwyn and Wil-Liam Benjamin Carpenter. 1876. The ’Valorous’ expedition. London: Taylor & Francis. [Down, I] Jekel, Henri, ed. 1849. C. J. Schoenherr genera et species Curculionidum. Catalogus . . . recensus et ordinatus. Paris: H. Jekel. Jenkin, Fleeming. 1867. The origin of species. North British Review 46: 277–318. Jenyns, Leonard. 1835. A manual of British vertebrate animals. Cambridge and London. 98

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Jenyns, Leonard, ed. 1843. The natural history of Selbourne by the late Rev. Gilbert White, M.A. A new edition, with notes. London. *Jenyns, Leonard. 1846. Observations in natural history. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I] ———. 1846. Observations in natural history: with an introduction on habits of observing, as connected with the study of that science. Also a calendar of periodic phenomena in natural history; with remarks on the importance of such registers. London: John Van Voorst. Jenyns, Leonard, ed. 1847. Van Voorst’s naturalists’ almanack [The naturalists’ pocket almanack published by John Van Voorst.]. London. *Jenyns, Leonard. 1858. Observations in met-eorology. London: John Van Voorst. [Down, I] *———. 1862. Memoir of the Rev. John Stevens Henslow. London: John Van Voorst. [Down, I] Jepsen, G. L., Ernst Mayr, and George Gaylord Simpson, eds. 1949. Genetics, Paleontology, and Evolution. New York: Columbia University Press. Jesse, Edward. 1835. Gleanings in natural history. Third and last series. London: John Murray. *Jevons, W. Stanley. 1881. Elementary lessons in logic. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down] Johannsen, W. L. 1907. Does hybridization increase fluctuating variability? In Report of the Third International Congress of Genetics. International Congress of Genetics. ———. 1955. Concerning Heredity in Populations and in Pure Lines [partial translation]. In H. Gall and E. Putschar, eds, Concerning Heredity in Populations and in Pure Lines, Vol. III, pp. 172–215. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Johnson, George W., ed. 1857. The cottage gardeners’ dictionary. London: W. Kent & Co. *Johnson, Samuel. 1826. A dictionary of the English language. london: C. & J. Rivington. [CUL, pre-B] *Johnson, Samuel W. 1869. How crops grow. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, FD] Johnston, Alexander Keith, ed. 1848. The physical atlas: a series of maps & notes illustrating the geographical distribution of natural phenomena. Based on the ”Physikalischer atlas” of Professor H. Berghaus. Edinburgh.

99

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1850. The physical atlas of natural phenomena. Reduced from the edition in imperial folio for the use of colleges, academies, and families. Edinburgh and London: William Blackwood and Sons. ———. 1856. The physical atlas of natural phenomena. A new and enlarged edition in 5 pts. Edinburgh and London: William Blackwood and Sons. *Johnston, George. 1853. The natural history of the eastern borders: vol. 1 botany. London: John Van Voorst. [Down] ———. 1853. Terra Lindisfarnensis. The natural history of the eastern borders. Vol. I: The botany. London: J. Van Voorst. *Jones, John Matthew. 1859. The naturalist in Bermuda. London: Reeves & Turner. [CUL] Jones, Thomas Rymer. 1841. A general outline of the animal kingdom, and manual of comparative anatomy. London: John Van Voorst. ———. 1845-52. The natural history of animals; being the substance of three courses of lectures delivered before the Royal Institution of Great Britain. 2 vols. London: John Van Voorst. Jordan, Alexis. 1846-9. Observations sur plusieurs plantes nouvelles rares ou critiques de la France. 6 pts. Paris and Leipzig. Jordan, David Starr. 1905. The origin of species through isolation. Science 22: 545–562. ———. 1925. Isolation with segregation as a factor in organic evolution. In Smithsonian Report for 1925, pp. 321–326. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution. Jordan, David Starr and V. L. Kellog. 1907. Evolution and Animal Life. New York: Appleton. Jordan, K. 1896. On mechanical selection and other problems. Novitates Zoologicae 3: 426–525. Jourdy, Emile. 1875. Le transformisme devant le positivisme. La Philosophie Positive 14: 37. *Jouvencel, Paul De. 1859. Gen`se selon la science. La Vie. Paris: Garnier e Fr`res. [CUL] e *Juan Y Santacilla, Jorge and Antonio De Ulloa. 1806. A voyage to South America. trans. john adams, 4 ed. London: John Stockdale &c. [CUL, vol. 1 only, on B, I by FitzRoy] *Judd, John Wesley. 1881. Volcanoes. London: C. Kegan Paul. [Down, I]

100

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Jukes, De La Beche Henry Smith Warington W., Joseph Beete and Robert Hunt. 1853. Record of the School of Mines. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [Down, I by Jukes] *Jukes, Joseph Beete. 1843. General report of the geological survey of Newfoundland. London. [CUL.1900] ———. 1847. Narrative of the surveying voyage of H.M.S. Fly, commanded by Captain F. P. Blackwood, R.N. in Torres Strait, New Guinea, and other islands of the Eastern Archipelago, during the years 1842–1846: together with an excursion into the interior of the eastern part of Java. 2 vols. London: T. & W. Boone. ———. 1850. A sketch of the physical structure of Australia, so far as it is present known. London: T. & W. Boone. ———. 1857. The student’s manual of geology. Edinburgh: A. and C. Black. *———. 1857. The student’s manual of geology. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [CUL] *———. 1862. The student’s manual of geology. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [Down, I] Jussieu, Adrien de. 1842. Botanique. Cours ´l´mentaire d’histoire naturelle ee ` l’usage des coll`ges et des maisons d’´ducation, r´dig´ conform´ment au a e e e e e programme de l’universit´ du 14 Septembre 1840. 3 vols. Paris. e Jussieu, Adrien Henri Laurent de. 1843. Monographie des Malpighiac´es, ou e Exposition des caract`res de cette famille de plantes, des genres, et esp`ces qui e e la composent. Paris: Gide. ———. 1848. Taxonomie. Coup d’oeil sur l’histoire et les principes des classifications botaniques. Paris. Jussieu, Antoine Laurent de. 1789. Genera plantarum secundum ordines naturales disposita, juxta methodum in horto regio Parisiensi exaratum. Paris: Herissant & Barrois. Kammerer, Paul. 1909. Vererberung erzwunger Fortplflanzungsanpassungen. 3. Mittielung. Die Nachkommen der nicht Bruptpflegenden Alytes obstetricans. Archiv f¨r Entwickelungsmechanik 28: 447–546. u ———. 1912. Adaptation and inheritance in the light of modern experimental investigation. In Smithsonian Institute Annual Report, pp. 421–441. Washington, D.C. ———. 1913. Experimente uber Fortpflanzung . . . IV Mitteilung. Das Farbkleid ¨ des Feuersalamanders, Salamandra maculosa Laurenti, in seiner Abh¨ngigkeit a von der Umwelt. Archiv f¨r Entwickelungsmechanik 36: 4–193. u

101

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1923. Breeding experiments on the inheritance of acquired characteristics. Nature 111: 637–640. ———. 1924. The inheriance of acquired characteristics. New York: Boni and Liveright. *Kaspary, Joachim. 1876. Natural laws. London: J.A. Brook & Co. [Down, I] *Kater, Henry and Dionysus Lardner. 1830. Mechanics (Lardner’s Cabinet cyclopaedia). London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [CUL, on B] Kauffman, Stuart. 1993. Origins of Order. Oxford: Oxford University Press. *Keir, James. 1859. Sketch of the life of James Keir. London: R.E. Taylor (printed for private circulation). [Down, I by editor] Kellog, V. L. 1906. Is there determinate variation? Science 24: 621–628. ———. 1907. Darwinism Today. New York: Henry Holt. ———. 1908. Darwinism Today: A Discussion of Present-Day Scientific Selection Theories, Together with a Brief Account of the Principal Other Proposed Auxiliary and Alternative Theories of Species-Formation. London: Bell. Kellog, V. L. and R. G. Bell. 1903. Variation induced in larval, pupal, and imaginal stages of Bombyx mori by controlled varying food supply. Science 18: 741–748. Kelvin, William Thomson, Baron. 1894. Popular lectures and addresses. London: Macmillan. Kerner, Anton. 1869. Die Abh¨ngigkeit der Pflanzen der Klima und Boden. a Innsbruck: Wagner. *Kerner, Anton Joseph. 1864. Die Cultur der Alpenpflanzen. Innsbruck: Verlag der Wagner’schen Universit¨t. [CUL] a *———. 1878. Flowers and their unbidden guests. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [CUL, S] Kerr, Robert. 1792. The animal kingdom, or, zoological system of . . . C. Linnaeus. Class I. Mammalia . . . being a translation of that part of the Systema Naturaea . . . with numerous additions from more recent zoological writers. London: J. Murray and R. Faulder. ———. 1811-24. A general history and collection of voyages and travels . . . forming a complete history of the origin and progress of navigation, discovery, and commerce, by sea and land, from the earliest ages to the present time. 18 vols. Edinburgh: W. Blackwood.

102

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Kerr, Warwick E. and Sewall Wright. 1954. Experimental studies of the distribution of gene frequencies in very small populations of Drosophila melanogaster : I. forked. Evolution 8: 172–177. ———. 1954. Experimental studies of the distribution of gene frequencies in very small populations of Drosophila melanogaster. III. aristapedia and spineless. Evolution 8: 293–302. Kettlewell, H. B. D. 1955. Further selection experiments on industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera. Heredity 10: 287–301. ———. 1955. Selection experiments on industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera. Heredity 9: 323–342. ———. 1956. A r´sum´ of investigations on the evolution of melanism in e e the Lepidoptera. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences 145: 297–303. ———. 1961. The phenomenon of industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera. Annual Review of Entomology 6: 245–262. *Key, Axel and Gustaf Retzius. 1875-1876. Studien in der Anatomie des Nervensystems und des Bindegewes. Stockholm: Central-Tryckeriet. [Down, I by Retzius] Kidd, Walter. 1901. Use-inheritance, illustrated by the direction of hair on the bodies of animals. London: A. and C. Black. ———. 1920. Initiative in evolution. London: H. F. & G. Witherby. *Kidd, William. n.d. The canary. London: Groombridge & Sons. [CUL] Kier, P. M. 1965. Evolutionary trends in Paleozoic echinoids. Journal of Paleontology 39: 436–465. Kimura, Motoo. 1951. Effect of random fluctuation of selection value on the distribution of gene frequencies in natural populations. Annual Report of the National Institute of Genetics 1: 45–47. ———. 1952. Fluctuations of adaptive values and the frequency distribution of heterotic genes in natural populations. Annual Report of the National Institute of Genetics 2: 53–56. ———. 1952. On “effective size of populations”. Annual Report of the National Institute of Genetics 2: 57–60. ———. 1952. On the process of decay of variability due to random extinction of alleles. Annual Report of the National Institute of Genetics 2: 60–61. ———. 1952. Process of irregular change of gene frequencies due to the random fluctuation of selection intensities. Annual Report of the National Institute of Genetics 2: 56–57. 103

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1954. Processes leading to quasi-fixation of genes in natural populations due to random fluctuation of selection intensities. Genetics 39: 280–295. ———. 1955. Random genetic drift in a multi-allelic locus. Evolution 9: 419–435. ———. 1955. Solution of a process of random genetic drift with a continuous model. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 41: 144–150. ———. 1955. Stochastic processes and distribution of gene frequencies under natural selection. Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology 20: 33–53. ———. 1958. On the change of population fitness by natural selection. Heredity 12: 145–167. ———. 1960. Optimum rate and degree of dominance as determined by the principle of minimum genetic load. Journal of Genetics 57: 21–34. ———. 1962. On the probability of fixation of mutant genes in a population. Genetics 47: 713–719. ———. 1964. Diffusion models in population genetics. Journals of Applied Probability 1: 177–232. ———. 1965. Simulation studies on the number of self-sterility alleles maintained in a small population. Annual Report of the National Institute of Genetics 16: 86–88. ———. 1969. The rate of molecular evolution considered from the standpoint of population genetics. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 63: 1181–1188. ———. 1971. Population genetics, molecular biometry, and evolution. In Proceedings of the Sixth Berkeley Symposium on Mathematical Statistics and Probability, pp. 43–68. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. ———. 1971. Theoretical foundations of population genetics at the molecular level. Theoretical Population Biology 2: 174–208. ———. 1976. How genes evolve: A population geneticist’s view. Annales de G´n´tique 19: 153–168. e e ———. 1979. The neutral theory of molecular evolution. Scientific American 241: 98–126. ———. 1983. The neutral theory of molecular evolution. In Masotashi Nei and R. K. Koehn, eds, Evolution of Genes and Proteins. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer.

104

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1983. The Neutral Theory of Molecular Evolution. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 1985. Blooming of diffusion models of population genetics in the age of molecular biology. In J. Gani, ed., The Craft of Probabilistic Modelling. New York: Springer Verlag. ———. 1987. Molecular evolutionary clock and the neutral allele theory. Journal of Molecular Evolution 26: 24–33. ———. 1990. The present state of the neutral theory. In N. Takahata and James Crow, eds, Population biology of genes and molecules. Mishima: Baifukan. Kimura, Motoo and James Crow. 1963. The measurement of effective population number. Evolution 17: 279–288. Kimura, Motoo and Tomoko Ohta. 1971. Protein polymorphism as a phase of molecular evolution. Nature 229: 467–469. ———. 1971. Theoretical Aspects of Population Genetics. Princeton: Princeton University Press. ———. 1973. Mutation and the rate of evolution at the molecular level. Genetics 73 (suppl.): 19–35. King, Clarence. 1877. Catastrophism and evolution. American Naturalist 11: 449–470. King, Jack Lester and Thomas H. Jukes. 1969. Non-Darwinian evolution. Science 164: 788–798. King, Richard. 1855. The Franklin expedition from first to last. London. Kingsley, Charles. 1855. Glaucus; or, the wonders of the shore. 2nd ed. Cambridge. Kinsey, A. C. 1930. The gall wasp genus Cynips: A study in the origin of species. In Indiana University Studies, Vol. 16, nos. 84, 85, & 86. *Kirby, William. 1802. Monographia apum angliae. Ipswich: J. Raw. [CUL, pre-B] Kirby, William and William Spence. 1815-26. An introduction to entomology: or elements of the natural history of insects. London. *———. 1818, 1826. An introduction to entomology. Vol. 1-4. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [CUL, pre-B] ———. 1828. An introduction to entomology: or elements of the natural history of insects. 4 vols. 5th ed. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown. *Kirchhof, F. 1835. Das Ganze der Landwirtschaft. Leipzig and Torgau. [CUL] 105

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Klein, Burdon-Sanderson John Scott Foster Michael, Edward Emmanuel and Thomas Lauder-Brunton. 1873. Handbook for the physiological laboratory. London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down, I, FD] *Klein, Edward Emmanuel. 1875. The anatomy of the lymphatic system. London: Elder & Co. [Down, I] Knox, Arthur Edward. 1849. Ornithological rambles in Sussex; with a systematic catalogue of the birds of that county, and remarks on their local distribution. London: J. Van Voorst. Knox, Robert. 1850. The races of men: a fragment. London. *Kobell, F. Von. 1852. Sketches from the animal kingdom. London: Henry G. Bohn. [CUL] *Kobell, Franz Von. 1838. Grundz¨ge der Mineralogie. N¨ rnberg: Johan u u Leonhard Schrag. [Down] *Kohlrausch, Otto. 1877. Leitfaden der praktischen Physik. Leipzig: B.G. Teubner. [Down] Kojima, K. 1971. Is there a constant fitness for a given genotype? Evolution 25: 281–285. Kojima, K. and T. M. Kelleher. 1961. Changes of mean fitness in random mating populations when epistasis and linkage are present. Genetics 46: 527–540. Koken, Ernst. 1902. Paleontologie und Descendenzlehre. Jena: G. Fischer. Koller, P. C. 1939. Genetics of natural populations, III: Gene arrangements in populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura from contiguous localities. Genetics 24: 22–33. K¨lliker, Albert von. 1864. Ueber die Darwin’sche Sch¨pfungstheorie. Zeitschrift o o f¨r wissenschaftliche Zoologie 14: 179–181. u *K¨lliker, Albert Von. 1870. Anatomisch-systematische Beschreibung der Alcyo onarien. Frankfurt am Main: Christian Winter. [Down, I] *K¨lreuter, Johann Gottlieb. 1761-66. Vorl¨ufige Nachricht von einigen das o a Geschlecht der Pflanzen betreffenden Versuchen. Leipzig: in der Gleditschischen Handlung. [CUL, pre-B] K¨lreuter, Joseph Gottlieb. 1761-6. Vorl¨ufige Nachricht von einigen das o a Geschlecht der Pflanzen betreffenden Versuchen und Beobachtungen. Leipzig: In der Gleditschischen Handlung. *Koninck, Laurent Guillaume and Henri Le Hon. 1854. Recherches sur les Crino¨ ıdes du terrain Carbonif`re. Bruxelles: Acad´mie Royale de Belgique. e e [Down, I by Koninck] 106

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Kordes, Berend. 1797. Lexikon der jetztlebenden schleswig-holsteinischen und eutinischen Schriftsteller. Schleswig, Germany: Johann Gottlob R¨hss. o *K¨rner, Friedrich. 1872. Thierseele und Men-schengeist. Leipzig: Otto Wigand. o [Down] Kotzebue, Otto von. 1821. Entdeckungs-Reise in die S¨dSee und nach der u Berings-Strasse zur Erforschung einer nord¨stlichen Durchfahrt. Unternommen o in den Jahren 1815 . . . 1818. 3 vols. Weimar: Gebruder Hoffman. *Kowalewsky, Wladimir. 1873. Monografie der Gattung Anthracotherium Cuv. Cassel: Theodor Fischer. [CUL, I] Kreitman, M. 1983. Nucleotide polymorphism at the alcohol dehydrogenase locus of Drosophial melanogaster. Nature 304: 412–417. Kropotkin, Peter. 1910. The direct action of the environment on plants. Nineteenth Century and After pp. 58–77. ———. 1912. Inheritance of acquired characteristics. Nineteenth Century and After 71: 511–531. ———. 1914. Mutual aid: A factor in evolution. reprint ed. Boston: Extending Horizon Books. ———. 1918. The direct action of environment and evolution. In Smithsonian Institute Annual Report, pp. 409–427. Washington, D.C. ———. 1919. The direct action of environment and evolution. Nineteenth Century and After 85: 70–89. *Krusenstern, Paul Von. 1846. Wissen-schaftlichen Beobachtungem auf einer Reisein das Petschora-Land im Jahre 1843. St. Petersburg: Carl Kray. [Down, I by Murchison] *Kuhl, Joseph. 1879. Die Descendenzlehre und der neue Glaube. M¨ nchen: u Ackermann. [CUL] *K¨ hne, H. 1878. Die Bedeutung des Anpas-sungsgesetzes f¨r die Therapie. u u Leipzig: Ernst G¨nther. [Down] u *K¨ hne, Wilhelm. 1864. Untersuchungen uber das protoplasma und die Conu ¨ tractilit¨t. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down] a Kunth, Karl Sigismund. 1833-50. Enumeratio plantarum omnium hucusque cognitarum, secundum familias naturales disposita, adjectis characteribus, differentiis et synonymis. 5 vols. Stuttgart and T¨bingen: Sumtibus J. G. Cottae. u *Kuntze, Otto. 1879. Methodik der Species-beschreibung und Rubus. Leipzig: Arthur Felix. [Botany School, I]

107

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Kuntze, Otto. 1881. Um die Erde. Leipzig: Paul Frohberg. [Down, I] Kurr, Johann Gottlob von. 1833. Untersuchungen uber die Bedeutung der ¨ Nektarien in den Blumen. Stuttgart: Henne. *Kurr, Johann Gottlob Von. 1833. Untersuchungen uber die Bedeutung der ¨ Nektarien in den Blumen. Stuttgart: Henneschen Buch-handlung. [CUL] *Kurtz, F. 1876. Die elektrischen und Bewegungs-Erscheinungen am Blatte der Dionaea muscipula. Leipzig: Veit & Co. [Down] *Labillardi`re, J.j. De. 1791. Relation du voyage ` la recherche de la Perouse. e a Paris: H.J. Jansen. [Down, pre-B] Lacaze-Duthiers, Henri de. 1865. Zoologie: De la s´rie animale. La Revue des e Cours Scientifiques 2: 86. ———. 1872. Review of Joachim Barrande’s “Epreuves des Th´ories e Pal´ontologiques par la R´alit´”. Archives de Zoologie Exp´rimentale et G´n´rale e e e e e e 1: xxxiv. ———. 1872. Une election ` l’Acad´mie des Sciences. Archives de Zoologie a e Exp´rimentale et G´n´rale 1: xlix–l. e e e ———. 1873. Title not known. Archives de Zoologie Exp´rimentale et G´n´rale e e e 2: L. ´ *Lacep`de, Bernard Germain Etienne De. 1809. Histoire naturelle des c´tac´es. e e e Paris: Plassan. [Down, pre-B] Lack, David L. 1944. Ecological aspects of species formation in passerine birds. Ibis 86: 260–286. ———. 1947. Darwin’s Finches. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 1949. The significance of ecological speciation. In Jepsen et al. [1622]. ———. 1954. The Natural Regulation of Animal Numbers. Oxford: Clarendon Press. ———. 1961. Darwin’s Finches: An Essay on the General Biological Theory of Evolution. New York: Harper. ———. 1966. Population Studies of Birds. Oxford: Clarendon Press. ———. 1968. Ecological Adaptations for Breeding in Birds. London: Methuen. Lacordaire, Jean Th´odore. 1854-75. Histoire naturelle des insectes. Genera e des Col´opt`res, etc. 11 vols in 12. Paris. Vols. 10 and 11 by F. Chapuis. e e *Laing, Sidney Herbert. 1871. Darwinism refuted. London: Elliot Stock. [Down]

108

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Lamarck, Jean Baptiste De. 1809. Philosophie zoologique. Vol. 1. Paris: Duminil-Leseur. [CUL, pre-B, cover is that of 1830 edn.] *———. 1816-17. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vert`bres. 1st ed. Paris: e Verdi`re. [CUL, pre-B, on B?] e *———. 1835-45. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vert`bres. 2nd ed. [CUL] e *———. 1873. Philosophie zoologique. new, revised and introduced by charles martin, 2 vols. ed. Paris: F. Savy. [Down, I by Martin] Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet de and Jean Louis Marie Poiret. 1783-1817. Encyclop´die m´thodique. Botanique. 8 vols. Paris: Panckoucke; e e Agasse. Includes supplement, additional 5 vols. *Lambert, Charles. 1862. Le syst`me du monde moral. Paris: Michel L´vy e e Fr`res. [Down] e *———. 1865. L’Immortalit´ selon le Christ. Paris: Michel L´vy Fr`res. [Down, e e e I] *Lambertye, L´once. 1864. Le Fraisier. Paris: Auguste Goin. [CUL] e *Lamont, James. 1861. Seasons with the sea-horses. London: Hurst & Blackett. [Down, I] Lamotte, M. 1951. Recherche sur la structure g´n´tique des populations e e naturelles de Cepaea nemoralis l. Bulletin Biologique du France et Belgique suppl., 35: 1–239. ———. 1952. Le rˆle des fluctuations fortuites dans la diversit´ des populations o e naturelles de Cepaea nemoralis l. Heredity 6: 333–343. ———. 1959. Polymorphism of natural populations of Cepaea nemoralis. Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology 24: 65–86. ———. 1966. Les facteurs de la diversit´ du polymorphisme dans las populations e du Cepaea nemoralis. Lavori delle Societ` Malacologica Italiana 3: 33–73. a ———. 1988. Ph´nom`nes fortuits et l’´volution. In M. Maurois, ed., L’´volution e e e e dans sa r´alit´ et ses diverses modalit´s, pp. 241–268. Paris: Masson. e e e Lamotte, M. and J. Coursol. 1974. Mutations, s´lection diversifiante et fluctue ations fortuites comme maintien du polymorphisme. M´moires de la Soci`t´ e ee Zoologique de France 37: 443–471. Lamouroux, Jean Vincent F´lix. 1821. Exposition m´thodique des genres de e e l’ordre des Polypiers. Paris: Agasse. *———. 1821. Exposition m´thodique des genres de l’ordre des Polypiers. Paris: e Veuve Agasse. [CUL, pre-B, S]

109

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Lanciano, Raffaele. 1872. L’Universo, l’artro e l’individuo. Napoli: Tipografia Italiana. [Down, I] Lande, Russell. 1976. Natural selection and random drift in phenotypic evolution. Evolution 30: 314–334. *Lanessan, Jean Louis. 1876. Du protoplasma v´g´tal. Paris: A. Parent. [Down] e e *———. 1881. La Lutte pour l’existence et l’association pour la lutte. Paris: Octave Doin. [Down] Langley, C. H. and W. M. Fitch. 1973. The constancy of evolution: A statistical analysis of the alpha and beta haemoglobins, cytochrome c, and fibrinopeptide. In N. E. Morton, ed., Genetic Structure of Populations. 246-262: University of Hawaii Press. ———. 1974. An estimation of the constancy of the rate of molecular evolution. Journal of Molecular Evolution 3: 161–177. Lankester, E. R. 1880. Degeneration: A chapter in Darwinism. London. ———. 1888-9. Inheritance of acquired characters. Nature 39: 485. ———. 1890. The advancement of science: Occasional essays and addresses. London: Macmillan. ———. 1894-95. Acquired characters. Nature 54: 102–103. ———. 1894-95. Are specific characters useful? Nature 54: 245–246. ———. 1906. President’s address pp. 3–42. *Lankester, Edwin Ray. 1870. On comparative longevity in man and the lower animals. London: Macmillan. [CUL, I] *———. 1880. Degeneration. A chapter in Darwinism. London: Macmillan. [CUL] *Lardner, Dionysius (Ed.). 1830. The cabinet cyclopaedia. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [Down, I Charles Darwin 1839] Latham, John. 1781-1802. A general synopsis of birds. 3 vols. London: Leigh & Sotheby. Includes 2 additional supplements. ———. 1821-8. A general history of birds. 11 vols. Winchester. *Latham, Robert Gordon. 1851. Man and his migrations. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL] *Latreille, Pierre Andr´. 1802. Histoire naturelle des fourmis. Paris: Th´ophile e e Barrois p`re. [CUL, pre-B] e

110

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1802. Histoire naturelle des Fourmis, et recueil de m´moires et e d’observations sur les Abeilles, les Araign´es, les Faucheurs, et autres insectes. e Paris. ———. 1802-5. Histoire naturelle, g´n´rale et particulliere, des Crustac´s et e e e des insectes. (Suites ` Buffon). 14 vols. Paris: F. Dufart. a Laugel, Auguste. 1859. [In favor of transformism]. Revue Germanique . ———. 1860. [Review of ‘the origin of species’]. Revue des Deux Mondes . *———. 1863. Science et philosophie. Paris: Mallet-Bachelier. [Down, I] *———. 1864. Les Probl`mes de la nature. Paris: Germer Bailli`re. [Down, I] e e *Lavater, Jean-Gaspard. 1820. L’Art de connaˆ ıtre les hommes par la physionomie. new by m. moreau de la sarthe, 10 vols. ed. Paris: Dep´lafol. [CUL, e pre-B] *Lawrence, John. 1829. The horse in all his varieties and uses. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [CUL, on B] Lawrence, William. 1819. Lectures on physiology, zoology, and the natural history of man. London. *———. 1822. Lectures on physiology, zoology, and the natural history of man. London: Benbow. [CUL, pre-B] *Lawson, Peter and Son. 1851. Lists of seeds and plants. Edinburgh: Peter Lawson & Son. [CUL, I by W.J. Hooker] *———. n.d. Treatise on the cultivated grasses and other herbage and forage plants. [bound with previous item] *Layman, [scientific. 1880. The new truth and the old faith. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [Down, I] *Le Brun, Charles. 1701. The conference of Monsieur Le Brun, chief painter to the French King, chancellor and director of the Academy of painting and sculpture. London: John Smith. [Down, pre-B] Le Conte, Joseph. 1899. Evolution: Its nature, its evidences, and its relation to religious thought. 2nd ed. New York. *Le Couteur, John. 1872. On the varieties, properties, and classification of wheat. 2nd ed. London: W.J. Johnson. [Down, I] *———. n.d. On the varieties of wheat. Jersey–London: H. Payn & H. Wright. [CUL, I to C Darwin Octob 1841] Le Dantec, F´lix. 1899. Lamarckiens et Darwiniens: Discussion de quelques e th´ories sur la formation des esp`ces. Paris: Alcan. e e 111

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1907. El´ments de la philosophie biologique. Paris: Alcan. e ———. 1907. The nature and origin of life in the light of new knowledge. London: Hodder & Stoughton. *Le Hon, Henri. 1867. L’Homme fossile en Europe. Bruxelles: C. Muquardt. [Down] *Le Maout, Emmanuel and Joseph Decaisne. 1868. Trait´ g´n´ral de botanique. e e e Paris: Firmin Didot fr`res. [Botany School, FD] e *Lecoq, Henri. 1845. De la f´condation naturelle et artificielle des v´g´taux et e e e de l’hybridation. Paris: Audot. [CUL] ———. 1845. De la f´condation naturelle et artificielle des v´g´taux et de e e e l’hybridation, consid´r´e dans ses rapports avec l’horticulture, l’agriculture et e e la sylviculture . . . Contentant les moyens pratiques d’op´rer l’hybridation et de e cr´er facilement des vari´t´s nouvelles. Paris: Audot. e ee ———. 1854-8. Etudes sur la g´ographie botanique de l’Europe et en particulier e sur la v´g´tation du plateau central de la France. 9 vols. Paris: J. B. Bailli`re. e e e *———. 1862. De la f´condation naturelle et artificielle des v´g´taux et de e e e l’hybridation. 2nd ed. Paris: Libraire agricole de la Maison rustique. [CUL] Ledebour, Karl Friedrich von. 1842-53. Flora Rossica sive enumeratio plantarum in totius imperii Rossici provinciis Europaeis, Asiaticis et Americanis hucusque observatarum. . 4 vols. Stuttgart. Lee, Alice and Karl Pearson. 1897. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. on the relative variation and correlation in civilised and uncivilised races. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 61: 343–357. *Lees, William. 1877. Elements of acoustics, light and heat. London & Glasgow: William Collins & Sons. [Down] *Leidy, Joseph. 1853. The ancient fauna of Nebraska. Washington–New York: G.P. Putnam & Co. [CUL] *———. 1873. Contributions to the extinct vertebrate fauna of the Western Territories. Washington: Govern-ment Printing Office. [Down] *Leighton, William Allport. 1872. Lichen-flora. Shrewsbury: printed for the author. [Down, I] *Lemoine, Albert. 1865. De la physionomie et de la parole. Paris: Germer Bailli`re. [CUL, S] e *Lemoine, Victor. 1878. Recherches sur les oiseaux fossiles des terrains tertiaires inf´rieurs des environs de Reims. Reims: F. Keller. [Down, I] e

112

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Lenz, Wilhelm, ed. 1970. DBBL: Deutschbaltisches Biographisches Lexikon 1710–1960. Cologne and Vienna: B¨hlau. o *Lepelletier De La Sarthe, Alme. 1864. Trait´ complet de physiognomie. Paris: e Victor Masson & Fils. [Down] Lerner, Isadore Michael. 1954. The Genetic Basis of Selection. New York: John Wiley and Sons. ———. 1954. Genetic Homeostasis. Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd. Leroy, Charles Georges. 1802. Lettres philosophiques sur l’intelligence et la perfectibilit´ des animaux, avec quelques lettres sur l’homme. Paris. e *Lesson, Ren´-Primev`re. 1827. Manuel de mammalogie. Paris: Roret. [Down, e e pre-B] *———. 1828. Manuel d’ornithologie. Paris: Roret. [Down, pre-B] Lesson, Ren´ Primev`re and Prosper Garnot. 1826-30. Zoologie. In Louis Isidore e e Duperrey, ed., Voyage autour du monde, ex´cut´ par ordre du roi, sur la corvette e e de Sa Majest´, La Coquille, pendant les ann´es 1822–5. 2 vols. in 3 and atlas. e e Paris: A. Bertrand. *Letourneau, Charles. 1868. Physiologie des passions. Paris: Germer Bailli`re. e [Down] ¨ Leuckart, Karl Georg Friedrich Rudolf. 1851. Uber den Polymorphismus der Individuen oder die Erscheinungen der Arbeitstheilung in der Natur. Giessen. Leuckart, Rudolf. 1852. Vesicula Prostatica. In Robert Bentley Todd, ed., vol. 4 of The cyclopaedia of anatomy and physiology, 5 vols. London. Levaillant, Fran¸ois. 1790. Travels from the Cape of Good Hope into the interior c parts of Africa. Translated from the French.. 2 vols. London. ———. 1790. Voyage dans l’int´rieur de l’Afrique par le Cap de Bonne e Esp´rance, dans les ann´es 1780–85. 2 vols. Paris. e e Lewes, George Henry. 1855. The life and works of Goethe: with sketches of his age and contemporaries, from published and unpublished sources. 2 vols. London: David Nutt. *———. 1860. The physiology of common life. Edinburgh & London: William Blackwood. [Down, vol. 2 only] *———. 1867. The history of philosophy. 3rd ed. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down] *———. 1877. The physical basis of mind. London: Tr¨bner & Co. [CUL, I] u

113

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Lewis, Tayler. 1855. The Six Days of Creation. Schenectady: G. Y. van Debogert. Lewontin, Richard C. 1970. The units of selection. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 1. ———. 1974. The bases of conflict in biological explanation. Journal of the History of Biology 2: 35–45. ———. 1974. The Genetic Basis of Evolutionary Change. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 1979. Sociobiology as an adaptationist program. Behavioral Science 24: 5–14. ———. 1983. Elementary errors about evolution. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 6: 367–368. Lewontin, Richard C. and J. L. Hubby. 1966. A molecular approach to the study of genic heterozygosity in natural populations. II. amount of variation and degree of heterozygosity in natural populations of Drosophila Pseudoobscura. Genetics 54: 595–609. Lewontin, Richard C. and M. J. D. White. 1960. Interaction between inversion polymorphisms and two character pairs in the grasshopper, Moraba scurra. Evolution 14: 116–129. *Leybold, Federico. 1873. Escursion a las Pampas Argentinas. Santiago: Imprenta Nacional. [Down, I] Li, C. C. 1955. Population Genetics. University of Chicago Press. Li, W.-H., M. Tanimura, and P. M. Sharp. 1987. An evaluation of the molecular clock hypothesis using mammalian DNA sequences. Journal of Molecular Evolution 25: 330–342. Lichtenstein, Martin Heinrich Karl. 1812-15. Travels in southern Africa, in the years 1803–6. 2 vols. London: Henry Colburn. Translated from the original German, by Anne Plumtre. Liebig, Justus von. 1840. Organic chemistry in its applications to agriculture and physiology. London: Taylor and Walton. *Liebig, Justus Von. 1840. Organic chemistry in its applications to agriculture and physiology. London: Taylor & Walton. [CUL, S Charles Darwin 1841] Liebig, Justus von. 1840-4. Trait´ de chimie organique. 3 vols. Paris: Fortin, e Masson & Cie. ———. 1842. Chemistry in its application to agriculture and physiology. 2nd ed. London. 114

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1851. Familiar letters on chemistry, in its relations to physiology, dietetics, agriculture, commerce, and political economy. 3rd ed. London. Lightfoot, John. 1777. Flora Scotica; or, a systematic arrangement in the Linnæan method, of the native plants of Scotland and the Hebrides. 2 vols. London: B. White. *Lindemuth, Hugo. 1878. Vegetative Bastard-erzeugung durch Impfung. Berlin: Wiegandt, Hempel & Parey. [Down, S] Lindley, John. 1830. An introduction to the natural system of botany: or, a systematic view of the organisation, natural affinities, and geographical distribution, of the whole vegetable kingdom; together with the uses of the most important species in medicine, the arts, and rural or domestic economy. London. *———. 1830. An outline of the first principles of Botany. London: Longmans. [CUL, S] ———. 1835. A synopsis of the British flora, arranged according to the natural orders; containing Vasculares, or flowering plants. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman. *———. 1836. A natural system of botany. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL, I Charles Darwin 1840] ———. 1836. A natural system of botany; or, a systematic view of the organisation, natural affinities, and geographical distribution, of the whole vegetable kingdom; together with the uses of the most important species in medicine, the arts, and rural or domestic economy. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman. ———. 1837. Dionæ. In Penny Encyclopedia 8: 508. 27 vols. in 12. Supplement 3 vols. London. ———. 1840. The theory of horticulture; or, an attempt to explain the principal operations of gardening upon physiological principles. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longmans. ———. 1841. Elements of botany, structural, physiological, systematical, and medical; being a fourth edition of the Outline of the first principles of botany. London: Taylor and Walton. ———. 1846. The vegetable kingdom. London: Bradbury and Evans. ———. 1848. An introduction to botany. 2 vols. 4th ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. ———. 1852-5. Folia orchidacea. An enumeration of the known species of orchids. London: J. Matthews.

115

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1853. The vegetable kingdom; or, the structure, classification, and uses of plants, illustrated upon the natural system. 3rd ed. London: Bradbury and Evans. ———. 1854. School botany, and vegetable physiology; or, the rudiments of botanical science. A new edition. London. ———. 1855. The theory and practice of horticulture; or an attempt to explain the chief operations of gardening upon physiological grounds. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green, & Longmans. *———. 1856. School botany and vegetable physiology. new ed. London: Bradbury & Evans. [Down] Lindley, John and William Hutton. 1831-7. The fossil flora of Great Britain. 3 vols. London: J. Ridgway. Link, Heinrich Friedrich. 1821. Die Urwelt und das Alterthum, erl¨utert durch a die Naturkunde. Berlin. *———. 1821. Die Urwelt und das Alterthum, erl¨utert durch die Naturkunde. a Berlin: Ferdinand D¨mmler. [CUL, pre-B] u *Linnaeus, Carl. 1735. Systema naturae. Lund. [Botany School, pre-B] *———. 1783. Philosophia botanica. 2nd ed. Vienna: Johan Thomas de Trattern. [CUL, pre-B] *———. 1789-96. Systema naturae. 13th ed. Lund. [Down, vol. 1 missing?] *———. 1797. Systema vegetabilium. G¨ttingen: C. Dietrich. [Down, ED] o ———. 1797. Systema vegetabilium. 15th ed. Gottingen. ———. 1825-8. Systema vegetabilium. 5 vols. 16th ed. G¨ttingen. o Linn´, Carl von (Linnaeus). 1783. A system of vegetables . . . with their e character and differences, translated from the thirteenth edition . . . of the Systema vegetabilium . . . and from the Supplementum plantarum . . . by a botanical society at Lichfield. 2 vols. Lichfield and London. ———. 1811. Lachesis Lapponica; or, a tour in Lapland, now first published from the original manuscript journal of the celebrated Linnæus; by J. E. Smith. 2 vols. London: White and Cochrane. *Lippert, Julius. 1881. Die Religionen der Europ¨ischen Culturv¨lker. Berlin: a o Theodor Hoffmann. [Down, I] *Lisle, Edward. 1757. Observations in husbandry. 2nd ed. London. [Down, pre-B]

116

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Livingstone, David. 1857. Missionary travels and researches in South Africa; including a sketch of sixteen years’ residence in the interior of Africa, and a journey from the Cape of Good Hope to Loanda on the west coast; thence across the Continent, down the river Zambesi, to the Eastern Ocean. London. ´ *Locard, Arnould. 1881. Etudes sur les variations malacologiques ... du bassin du Rhˆne. Lyon: Henri Georg. [Down, I] o Lock, R. H. (Robert Heath). 1907. Recent progress in the study of variety, heredity, and evolution. London: John Murray. *Locke, John. 1726. An essay concerning human understanding. London. [CUL.1900] *Loiseleur-Deslongchamps, Jean Louis Auguste. 1842. Consid´rations sur les e c´r´ales, et principalement sur les froments. Paris: Bouchard-Huzard. [CUL] e e *Lombardini, Luigi. 1879. Ricerche sui Cammelli. Pisa: T. Nistri. [Down, I] London Geological Society. 1808. Geological enquiries. London. Loomis, F.B. 1905. Momentum in variation. American Naturalist 39: 839–843. Lorenz, Konrad. 1966. On aggression. New York: Harcourt, Brace, and World. Lotka, Alfred J. 1922. Contributions to the energetics of evolution. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 8: 147–151. Lotsy, J. P. (Johannes Paulus). 1916. Evolution by means of hybridization. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff. Loudon, ed, John Claudius, ed. 1830. Loudon’s Hortus Britannicus. A catalogue of all the plants, indigenous, cultivated in, or introduced to Britain. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green. Loudon, John Claudius. 1850. Loudon’s hortus Britannicus. A catalogue of all the plants indigenous, cultivated in, or introduced to Britain. New ed. London. *Loudon, John Claudius (Ed.). 1841. An encyclopaedia of plants. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL] ´ *Lov´n, Sven Ludvig. 1875. Etudes sur les ´chino¨des. Stockholm: P.A. Norsted e e ı & S¨ner. [Down, I] o *Low, David. 1845. On the domesticated animals of the British islands. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL] ———. 1845. On the domesticated animals of the British Islands . . . and observations on the principles and practice of breeding. London. Lowe, Richard Thomas. 1857-68. A manual flora of Madeira and the adjacent islands of Porto Santo and the Desertas. Vol. 1. London: John Van Voorst. 117

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1857-72. A manual flora of Madeira and the adjacent islands of Porto Santo and the Dezertas. 2 vols. London. *Lowne, Benjamin Thompson. 1870. The anatomy and physiology of the blow-fly. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I] *———. 1872. Descriptive catalogue of the teratological series in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. London: R. Hardwicke. [CUL, I] *———. 1873. The phil-osophy of evolution. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I] *Lubbock, John. 1857. An account of the two methods of reproduction in Daphnia ... [Down, I] *———. 1858. On the ova and pseudova of insects. [Down] *———. 1865. Prehistoric times. London: Williams & Norgate. [CUL, I] *———. 1869. Prehistoric times. 2nd ed. London: Williams & Norgate. [CUL, I, S] *———. 1870. The origin of civilisation and the primitive condition of man. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [CUL] ———. 1870. The origin of civilization and the primitive condition of man. London. *———. 1873. Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *———. 1874. On the origin and metamorphoses of insects. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL] *———. 1879. Addresses, political and educational. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1879. Scientific lectures. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1882. Ants, bees, and wasps. 4th ed. London: Kegan Paul, Trench & Co. [Down] *Lucae, Johann Christian. 1881. Zur Statik und Mechanik der Quadrupeden. Frankfurt am Main: Mahlau & Waldschmidt. [Down] Lucae, Johann Christian Gustav. 1873. Affen- und Menschensch¨del im Bau a und Wachsthum verglichen. Archiv f¨r Anthropolgie 6: 13–38. u *———. 1882. Der Fuchs-Affe und das Faulthier. Frankfurt am Main: Mahlau & Waldschmidt. [Down]

118

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Lucas, Prosper. 1847. Trait´ philosophique et physiologique de l’h´r´dit´ e e e e naturelle. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re. [CUL] e ———. 1847-50. Trait´ philosophique et physiologique de l’h´r´dit´ naturelle e e e e dans les ´tats de sant´ et de maladie du syst`me nerveux avec l’application e e e m´thodique des lois de la procr´ation au traitement g´n´ral des affections dont e e e e elle est le principe. 2 vols. Paris. Ludwig, Fritz. 1867. Die Befruchtung der Pflanzen durch H¨lfe der Insekten u und die Theorie Darwin’s von der Entstehung der Arten. Bielefeld: Velhagen & Klasing. *Luerssen, Christian. 1879-82. Handbuch der systematischen Botanik. Leipzig: H. Haessel. [Botany School, FD] Lull, Richard Swann. 1917. Organic evolution. New York: Macmillan. ———. 1924. Dinosaurian climactic response. In M. R. Thorpe, ed., Organic adaptation to the environment, pp. 225–279. New Haven: Yale University Press. *Lunze, Gustav. 1877. Die Hundezucht im Lichte der Darwin’sche Theorie. Berlin: Louis Gerschel. [Down] L¨tke, Fedor Petrovich. 1835-6. Voyage autour du monde, ex´cut´ par ordre de u e e Sa Majest´ l’empereur Nicolas 1er, sur la corvette le S´niavine, dans les ann´es e e e 1826, 1827, 1828 et 1829. 4 vols. Paris: Typ. de Firmin Didot fr`res. Includes e additional atlas, 2 vols. Lyell, Charles. 1830-3. Principles of geology, being an attempt to explain the former changes of the Earth’s surface, by reference to causes now in operation. 3 vols. London: John Murray. *———. 1830-33. Principles of geology. 1st ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, on B, S] *———. 1837. Principles of geology. 5th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL] ———. 1837. Principles of geology: being an inquiry how far the former changes of the Earth’s surface are referable to causes now in operation. 4 vols. 5th ed. London. ———. 1838. Elements of geology. London: John Murray. *———. 1838. Elements of geology. London: Murray. [CUL, I] *———. 1840. Principles of geology. 6th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, S] ———. 1840. Principles of geology: or, the modern changes of the Earth and its inhabitants, considered as illustrative of geology. 3 vols. 6th ed. London: John Murray.

119

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1841. Elements of geology. 2 vols. 2nd ed. London. *———. 1845. Travels in North America. London: John Murray. [CUL] ———. 1845. Travels in North America; with geological observations on the United States, Canada, and Nova Scotia. 2 vols. London. *———. 1847. Principles of geology. 7th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, I, S] ———. 1847. Principles of geology; or, the modern changes of the Earth and its inhabitants considered as illustrative of geology. 7th ed. London: John Murray. *———. 1849. A second visit to the United States of America. London: John Murray. [CUL] ———. 1849. A second visit to the United States of North America. 2 vols. London. *———. 1851. A manual of elementary geology. 3rd ed. London: John Murray. [CUL] ———. 1851. A manual of elementary geology: or, the ancient changes of the Earth and its inhabitants as illustrated by geological monuments. 3rd ed. London: John Murray. ———. 1852. A manual of elementary geology. 4th ed. London. *———. 1852. A manual of elementary geology. 4th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL] *———. 1853. Principles of geology. 0000th ed. London: John Murray. [Down] *———. 1853. Principles of geology. London: John Murray. [CUL, I] ———. 1853. Principles of geology; or, the modern changes of the Earth and its inhabitants considered as illustrative of geology. 9th ed. London: John Murray. *———. 1855. A manual of elementary geology. 5th ed. [CUL, S] ———. 1855. A manual of elementary geology: or, the ancient changes of the Earth and its inhabitants as illustrated by geological monuments. 5th ed. London: John Murray. ———. 1857. Supplement to the fifth edition of a “ Manual of elementary geology”. London: John Murray. ———. 1857. Supplement to the fifth edition of a “ Manual of elementary geology”. 2nd ed. London. *———. 1857. Supplement to the fifth edition of A manual of elementary geology. 1st ed. London: John Murray. [CUL]

120

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1857. Supplement to the fifth edition of A manual of elementary geology. 2nd ed. London: John Murray. [CUL] *———. 1863. The geological evidences of the antiquity of man. London: John Murray. [CUL, I] *———. 1863. The geological evidences of the antiquity of man. 3rd ed. London: John Murray. [Down, I] *———. 1865. Elements of geology. 6th ed. London: John Murray. [Down, I] ———. 1867-1868. Principles of Geology. 2 vols. 10th ed. London: John Murray. *———. 1867-68. Principles of geology. 10th ed. London: John Murray. [Down] *———. 1867-68. Principles of geology. 10th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, I] *———. 1871. The student’s elements of geology. London: John Murray. [CUL, I] *———. 1872. Principles of geology. 11th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, I] *———. 1873. The geological evidences of the antiquity of man. 4th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, I] *———. 1874. The student’s elements of geology. 2nd ed. London: John Murray. [Down, I] *Lyell, James Carmichael. 1881. Fancy pigeons. London: The Bazaar Office. [Down] *Lyman, Theodore. 1871. Supplement to the Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae. Cambridge, Mass.: University Press. [Down] *———. 1875. Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae. Cambridge, Mass.: University Press. [Down] *Lyon, W.p. n.d. as “Homo”. London: Hamilton, Adams & Co. [Down] MacArthur, R. and E. O. Wilson. 1967. The Theory of Island Biogeography. Princeton University Press. *Macaulay, Grant Brewin, James and Abiathar Wall. 1881. Vivisection scientifically and ethically considered. London: Marshall Japp & Co. [Down, I by H. Gillespie] MacBride, Ernest William. 1914. Textbook of embryology. Vol 1: Invertebrata. London: Macmillan.

121

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1924. An introduction to the study of heredity. London: Williams and Norgate. ———. 1927. Evolution. London: Ernest Benn. ———. 1932. The inheritance of acquired characters. Nature 130: 128. ———. 1932. The inheritance of acquired characters. Nature 129: 900. *Macculloch, John. 1821. A geological clas-sification of rocks, with descriptive synopses of the species and varieties comprising the elements of practical geology. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [CUL, S Chas. Darwin June 1837] MacCulloch, John. 1837. Proofs and illustrations of the attributes of God, from the facts and laws of the physical universe. 3 vols. London. MacDougal, D. T. 1905. Discontinuous variation and the origin of species. Science 21: 540–543. Macdougal, William. 1927. An experiment for the testing of the hypothesis of Lamarck. British Journal of Psychology 17: 267–304. *Macgillivray, William. 1837-52. A history of British birds. London: Scott, Webster & Geary. [CUL] ———. 1837-52. History of British birds, indigenous and migratory. 5 vols. London: Scott, Webster, and Geary. *———. 1855. The natural history of Dee Side and Braemar. London. [CUL] *Mackintosh, James. 1837. Dissertation on the progress of ethical philosophy. 2nd ed. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [CUL, S] *———. n.d. The history of England. Vol. 1 *Maclaren, James. 1876. A critical examination of some of the principal arguments for and against Darwinism. London: Edward Bumpus. [Down, I] *———. 1877. Some chemical difficulties of evolution. London: Edward Bumpus. [Down, I] *———. 1878. Natural theology in the nineteenth century. London: Edward Bumpus. [Down, I] *Macleay, William Sharp. 1819. Horae entomo-logicae. London: S. Bagster. [CUL, pre-B] ———. 1819-21. Horæ entomologicæ: or essays on the annulose animals. 2 pts. London: S. Bagster.

122

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Macquart, Justin. 1850. Facult´s int´rieurs des animaux invert´br´s. Lille: L. e e e e Daniel. [CUL] Macquart, Justin Pierre Marie. 1834-5. Histoire naturelle des insectes. Dipt`res. e 2 vols. Paris: Roret. MaCurdy, H. and William Ernest Castle. 1907. Selection and cross-breeding in relation to the inheritance of coat-patterns in rats and guinea-pigs. Carnegie Institution Publications 70. *Magnus, Paul Wilhelm. 1870. Beitr¨ge zur Kenntnis der Gattung Najas L. a Berlin: Georg Reimer. [Linnean Society of London, I] Mahoudeau. 1889. Transformisme. In Dictionnaire des Sciences Anthropoloiques. Place Unknown. Main, Robert, ed. 1859. A manual of scientific enquiry; prepared for the use of officers in Her Majesty’s Navy; and travellers in general. 3rd ed. London. Mal´cot, G. 1945. La diffusion des g`nes dans une population mend´lienne. e e e Comptes Rendus de l’Acad´mie des Science de Paris 221 & 222: 340 & 841. e ———. 1948. Les Math´matiques de l’h´r`dit´. Paris: Masson. e e e e *Mallery, Garrick. 1880. A collection of gestures and signals of the North American Indians. Washington: Government printing office. [Down] *———. 1880. Introduction to the study of sign language among the North American Indians. Washington: Government printing office. [Down] *———. 1881. Sign language among American Indians, compared with that among other peoples and deaf-mutes. Washington: Government printing office. [Down, I] Mallet, J. 2005. Speciation in the 21st century. Heredity 95: 105–109. Mallet, J. and M. Joron. 1999. Evolution of diversity in warning colour and mimicry: Polymorphisms, shifting balance and speciation. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 30: 201–233. Mallet, J. and M. C. Singer. 1987. Individual selection, kin selection, and the shifting balance in the evolution of warning colours: The evidence of butterflies. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 32: 337–350. Mallet, J. and J. R. G. Turner. 1996. Did forest islands drive the diversity of warningly coloured butterflies? biotic drift and the shifting balance theory. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 351: 835–845. ———. 1998. Biotic drift or the shifting balance: did forest islands drive the diversity of warningly coloured butterflies? In P. R. Grant, ed., Evolution on Islands. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 123

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Malm, August Wilhelm. 1877. G¨teborgs och Bohusl¨ns Fauna, Ryggradsdjuren. o a G¨teborg: G¨teborgs Handelstidnings Aktie-Bolags Tryckeri. [Down, I] o o *Malthus, Thomas Robert. 1826. An essay on the principle of population. 6th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, pre-B but S in vol. 1 C. Darwin April 1841] *———. 1826. An essay on the principle of population. Vol. 2. 6th ed. London: John Murray. [Down, pre-B, ED] ———. 1826. An essay on the principle of population; or, a view of its past and present effects on human happiness; with an inquiry into our prospects respecting the future removal or mitigation of the evils which it occasions. 2 vols. 6th ed. London: John Murray. *Mantegazza, Paolo. 1867. Rio de la Plata e Tenerife. Milano: Gaetano Brigola. [CUL, I] *———. 1870. Fisiologia del piacere. 5th ed. Milano: G. Bernardoni. [CUL] *———. 1877. Studii antropologici ed etnografici. Firenze: Tipografia dell’arte della stampa. [Down, I] *———. 1878. Il terzo molare nelle razze umane. Firenze. [Down, I] *———. 1881. Fisionomia e mimica. Milano: Fratelli Dumolard. [Down, I] ´ *Marchand, Etienne. 1792. Voyage autour du monde. Paris: Imprim´rie de la e R´publique. [Down, pre-B] e Margulis, Lynn. 1970. Origin of Eukaryotic Cells: Evidence of Research and Implications for a Theory of the Origin and Evolution of Microbial, Plant, and Animal Cells on the Precambrian Earth. New Haven: Yale University Press. ———. 1981. Symbiosis in Cell Evolution: Life and Its Environment on the Early Earth. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman. Marsh, Othniel Charles. 1872. Preliminary description of Hesperornis regalis . . . American Journal of Science 3: 360–365. ———. 1873. On a new sub-class of fossil birds (Odontornithes). American Journal of Science 5: 161–162. ———. 1874. Notice of some equine mammals from the Tertiary formation. American Journal of Science 7: 247–258. ———. 1876. Notice of some new Tertiary mammals. American Journal of Science 12: 401–404. ———. 1876. Recent discoveries of extinct mammals. American Journal of Science 12: 59–61.

124

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1878. Introduction and succession of vertebrate life in America. Popular Science Monthly 12: 695. ———. 1878. Introduction and Succession of Vertebrate Life in North America. New York: Appleton. ———. 1880. Odontornithes: A monograph on the extinct toothed birds of North America. In Report of the Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel: Made by order of the Secretary of War according to the acts of Congress of March 2, 1867, and March 3, 1869, under the direction of A.A. Humphreys, Chief of Engineers, by Clarence King, U.S. geologist. Washington, D. C.: G.P.O. ———. 1886. Dinocerata: A monograph on an extinct order of gigantic mammals. In Monographs of the U.S. Geological Survey, Vol. 10. Washington, D.C.: United States Geological Survey: G.P.O. *Marshall, William. 1778. Minutes of agriculture made on a farm of 300 acres of various soils, New Croydon, Surrey. London: J. Dodsley. [CUL, pre-B, I] *———. 1808. A review of the reports to the Board of Agriculture from the northern department of England. York: Thomas Wilson & Son. [CUL, pre-B, belonged to Josiah Wedgwood] *Marshall, William E. 1873. A phrenologist amongst the Todas. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [CUL, S] *Marsham, Thomas. 1802. Coleoptera Britannica. London: J. White. [CUL, vol. 1 only, pre-B, S] ———. 1802. Coleoptera britannica, sistens insecta Coleoptera britanniae indigena. Vol. 1. London: J. White. *Martin, W.c.l. 1845. The history of the dog. London: Charles Knight & Co. [CUL] *Martin, William Charles Linnaeus. 1845. The history of the horse. London: Charles Knight & Co. [CUL] ———. 1855. The poultry yard: comprising the management of fowls, for use and exhibition. London and New York. *Martin-Saint-Ange, Gaspard Joseph. 1835. M´moire sur l’organisation des e cirrip`des. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re. [CUL] e e *Marx, Karl. 1873. Das Kapital. Hamburg: Otto Meissner. [Down, I] *Masaryk, Thomas Garrigue. 1881. Der Selbst-mord als sociale Massenerscheinung der modernen Civilisation. Wien: Carl Konegen. [Down] *Maskelyne, Nevil. 1802. Tables requisite to be used with the Nautical ephemeris. 3rd ed. London. [CUL, pre-B, on B, S] 125

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Masters, Maxwell Tylden. 1869. Vegetable teratology. London: The Ray Society. [CUL] Mather, K. 1943. Polygenic inheritance and natural selection. Biological Review 18: 32–64. ———. 1973. Genetical Structure of Populations. London: Chapman and Hall. Mather, K. and J. L. Jinks. 1977. Introduction to Biometrical Genetics. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. Matthen, Mohan and Andr´ Ariew. 2002. Two ways of thinking about fitness e and natural selection. Journal of Philosophy 99: 55–83. *Matthes, Benno. 1861. Betrachtungen uber Wir-belthiere. Dresden. [CUL.1900] ¨ *Matthew, Patrick. 1831. On naval timber and arboriculture. Edinburgh: Adam Black. [CUL, S C. Darwin Apr. 13th 1860] ———. 1831. On naval timber and arboriculture; with critical notes on authors who have recently treated the subject of planting. London and Edinburgh: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, & Green (London) and Adam Black (Edinburgh). Matthew, W. D. 1910. The paleontologic record. the continuity of development. Popular Science Monthly 77: 473–478. ———. 1910. The phylogeny of the Felidae. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 28: 289–316. *Maudsley, Henry. 1868. The physiology and pathology of mind. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL] *———. 1870. Body and mind. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL] *———. 1873. Body and mind. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1876. The physiology of mind. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I by publisher] *Mawe, John. 1825. Travels in the gold and diamond districts of Brazil. new ed. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [CUL, pre-B, on B, S Chas. Darwin Octob: 1832 Buenos Ayres] *Maxwell, James Clerk. 1882. Matter and motion. London: Society for promoting Christian knowledge. [Down, FD] Maynard Smith, John. 1972. On Evolution. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. ———. 1975. The Theory of Evolution. Harmondsworth: Penguin. ———. 1978. The Evolution of Sex. Cambridge University Press. 126

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Mayr, Ernst. 1939. The sex ratio in wild birds. American Naturalist 73: 156–179. ———. 1940. Speciation phenomena in birds. American Naturalist 74: 249–278. ———. 1944. Wallace’s line in the light of recent zoogeographic studies. Quarterly Review of Biology 19: 1–14. ———. 1946. Experiments on sexual isolation in Drosophila. VI. isolation between Drosophila pseudoobscura and Drosophila persimilis and their hybrids. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 32: 57–59. ———. 1946. Experiments on sexual isolation in Drosophila. VII. the nature of the isolating mechanisms between Drosophila pseudoobscura and Drosophila persimilis. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 32: 128–137. ———. 1947. Ecological factors in speciation. Evolution 1: 263–288. ———. 1949. Speciation and selection. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 93: 514–519. ———. 1954. Change of genetic environment and evolution. In J. Huxley, A. C. Hardy, and E. B. Ford, eds, Evolution as a Process. London: Allen and Unwin. ———. 1954. Geographic speciation in tropical echinoids. Evolution 8: 1–18. ———. 1955. Integration of genotypes: Synthesis. Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology 20: 327–333. ———. 1959. Isolation as an evolutionary factor. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 103: 221–230. ———. 1959. Where are we? Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology 24: 409–440. ———. 1961. Cause and effect in biology. Science 134: 1501–1506. ———. 1963. Animal Species and Evolution. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. ———. 1964. The evolution of living systems. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 51: 934–941. ———. 1964. Inferences concerning the tertiary American bird faunas. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 51: 280–288. ———. 1965. Avifauna: Turnover on islands. Science 150: 1587–1588. ———. 1965. Numerical phenetics and taxonomic theory. Systematic Zoology 14: 73–97. 127

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1968. The role of systematics in biology. Science 159: 595–599. ———. 1978. Origin and history of some terms in systematic and evolutionary biology. Systematic Zoology 27: 83–88. ———. 1981. Biological classification: Toward a synthesis of opposing methodologies. Science 214: 510–516. ———. 1982. Speciation and macroevolution. Evolution 36: 1119–1132. ———. 1983. How to carry out the adaptationist program? American Naturalist 121: 324–334. ———. 1992. Haldane’s ’Causes of evolution’ after 60 years. Quarterly Review of Biology 67: 175–186. ———. 1992. The idea of teleology. Journal of the History of Ideas 53: 117–135. ———. 1992. A local flora and the biological species concept. American Journal of Botany 79: 222–238. ———. 1994. Recapitulation reinterpreted: The somatic program. Quarterly Review of Biology 69: 223–232. ———. 1996. The autonomy of biology: The position of biology among the sciences. Quarterly Review of Biology 71: 97–106. ———. 1996. What is a species, and what is not? Philosophy of Science 63: 262–277. ———. 1997. The objects of selection. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 94: 2091–2094. ———. 1998. Two empires or three? Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 95: 9720–9723. ———. 1999. Systematics and the Origin of Species From the Point of View of a Zoologist. reprint ed. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Mayr, Ernst and Jared M. Diamond. 1976. Birds on islands in the sky: Origin of the Montane Avifauna of Northern Melanesia. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 73: 1765–1769. Mayr, Ernst and Theodosius Dobzhansky. 1945. Experiments on sexual isolation in Drosophila. iv. modification of the degree of isolation between Drosophila pseudoobscura and Drosophila persimilis and of sexual preferences in Drosophila prosaltans. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 31: 75–82. Mayr, Ernst and Robert J. O’Hara. 1986. The biogeographic evidence supporting the Pleistocene forest refuge hypothesis. Evolution 40: 55–67.

128

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Mayr, Ernst and Erwin Stresemann. 1950. Polymorphism in the chat genus Oenanthe (aves). Evolution 4: 291–300. *Mazaroz, Jean Paul. 1877. La Gen`se des soci´t´s modernes. Paris: A. L´vy. e ee e [Down] *Mcalpine, Daniel. 1881. Zoological atlas. Edin-burgh & London: W. & A. Johnston. [Down] *———. 1882. The botanical atlas, part 1. Edinburgh & London: W. & A. Johnston. [Down] *Mcclelland, John. 1839. Indian Cyprinidae, part 2. Calcutta: Bishop’s College Press. [CUL, I] *Mcclintock, Francis Leopold. 1859. A narrative of the discovery of the fate of Sir John Franklin and his companions. London: John Murray. [Down, I by publisher to Mrs Darwin] McCosh, James and George Dickie. 1856. Typical forms and special ends in creation. Edinburgh: Thomas Constable. *Mcintosh, William Carmichael. 1873-74. A monograph of the British Annelids. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *Mclennan, John Ferguson. 1865. Primitive marriage. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [CUL] *———. 1876. Studies in ancient history, comprising a reprint of Primitive marriage. London: Bernard Quasitch. [CUL, I] *Medlicott, Henry Benedict and William Thomas Blandford. 1879. A manual of the geology of India. Calcutta. [Down, I] Meehan, Thomas. 1870. Bud varieties. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences pp. 128–130. *———. 1878. The native flowers and ferns of the United States. Boston: Prang & Co. [Down] Meek, F. W. and A. H. Worthen. 1869. Description of new Carboniferous fossils from the Western United States. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences pp. 137–172. *Meetkerke, Cecilia Elizabeth. 1881. The guests of flowers. London: Griffith & Farran. [Down, I] *Meitzen, Ernst. 1872. Bhawani. Leipzig: E.H. Manen. [Down] Meldola, R. 1888. Lamarkism versus Darwinism. Nature 38: 388–389.

129

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1896. The President’s address. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of London 1: xii–xcii. *Melia, Pius. 1872. Hints and facts on the origin of man. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [CUL] Meneghini, Giuseppe. 1853. On the animal nature of the Diatomeæ, with an organographical revision of the genera established by K¨ tzing. In Arthur u Henfrey, ed., Botanical and physiological memoirs. London. M´n´tri`s, Edouard. 1859. L´pidopt`res de la Sib´rie orientale et en particulier e e e e e e des rives de l’Amour. In Reisen und Forschungen im Amur-Lande in den Jahren 1854–1856 im Auftrage der Kaiserl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu St Petersburg ausgef¨hrt und in Verbindung mit mehreren Gelehrten, 4 vols. in u 5. St Petersburg: Kaiserlich. *Mengozzi, Giovanni Ettore. 1869. Della filosofia della medicina. Livorno: Scuola italica. [Linnean Society of London, I] Merriam, C. Hart. 1905. Is mutation a factor in the evolution of the higher vertebrates? Science 21: 241–256. *Merriam, Clinton Hart. 1877. A review of the birds of Connecticut. New Haven: Tuttle, Morehouse & Taylor. [Down] Mertens, Franz Karl and Wilhelm Daniel Joseph Koch. 1823-39. J. C. R¨hlings o Deutschlands Flora. Nach einem ver¨nderten und erweiterten Plane bearbeitet. a 5 vols. Frankfurt-am-Main: F. Wilmans. Metcalf, Maynard M. 1905. Determinate mutation. Science 21: 355–356. ———. 1913. Adaptation through natural selection and orthogenesis. American Naturalist 47: 65–71. ———. 1913. Trends in evolution: A discussion of data bearing on orthogenesis. Journal of Anatomy and Physiology 45: 1–45. *Metzger, Johann. 1841. Die Getreidearten und Wiesengr¨ser. Heidelberg: C.F. a Winter. [CUL] ¨ Meyen, Franz Julius Ferdinand. 1837. Uber die Secretionsorgane der Pflanzen. Berlin: F. J. Morin. *———. 1837-39. Neues System der Pflanzen-Physiologie. Berlin: Haude und Spenersche Buchhandlung. [Botany School, FD] *———. 1846. Outlines of the geography of plants. London: The Ray Society. [CUL] *———. n.d. Beitr¨ge zur Zoologie gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde. a [including] 130

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Meyer, Friedrich Albrecht Anton. 1792. Versuch einer vollst¨ndigen a Naturgeschichte der Hausthiere, im Grundrisse. G¨ttingen: Johann Chriso tian Dieterich. [CUL, pre-B] *Michell, John. 1760. Conjectures concerning the cause, and observations upon the phaenomena of earthquakes. London. [CUL, pre-B, S, I “the Author’s Present”, i.e. not to CD] Michod, Richard E. 1982. The theory of kin selection. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 13: 23–55. ———. 1999. Darwinian Dynamics: Evolutionary Transitions in Fitness and Individuality. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Middendorf, Aleksandr Fedorovich. 1848-75. Reise in den aussersten Norden und ¨ Osten Sibiriens w¨hrend der Jahre 1843 und 1844 mit allerh¨chster Genehmia o gung auf Veranstaltung der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu St. Petersburg ausgef¨hrt und in Verbindung mit vielen Gelehrten herausgegeben. 4 u vols. St Petersburg. *Miers, John. 1826. Travels in Chile and La Plata. London: Baldwin, Cradock & Joy. [CUL, pre-B, S in both vols.] Milkman, R. D. 1967. Heterosis as a major cause of heterozygosity in nature. Genetics 55: 493–495. Miller, Hugh. 1841. The Old Red Sandstone; or, new walks in an old field. Edinburgh. *———. 1849. Footprints of the creator. London: Johnton & Hunter. [Botany School] ———. 1849. Footprints of the Creator: or, the Asterolepis of Stromness. London. ———. 1858. The Old Red Sandstone; or, new walks in an old field. To which is appended a series of geological papers read before the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh. 7th ed. Edinburgh. Miller, Philip. 1745. The gardeners kalendar, directing what works are necessary to be done every month in the kitchen, fruit and pleasure-gardens, and in the conservatory. 7th ed. London: J. Rivington. *———. 1748. The gardener’s dictionary. 3rd ed. London: for the author. [Down, vols. 1 and 3 only] *Miller, William Allen. 1864. Elements of chemistry: Part 2, inorganic chemistry. 3rd ed. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts & Green. [Down, FD]

131

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Milligan, Edward. 1826. A. Corn. Celsi medicinae libri octo. Edinburgh: Maclachlan & Stewart. [Down, S] *Milne Edwards, Henri. 1834-40. Histoire naturelle des crustac´s. Paris. [CUL] e Milne-Edwards, Henri. 1834-40. Histoire naturelle des Crustac´s, comprenant e l’anatomie, la physiologie et la classification de ces animaux. 3 vols. Paris: Roret. *———. 1851. Introduction a la zoologie g´n´rale. Paris: Victor Masson. [CUL] ` e e ———. 1851. Introduction ` la zoologie g´n´rale, ou consid´rations sur les a e e e tendances de la nature dans la constitution du regne animal. Paris. ———. 1870. Sur les travaux de Ch. Darwin. La Revue des Cours Scientifiques 7: 591. Milne-Home, David. 1847. On the parallel roads of Lochaber; with remarks on the change of relative levels of land and sea in Scotland, and on the detrital deposits in that country. Edinburgh: privately printed. Miquel, Frederich Anton Wilhelm. 1837. Disquisitio geographico-botanica de plantarum Regni Batavi distributione. Leiden. *Mitchell, Silas Weir. 1861. Researches upon the venom of the rattlesnake. Washington, The Smithsonian Institute: New York, Appleton & Co. [CUL, S] Mitchell, Thomas Livingston. 1838. Three expeditions into the interior of eastern Australia. 2 vols. London: T. & W. Boone. Mivart, St. George. 1870. Genesis of Species. London: Macmillan. ———. 1871. On the Genesis of Species. New York: D. Appleton. ———. 1884. On the development of the individual and of the species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pp. 462–474. ———. 1887-88. On the possible dual origin of the Mammalia. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 4: 372–379. ———. 1896. Are specific characters the result of natural selection? Nature 54: 246–247. *Mivart, St George Jackson. 1867. On the appendicular skeleton of primates. [CUL, I] *———. 1871. On the genesis of species. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL, I] *———. 1871. On the genesis of species. 2nd ed. London and New York: Macmillan & Co. [Down, S]

132

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1873. Lessons in elementary anatomy. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL, S] *———. 1873. Man and apes. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down, S] *Moggridge, John Traherne. 1873. Harvesting ants and trap spiders. London: L. Reeve & Co. [CUL] ¨ Mohl, Hugo von. 1827. Uber den Bau und das Winden der Ranken und Schlingpflanzen. T¨bingen, Germany: Heinrich Laupp. u ¨ *Mohl, Hugo Von. 1827. Uber den Bau und das Winden der Ranken und Schlingpflanzen. T¨bingen: Heinrich Laupp. [CUL, pre-B] u Mohl, Hugo von. 1851. Grundz¨ge der Anatomie und Physiologie der vegetabilisu chen Zelle. Brunswick, Germany: F. Vieweg. *Mohl, Hugo Von. 1852. Principles of the anatomy and physiology of the vegetable cell. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, S] Mohl, Hugo von. 1853. Die vegetabilische Zelle. In vol. 4 of Handw¨rterbuch o der Physiologie mit R¨cksicht auf physiologische Pathologie, 4 vols. Brunswick, u Germany: Friedrich Vieweg & Sohn. *Mohl, Jules. 1879-80. Vingt–sept ans d’histoire des ´tudes orientales. Paris: e G. Reinwald. [Down] *Mojsv´r, Edmund Mojsisovics Von. 1873-75. Das Gebirge um Hallstatt. Wien: a K.K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei. [Down, I] ¨ *———. 1874. Uber die Triadischen Pelecypoden-Gattungen Daonella und Halobia. Wien: K.K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei. [Down, I] *———. 1878. Die Dolomit-Riffe von S¨dtirol und Venetien. Wien: Alfred u H¨lder. [Down, I] o ¨ *———. n.d. Geologische Ubersichtskarte Tirolisch-Venetianischen Hochlandes. [Down, I] *Moleschott, Jacob. 1866. La Circulation de la vie. Paris: Germer Bailli`re. e [Down] *———. 1877. Der Kreislauf des Lebens. Mainz: Victor von Zabern. [Down] *Moleschott, Jacob and S. Fubini. 1879. Sull’influenza della luce :n t100 mista e aromatica nell’esalazione di acido carbonico per l’organismo animale. Torino: G.B. Paravia. [Down] *Molina, Juan Ignatio. 1788-95. Compendio de la historia geografica, natural y civil, del reyno de Chile. [CUL, pre-B, on B, S in vol. 1 Charles Darwin, Valparaiso 1834]

133

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

M¨ller, Hans Peter Christian. 1842. Index Molluscorum Groenlandiæ. Hafniæ: o C. A. Reitzelii. Monet de Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de. 1801. Systˆme des animaux e sans vert`bres, ou tableau g´n´ral des classes, des ordres et des genres de ces e e e animaux; . . . et suivant l’arrangement ´tabli dans les galeries du Mus´um e e d’Hist. Naturelle, . . . Pr´c´d´ du discours d’ouverture ducours de zoologie, e e e donn´ dans le Mus´um National d’Histoire Naturelle l’an 8 de la R´publique. e e e Paris: the author; Deterville. ———. 1809. Philosophie zoologique; ou exposition des consid´rations relatives e ` l’histoire naturelle des animaux; ` la diversit´ de leur organisation . . . ; a a e enfin, ` celles qui produisent, les unes le sentiment, et les autres l’intelligence a de ceux qui en sont dou´s. 2 vols. Paris: Dentu; the author. e ———. 1815-22. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vert`bres, pr´sentant e e les caract`res g´n´raux et particuliers de ces animaux, leur distribution, leurs e e e classes, leurs familles, leurs genres, et la citation des principales esp`ces qui s’y e rapportent; pr´c´d´e d’une introduction offrant la d´termination des caract`res e e e e e essentiels de l’animal, sa distinction du v´g´tal et des autres corps naturels, e e enfin, l’exposition des principes fondamentaux de la zoologie. 7 vols. Paris: Verdi`re [& others]. e ———. 1830. Philosophie zoologique, ou exposition des consid´rations relatives e ` l’histoire naturelle des animaux; ` la diversit´ leur organisation . . . et les a a e autres l’intelligence de ceux qui en sont dou´s. 2 vols. new ed. Paris: J. B. e Bailli`re. e *Moniez, Romain. 1881. M´moires sur les cestodes. Paris: Octavo Doin. [Down, e I by Alfred Giard] *Mons, Jean Baptiste Van. 1835-36. Arbres fruitiers. Louvain: L. Dusart & H. Vandenbrock. [CUL] Mons, Jean Baptiste van. 1835-6. Arbres fruitieres. 2 vols. Louvain. Montagu, George. 1803-8. Testacea Britannica; or, natural history of British shells. 2 pts. and supplement. London. ´ Mont´mont, Albert Etienne de. 1833-6. Biblioth`que universelle des voyages e e effectu´s par mer ou par terre dans les diverses parties du monde, depuis les e premi`res d´couvertes jusqu’` nos jours. 46 vols. Paris. e e a Montucci, Henri. 1869. Notes critiques sur la marche et le d´veloppement des e sciences. Revue Contemporaine 15: 165. Moor, J. H. 1837. 1837. Notices of the Indian archipelago, and adjacent countries. Pt 1 (no more published). Singapore.

134

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Moore, David and Alexander Goodman More. 1866. Contributions towards a Cybele Hibernica. Dublin: Hodges, Smith & Co. [Down] *Moore, Frederic. 1879. Descriptions of new Indian lepidopterous insects. Calcutta & London: Taylor & Francis. [Down] *Moore, George. 1866. The first man and his place in creation. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down] *Moore, J. 1735. Columbarinus, or the pigeon-house, being an introduction to a natural history of tame pigeons. London: J. Wilford. [pre-B] Moore, John. 1735. Columbarium; or, the pigeon-house. Being an introduction to a natural history of tame pigeons. London: J. Wilford. ———. 1765. A treatise on domestic pigeons; comprehending all the different species known in England . . . Carefully compiled from the best of authors. To which is added, a most ample description of that celebrated and beautiful pigeon called the almond tumbler. London: C. Barry. *Moore, Thomas. 1847. The poetical works. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [Down] ———. 1855. The ferns of Great Britain and Ireland. London: Bradbury and Evans. ´e *Moquin-Tandon, Alfred. 1841. El´ments de t´ratologie v´g´tale. Paris: P.: e e e Loss. [CUL] Moquin-Tandon, Horace B´n´dict Alfred. 1841. El´ments de t´ratologie v´g´tale, e e e e e e ou histoire abr´g´e des anomalies de l’organisation dans les v´g´taux. Paris: e e e e P.-J. Loss. Moran, P. A. P. 1962. The Statistical Processes of Evolutionary Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 1964. On the non-existence of adaptive topographies. Annals of Human Genetics 27: 383–393. *Morgan, Lewis Henry. 1868. The American beaver and his works. Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott. [CUL] *———. 1871. Systems of consanguinity and affinity of the human family. Washington: The Smithsonian Institute. [Down, I] Morgan, Thomas Hunt. 1907. Experimental Zoology. New York: Macmillan. ———. 1908. Evolution and adaptation. reprint ed. New York: Macmillan. ———. 1909. For Darwin. Popular Science Monthly 74: 367–380.

135

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1910. Chance or purpose in the origin and evolution of adaptation. Science 31: 201–210. ———. 1916. A Critique of the Theory of Evolution. Princeton: Princeton University Press. ———. 1919. The physical basis of heredity. Philadelphia: J. B.Lippincott. ———. 1925. Evolution and genetics. Princeton: Princeton University Press. ———. 1928. The theory of the gene. New Haven: Yale University Press. ———. 1932. The Scientific Basis of Evolution. W. W. Norton and Company. Morgan, Thomas Hunt, A. H. Sturtevant, H. J. Muller, and Bridges C. B. 1915. The Mechanism of Mendelian Heredity. New York: Holt. ´ *Morren, Edouard. 1871. Principes ´l´mentaires de physiologie v´g´tale. Gand: ee e e C. Annoot-Braeckman. [Down] *———. 1877. Actes du congr`s de botanique horticole. Li`ge: F´d´ration des e e e e soci´t´s d’horticulture. [Down] ee *Morris, John. 1854. A catalogue of British fossils. 2nd ed. London: by the author. [Down] Morris, Simon Conway. 1998. The crucible of creation: The Burgess Shale and the rise of animals. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Morse, Edward S. 1876. What American scientists have done for evolution. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 25: 137–176. *Morton, Samuel George. 1854. Types of mankind. Philadelphia; London: Lippincott & Grambo ;Tr¨bner & Co. [CUL] u *Moseley, Henry Nottidge. 1874. On the structure and development of Peripatus capensis. [Down, I] *———. 1878. Oregon: its resources, climate, people and productions. London: Edward Stanford. [Down, S] *———. 1879. Notes by a naturalist on the “Challenger”. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL, I] *Mosso, Angelo. 1881. Kreislauf des Blutes im menschlichen Gehirn. Leipzig: Veit. [Down, I] *Moubray, B. 1834. A practical treatise on breeding poultry, pigeons and rabbits. 7th ed. London. [CUL]

136

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Muir, John (?). 1874. Supernatural religion. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Green & Co,. [Down, I] Mulder, Gerrit Jan van. 1849. The chemistry of vegetable & animal physiology. Edinburgh and London: William Blackwood & Sons. *M¨ ller, Ferdinand Von. 1869-71. Fragmenta phytographiae australiae. Melu bourn: J. Ferres. [Down, I] ¨ *M¨ ller, Friedrich. 1868. Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die u Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859: anthropologischer Theil. Wien: Kaiserlich-K¨niglichen Hof- und Staats-druckerei. [CUL] o *———. 1873. Allgemeine Ethnographie. Wien: Alfred H¨lder. [Down, I] o M¨ller, Fritz. 1864. F¨r Darwin. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. u u *———. 1864. F¨r Darwin. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL, I] u ———. 1869. Facts and arguments for Darwin. London: John Murray. *———. 1869. Facts and arguments for Darwin. London: John Murray. [CULR] Muller, H. J. 1914. The bearing of the experiments of Castle and Phillips on the variability of genes. American Naturalist 48: 567–576. ———. 1922. Variation due to change in the individual gene. American Naturalist 56: 32–50. ———. 1932. Further studies on the nature and causes of gene mutations. Proceedings of the Sixth International Congress of Genetics I: 213–255. ———. 1939. Reversibility in evolution considered from the standpoint of genetics. Biological Reviews 14: 261–280. ———. 1945. The gene. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences 134: 1–37. ———. 1950. Our load of mutations. American Journal of Human Genetics 2: 111–176. *M¨ ller, Hermann. 1873. Befruchtung der Blumen durch Insekten. Leipzig: u Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL, I] *———. 1879. Die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Blumen und den ihre Kreuzung vermittlenden Insekten. Breslau: Trewendt. [Linnean Society of London] *———. 1881. Alpenblumen. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I] M¨ller, Johann Karl August. 1849-51. Synopsis muscorum frondosorum omnium u hucusque cognitorum. 2 vols. Berlin: Alb. Foerstner.

137

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*M¨ller, Johannes. 1838-42. Elements of physiology. London: Taylor & Walton. u [CUL] ¨ *———. n.d. Uber die Gattungen der Seeigellarven. Berlin: K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. [Down, I] M¨ller, Johannes Peter. 1826. Zur vergleichenden Physiologie des Gesichtssinnes u des Menschen und der Thiere, nebst einem Versuch uber die Bewegungen der ¨ Augen und uber den menschlichen Blick. Leipzig. ¨ ———. 1834-7. Handbuch der Physiologie des Menschen f¨r Vorlesungen. 2 u vols. Coblenz. ———. 1838-42. Elements of physiology. Translated from the German by William Baly. 2 vols. London. M¨ller, Salomon and Coenraad Jacob Temminck. 1839-45. Verhandelingen over u de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche Overzeesche Bezittingen, door de Leden der Natuurkundige Commissie in Oost-Indi¨ en andere Schrijvers. e Uitgegeven op last van den Koning door C. J. Temminck: Zoologie. 2 vols. Leiden. Munson, R. 1971. Biological adaptation. Philosophy of Science 38: 200–215. *Murchison, Roderick Impey. 1839. The Silurian system. London: John Murray. [CUL] ———. 1839. The Silurian system, founded on geological researches in the counties of Salop, Hereford, Radnor, Montgomery, Caermarthen, Brecon, Pembroke, Monmouth, Gloucester, Worcester, and Stafford; with descriptions of the coal-fields and overlying formations. 2 pts. London: John Murray. *———. 1841. The Silurian system. Edinburgh review. [Down, I] ———. 1854. Siluria; the history of the oldest known rocks containing organic remains, with a brief sketch of the distribution of gold over the Earth. London: John Murray. *Murphy, Joseph John. 1869. Habit and intelligence. London: Macmillan. [CUL, I from publisher in vol. 1] *———. 1879. Habit and intelligence. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down] *Murray, Andrew. 1866. The geographical distribution of mammals. London: Day & Son. [Down] *———. 1866. The geographical distribution of mammals. London: Day & Son. [CUL]

138

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Murray, Charles Augustus. 1839. Travels in North America during the years 1834, 1835, & 1836. Including a summer residence with the Pawnee tribe of Indians, in the remote prairies of the Missouri, and a visit to Cuba and the Azore Islands. 2 vols. London: R. Bentley. Murray, John. 1845. Strictures on morphology: its unwarrantable assumptions, and atheistical tendency. London. *Murray, Lindley. 1824. An English grammar. 5th ed. York: T. Wilson & Sons. [CUL, pre-B, on B, S Robt FitzRoy 1831] Musschenbroek, Peter van. 1744. Elements of natural philosophy. Translated from the Dutch by John Colson. 2 vols. London. *N¨geli, Carl Von. 1866. Botanische Mittheilungen. M¨nchen: F. Staub. [CUL] a u *———. 1877. Die niederen Pilze in ihren Beziehungen. M¨nchen: R. Oldenu bourg. [Down] *N¨geli, Carl Von and Carl Cramer. 1855. Pflanzenphysiologische Untersuchuna gen. Z¨rich: F. Schulthess. [Botany School] u N¨geli, Carl Wilhelm von. 1858-68. Beitr¨ge zur Wissenschaftlichen Botanik. 4 a a pts in 1 vol. Leipzig: Wilhelm Englemann. ———. 1865. Entstehung und Begriff der naturhistorischen Art. Munich: Franz. ———. 1865, pt. 2. Ueber den Einfluss der ¨usseren Verhaltenisse auf die a Veriet¨tenbildung im Pflanzenreiche. Sitzungsberichte der k¨niglichen bayrischen a o Akademie der Wissenschaften, M¨nchen pp. 228–232, 258–260, 277–284. u ———. 1872. Die gesellschaftliche Entstehung neuer Species. Sitzungsberichte der methematisch-physikalischen Classe der k¨niglichen bayrischen Akademie o der Wissenschaften zu M¨nchen 2: 305–344. u ———. 1884. Mechanisch-physiologische Theorie der Abstammungslehre. Munich: R. Aldenbourg. ———. 1898. A mechanico-physiological theory of organic evolution. Chicago: Open Court. N¨geli, Carl Wilhelm von and Carl Cramer. 1855-8. Pflanzenphysiologische a Untersuchungen. 4 pts in 1 vol. Zurich: Friedrich Schulthess. *Nash, Wallis. 1878. Oregon: there and back in 1877. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, S] *Nathusius, Hermann Von. 1864. Abbildungen von Schweineschaedeln zu den Vorstudien f¨r Geschichte und Zucht der Hausthiere. Berlin: Wiegandt & u Hempel. [CUL, S]

139

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1864. Vorstudien f¨r Geschichte und Zucht der Hausthiere zunaechst u am Schweineschaedel. Berlin: Wiegandt & Hempel. [CUL] *———. 1872-80. Vortr¨ge uber Viehzucht und Rassenkenntnis. Berlin: Wiea ¨ gandt & Hempel. [CUL] *Naudin, Charles. 1862. Nouvelles recherches sur l’hybridit´ dans les v´g´taux. e e e Paris. [CUL, I] ———. 1867. Cas de monstruosit´s devenus le point de d´part de nouvelles e e races dans les v´g´taux. Acad´mie des Sciences: Comptes Rendus 64: 929–933. e e e ———. 1874. Les esp`ces affin´s et la th´orie de l’´volution. Bulletin de la e e e e Soci´t´ Botanique 21: 240–272. ee Naudin, Charles Victor. 1853. Melastomacearum, quæ in Musæo Parisiensi continentur monographicæ descriptionis et secundum affinitates distributionis tentamen. Paris: V. Masson. ¨ Naumann, Karl Friedrich. 1845. Uber den Quincunx als Grundgesetz der Blattstellung vieler Pflanzen. Dresden and Leipzig: Arnoldische Buchhandlung. Nei, Masotashi. 1975. Molecular Population Genetics and Evolution. Amsterdam: North-Holland. ———. 1987. Molecular Evolutionary Genetics. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 2005. Selectionism and neutralism in molecular evolution. Molecular Biology and Evolution 22: 2318–2342. Nei, Masotashi and D. Graur. 1984. Extent of protein polymorphism and the neutral mutation theory. Evolutionary Biology 17: 73–118. Nei, Masotashi and R. K. Koehn, eds. 1983. Evolution of Genes and Proteins. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer. *Netter, Abraham. 1879. De l’intuition dans les d´couvertes et inventions. e Strasbourg: Trenttel & Wurtz. [Down] *Neumayr, Melchior. 1879. Zur Kenntnis der Fauna des untersten Lias in den Nordalpen. Wien: J.C. Fischer. [CUL, I] *Neumayr, Melchior and Carl Maria Paul. 1875. Die Congerien- und paludinenschichten Slavoniens und deren Faunen. Wien: Alfred H¨lder. [CUL, o I] Neumeister, Gottlob. 1837. Das Ganze der Taubenzucht. Weimar. *———. 1837. Das Ganze der Taubenzucht. Weimar: B.F. Voigt. [CUL]

140

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Nevo, Eviatar. 1978. Genetic variation in natural populations: Patterns and theory. Theoretical Population Biology 13: 121–177. Nevo, Eviatar and R. Ben-Shlomo. 1984. The evolutionary significance of genetic diversity: Ecological, demographic, and life history correlates. In G. S. Mani, ed., Evolutionary Dynamics of Genetic Diversity, pp. 13–213. Berlin: Springer Verlag. Newberry, J. S. 1868. President’s address. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 16: 1–15. *Newberry, John Strong. 1875. The structure and relations of Dinichtyes. Columbus: Nevins & Myers. [Down, I] Newell, N. D. 1952. Periodicity in invertebrate evolution. Journal of Paleontology 26: 371–385. Newman, Edward. 1854. A history of British ferns. 3rd ed. London: J. van Voorst. Newman, H. H. (Horatio Hackett). 1921. Readings in Evolution, Genetics, and Eugenics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. *Newton, Alfred. 1874. Zoology. London: Society for promoting Christian knowledge. [Down, I] *Nicholson, Edward. 1874. An elementary treatise of ophiology. Madras: Higginbotham. [Down, I] Nicol, James. 1844. Guide to the geology of Scotland; containing an account of the character, distribution, and more interesting appearances of its rocks and minerals. Edinburgh and London. Niebuhr, Carsten. 1779. Description de l’Arabie, d’apr`s les observations et e recherches fait dans le pays mˆme. [Translated from the German by F. L. e Mourier. New edition revised by Joseph de Guignes.]. Paris. *Niemeyer, Felix Von. 1871. A textbook of practical medicine. revised, vol. 1 ed. London: H.K. Lewis. [Down, FD] *———. 1871. A textbook of practical medicine. London: H.K. Lewis. [Botany School, F.D.] *Nilsson, Sven. 1868. The primitive inhabitants of Scandinavia. 3rd ed. London: John Murray. [Down, I] Nitschke, Theodor Rudolf Joseph. 1858. Commentatio anatomicophysiologica de Droserae rotundifoliae irritabilitate. Doctoral dissertation. Breslau. *Nitzch, Christian L. 1867. Pterylography. London: The Ray Society. [Down]

141

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Nogueira, A.f. 1880. A ra¸a negra sob o ponto de vista da civilisa¸ao da Africa. c c˜ Lisboa: Minerva. [Linnean Society of London, I] *Noir´, Ludwig. 1874. Die Welt als Entwickelung des Geistes. Leipzig: Beit. e [Down, I] *———. 1877. Der Ursprung der Sprache. Mainz: Victor von Zabern. [Down, I] *———. 1880. Das Werkzeug. Mainz: Diemer. [Down] *Nordenski¨ld, Nils Adolf Erik. 1881. The voyage of the Vega round Asia and o Europe. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down] Nott, Josiah Clark and George R. Gliddon. 1854. Types of mankind: or, Ethnological researches . . . illustrated by selections from the in edited papers of S. G. Morton . . . and by additional contributions from L. Agassiz, W. Usher, and . . . H. S. Patterson. Philadelphia and London. Nott, Josiah Clark and George R. Gliddon, eds. 1857. Indigenous races of the earth; or, new chapters of ethnological inquiry . . . by Louis Ferdinand Alfred Maury . . . with communications from J. Leidy and L. Agassiz. London and Philadelphia: J. B.Lippincott. *Nusbaum, Jozef. n.d. L’Embryologie de Mysis chameleo. Warsaw. [Down] Nuttall, Thomas. 1818. The genera of North American plants and a catalogue of the species to the year 1817. 2 vols. Philadelphia. *Odart, Alexandre Pierre. 1849. Amp´lographie universelle ou trait´ des c´pages. e e e 2nd ed. Paris: De Dusacq. [CUL] Odell, G., G. Oster, B. Burnside, and Pere Alberch. 1985. The mechanical basis of morphogenesis. i. epithelial folding and invagination. Developmental Biology 85: 446–462. *of Magellan, Idx Missing Strait. 1871. Edinburgh. Edinburgh: Edmonton and Douglas. [Down, I] *Ogle, John William. 1881. The Harveian oration, 1880. London. [Down] Ohta, Tomoko. 1972. Evolutionary rate of cistrons and DNA divergence. Journal of Molecular Evolution 1: 150–157. ———. 1973. Slightly deleterious mutant substitutions in evolution. Nature 246: 96–98. ———. 1976. Role of very slightly deleterious mutations in molecular evolution and polymorphism. Theoretical Population Biology 10: 254–275.

142

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1977. Extension of the neutral mutation drift hypothesis. In Motoo Kimura, ed., Molecular Evolution and Polymorphism, pp. 148–167. Mishima: National Institute of Genetics. ———. 1992. The nearly neutral theory of molecular evolution. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 23: 263–286. ———. 2000. Mechanisms of molecular evolution. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 355: 1623–1626. ———. 2002. Near-neutrality in evolution of genes and gene regulation. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 99: 16,134– 16,137. Ohta, Tomoko and Motoo Kimura. 1971. On the constancy of the evolutionary rate of cistrons. Journal of Molecular Evolution 1: 18–25. ———. 1974. On some principles governing molecular evolution. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 71: 2848–2852. ¨ Oken, Lorenz. 1807. Uber die Bedeutung der Sch¨delknochen. Ein Programm a beim Antritt der Professur an der Gesammt-Universit¨t zu Jena. Bamberg: J. a A. G¨bhardt. o ———. 1813-25. Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte. 3 vols in 5. Leipzig and Jena. *———. 1847. Elements of physiophilosophy. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *O’Neill, T. Warren. 1880. The refutation of Darwinism. Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott. [Down] *Ontario, Province of. 1873. Annual report on agriculture and arts for the year 1872. Toronto: Hunter, Rose & Co. [Down] *Oppert, Gustav. 1879. On the classification of languages. Madras: Higginbotham & Co. [Down, I] Orbigny, Alcide Charles Victor Dessalines d’. 1835-47. Voyage dans l’Am´rique e M´ridionale (le Br´sil, la R´publique Orientale de l’Uruguay, la R´publique e e e e Argentine, la Patagonie, la R´publique du Chili, la R´publique de Bolivia, la e e R´publique du P´rou), ex´cut´ pendant les ann´es 1826 . . . 1833 4 atlases. 6 . e e e e e Paris and Strasbourg. ———. 1845-7. Mollusques vivants et fossiles, ou description de toutes les esp`ces de coquilles et de mollusques class´es suivant leur distribution g´ologique e e e et g´ographique. Vol. 1 (no more published) and atlas. Paris. e ———. 1849-52. Cours ´l´mentaire de pal´ontologie et de g´ologie stratiee e e graphiques. 3 vols. Paris: V. Masson.

143

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1850-2. Prodrome de pal´ontologie stratigraphique universelle des anie maux mollusques et rayonn´s faisant suite au cours ´l´mentaire de pal´ontologie e ee e et de g´ologie stratigraphiques. 3 vols. Paris: V. Masson. e *Ord, William Miller. 1879. On the influence of colloids upon crystalline form and cohesion. London: Edward Stanford. [CUL, I] *Ordinaire, C.n. 1802. Histoire naturelle des volcans. Paris: Levrault. [Down, pre-B] Orgel, L. E. and F. H. C. Crick. 1980. Selfish DNA: The ultimate parasite. Nature 284: 604–607. *Ormathwaite, John Benn Walsh. 1872. Astronomy and geology compared. London: John Murray. [Down] *Orton, James. 1870. The Andes and the Amazon. New York: Harper & Brothers. [CUL] *———. 1876. The Andes and the Amazon. 3rd ed. New York: Harper & Brothers. [Down] Orton, Reginald. 1855. On the physiology of breeding. Two lectures, delivered to the Newcastle Farmers’ Club. 2nd ed. Sunderland. Osbeck, Per. 1771. A voyage to China and the East Indies . . . Translated from the German, by John Reinhold Forster. . 2 vols. London: B. White. Osborn, H. F. 1889. Are acquired characters inherited? American Naturalist 25: 191–216. ———. 1889. Paleontological evidence for the transmission of acquired characters. American Naturalist 23: 561–566. ———. 1894. The hereditary mechanism and the search for the unknown factors in evolution. Biological Lectures, Woods Hole 3: 79–100. ———. 1895. The hereditary mechanism and the search for the unknown factors in evolution. American Naturalist 29: 418–439. ———. 1897. The limits of organic selection. American Naturalist 31: 944–951. ———. 1907. The evolution of mammalian molar teeth to and from the triangular type. In Booktitle Unknown. New York: Macmillan. ———. 1908. The four inseparable factors of evolution . . . Science 27: 148–150. ———. 1910. The Age of Mammals. New York: Scribners. ———. 1912. The continuous origin of certain unit characters as observed by a paleontologist. American Naturalist 46: 185–206, 249–278.

144

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1917. The origin and evolution of life on the theory of action, reaction and interaction of energy. New York: Scribners. ———. 1922. William Bateson on Darwinism. Science 55: 194. ———. 1927. The origin of species, V: Speciation and mutation. American Naturalist 61: 5–42. ———. 1932. The nine principles of evolution revealed by paleontology. American Naturalist 66: 52–60. ———. 1934. Aristogenesis: The creative principle in the origin of species. American Naturalist 68: 193–235. *Osborne, J. 1881. The horsebreeder’s handbook. London: Benjamin Clegg. [Down, I] Oster, G. and P. Alberch. 1982. Evolution and bifurcation of developmental programs. Evolution 36: 444–459. *Otley, Joseph. 1830. A concise description of the English lakes. 4th ed. Keswick. [CUL.1900] Otto, Adolph Wilhelm. 1831. A compendium of human & comparative pathological anatomy. Translated from the German, with additional notes and references by John F. South. London: B. Fellowes. *Ovington, John. 1696. A voyage to Suratt. London: Jacob Tonson. [CUL, pre-B] *Owen, David Dale. 1852. Report of a geological survey of Wisconsin, Iowa and Minnesota. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo & Co. [Department of Earth Sciences Library, I by J.D. Dana] *Owen, John Pickard. 1873. i.e. Samuel Butler. London: Tr¨bner & Co. [CUL, u I, S] Owen, Richard. 1834. On the generation of the marsupial animals, with a description of the impregnated uterus of the kangaroo. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 1834: 333–364. ———. 1840-5. Odontography; or, a treatise on the comparative anatomy of the teeth; their physiological relations, mode of development, and microscopic structure, in the vertebrate animals. 2 vols. London: H. Bailli`re. e ———. 1842. Description of the skeleton of an extinct gigantic sloth, Mylodon robustus, Owen, with observations on the osteology, natural affinities, and probable habits of the Megatheroid quadrupeds in general. London: Royal College of Surgeons.

145

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1842. Description of the skeleton of an extinct gigantic sloth (Mylodon). London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I] ———. 1843. Lectures on the comparative anatomy and physiology of the invertebrate animals . . . from notes taken by William White Cooper. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. *———. 1846. A history of British fossil mammals and birds. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, S] ———. 1846. Report on the archetype and homologies of the vertebrate skeleton. In Report of the Sixteenth Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. London: John Murray. ———. 1848. On the archetypes and homologies of the vertebrate skeleton. London: John Van Voorst. ———. 1848. Report on the Archetype and Homologies of the Vertebrate Skeleton. London: Van Voorst. *———. 1849. On parthenogenesis. London: John Van Voorst. [Botany School, I to Alexander Bain] *———. 1849. On parthenogenesis. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I] ———. 1849. On parthenogenesis, or the successive production of procreating individuals from a single ovum. London: John van Voorst. *———. 1849. On the nature of limbs. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL] ———. 1849. On the nature of limbs. A discourse delivered on Friday, February 9, at an evening meeting of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. London: John van Voorst. ———. 1851. Lyell on life and its successive development. Quarterly Review 89: 412–451. *———. 1855. Lectures on the comparative anatomy and physiology of the invertebrate animals. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL, S] ———. 1855. Lectures on the comparative anatomy and physiology of the invertebrate animals, delivered at the Royal College of Surgeons. 2nd ed. London. ———. 1855. Principes d’ost´ologie compar´e ou recherches sur l’arch´type et e e e les homologies du squelette vert´br´. Paris: J.-B.Bailli`re. e e e ———. 1858. Presidential address .

146

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1859. On the classification and geographical distribution of the Mammalia, being the lecture on Sir Robert Reade’s Foundation, delivered before the University of Cambridge, in the Senate House, May 10, 1859. To which is added an appendix “On the gorilla”, and “On the extinction and transmutation of species”. London: John W. Parker. ———. 1860. on the origin of species. Edinburgh Review 111: 487–532. *———. 1860. Palaeontology. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [CUL] ———. 1860. Paleontology: Or a systematic Study of extinct animals and their geological relations. Edinburgh. *———. 1861. The introductory lectures on the Hunterian collection of fossil remains. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL] *———. 1861. Palaeontology. 2nd ed. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [Down, S] ———. 1863. On the archaeopteryx of von Meyer, with a description of the fossil remains of a long-tailed species, from the lithographic stone of Solenhofen. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 153: 33–47. ———. 1866-1868. On the anatomy of vertebrates. 3 vols. London: Longmans, Green. *———. 1866-68. On the anatomy of vertebrates. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [CUL] ———. 1869. Derivative hypotheis of life and species. American Journal of Science 97: 33–67. Owen, William Fitzwilliam. 1833. Narrative of voyages to explore the shores of Africa, Arabia, and Madagascar; performed in HM Ships Leven and Barracouta. 2 vols. London. Edited by H. B. Robinson. Packard, Alpheus S. 1870. On the embryology of Limulus polyphemus. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 19: 247–255. ———. 1872. On the development of Limulus polyphemus. Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History 2 (pt. 2): 155–201. ———. 1876. A century’s progress in American zoology. Independent 28: 9. ———. 1880. The law of evolution. Independent 10: 10. ———. 1884. On the inheritance of acquired characters in animals with a complete metamorphosis. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 29: 331–370. ———. 1888. The cave fauna of North America. Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences 4 (pt. 1): 1–156. 147

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1890. Hints on the evolution of the bristles, spines and tubercules of certain carterpillars. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 24: 494–500. ———. 1894. On the origin of the subterranean fauna of North America. American Naturalist 28: 727–751. ———. 1901. Lamark: The founder of evolution. His life and work. New York: Longmans, Green. Packard, Alpheus S. and F. W. Putnam. 1872. The Mammoth cave and its inhabitants. Salem, MA: Salem Press. *Packard, Alpheus Spring (the Younger). 1868. A guide to the study of insects. Salem: Essex Institute. [Down] *———. 1881. Insects injurious to forest and shade trees. Washington: Government printing office. [Down] *Page, David. 1867. Man, where, whence and whither. Edinburgh: Edmonton & Douglas. [CUL] *Paget, James. 1853. Lectures on surgical pathology. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL] *———. 1870. Lectures on surgical pathology. 3rd ed. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, I] Paley, William. 1794. A view of the evidences of Christianity. London. ———. 1802. Natural theology; or, evidences of the existence and attributes of the Deity, collected from the appearances of nature. London. *———. 1822. A view of the evidences of Christianity. London. [CUL.1900] Pallas, Pyotr Simon. 1767-80. Spicilegia zoologica quibus novae imprimis et obscurae animalium species iconibus, descriptionibus atque commentariis illustrantur. 2 vols. Berlin. 14 pts. ———. 1771-6. Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des russischen Reichs. 3 vols. St Petersburg. ———. 1811-31. Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, sistens omnium animalium in extenso imperio Rossico et adjacentibus maribus observatorum recensionem, domicilia, mores et descriptiones, anatomen atque icones plurimorum. 3 vols. St Petersburg: Caes. Academiae Scientiarum Impress. ¨ *Palm, Ludwig Heinrich. 1827. Uber das Winden der Pflanzen. T¨ bingen: C. u Richter. [CUL, pre-B]

148

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

¨ ———. 1827. Uber das Winden der Pflanzen: eine botanisch-physiologische Abhandlung, welche von der medicinischen Facult¨t der Universit¨t T¨bingen a a u im Jahr 1826 als Preisschrift gekr¨nt wurde. T¨bingen: Christian Richter. o u *Paolucci, Luigi. 1878. Il Canto degli uccelli. Milano: G. Bernardoni. [CUL, I] *———. 1878. Il Canto degli uccelli. Milano: G. Bernardoni. [Down, I] *Paris, John Ayrton. 1825. The elements of medical chemistry. London: W. Phillips. [Down, pre-B, S] *———. 1825. Pharmacologia. 6th ed. London: W. Phillips. [Down, S] Park, Mungo. 1799. Travels in the interior districts of Africa: performed under the direction and patronage of the African Association, in the years 1795, 1796, and 1797 . . . with an appendix, containing geographical illustrations of Africa by Major Rennell. London: W. Bulmer and Co. *Parker, William Kitchen. 1868. A monograph on the structure and development of the shoulder-girdle and sternum in the Vertebrata. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *Parkes, Edmund a. 1873. A manual of practical hygiene. 4th ed. London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down, FD] *Parkinson, James. 1822. An introduction to the study of fossil organic remains. London: Sherwood, Neely, Jones & W. Phillips. [CUL, ED, S (Erasmus crossed out and replaced by Charles)] Parkyns, Mansfield. 1853. Life in Abyssinia: being notes collected during three years’ residence and travels in that country. 2 vols. London. Parrot, J. J. F. W. (Friedrich) von. 1845. Journey to Ararat. London. Parry, William Edward. 1824. A supplement to the appendix of Captain Parry’s voyage for the discovery of a north-west passage, in the years 1819–20. Containing an account of the subjects of natural history. London: John Murray. ———. 1824-5. Journal of a second voyage for the discovery of a North-West passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific; performed in the years 1821–22–23, in His Majesty’s Ships Fury and Hecla. 2 vols. London: John Murray. Pasteur, Louis. 1864. Chemie appliqu´e ` la physiologie: Des g´n´rations e a e e spontan´es. La Revue des Cours Scientifiques 1: 257. e Patterson, Robert. 1846. Introduction to zoology, for the use of schools. Pt 1. London. *Pauchon, a. 1880. Recherches sur le rˆle de la lumi`re dans la germination. o e Paris: G. Masson. [Down, I]

149

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Pearl, R. 1913. A contribution towards an analysis of the problem of inbreeding. American Naturalist 47: 577–614. ———. 1914. On the results of inbreeding a mendelian population: A correction and extension of previous conclusions. American Naturalist 48: 57–62. ———. 1917. The selection problem. American Naturalist 51: 65–91. Pearl, R. and Frank Surface. 1909. Is there a cumulative effect of selection? Zeitschrift f¨r Induktive Abstammungs und Vererbungslehre pp. 257–75. u Pearson, Karl. 1893. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society 56: 675–679. ———. 1893. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. [abstract]. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 54: 329–333. ———. 1894. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 185: 71–110. ———. 1894. Socialism and natural selection. Fortnightly Review 56: 1–21. ———. 1894-1895. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. II. skew variation in homogeneous material. [abstract]. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 57: 257–260. ———. 1895. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. II. skew variation in homogeneous material. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 186: 343–414. ———. 1895-1896. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. III. regression, heredity, and panmixia. [abstract]. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 59: 69–71. ———. 1895-1896. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. note on reproductive selection. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 59: 300–305. ———. 1896. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. III. regression, heredity, and panmixia. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 187: 253–318. ———. 1896. Regression, heredity, and panmixia. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 197: 253–318. ———. 1896-1897. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution.–on a form of spurious correlation which may arise when indices are used in the measurement of organs. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 60: 489–498.

150

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1897-1898. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. on the law of ancestral heredity. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 62: 386–412. ———. 1898. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. v. on the reconstruction of the stature of prehistoric races. [abstract]. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 63: 417–420. ———. 1899. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. v. on the reconstruction of the stature of prehistoric races. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 192: 169–244. ———. 1899-1900. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution.–on the law of reversion. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 66: 140–164. ———. 1899-1900. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. VIII. on the correlation of characters not quantitatively measurable. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 66: 241–244. ———. 1900. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. VII. on the correlation of characters not quantitatively measurable. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 195: 1–47+405. ———. 1901. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. IX. on the principle of homotyposis and its relation to heredity, to the variability of the individual, and to that of the race. part i. homotypos in the vegetable kingdom. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 197: 285–379. ———. 1901. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. x. supplement to a memoir on skew variation. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 197: 443–459. ———. 1901. On the fundamental conceptions of biology. Biometrika 1: 320–344. ———. 1901 - 1902. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. XI.–on the influence of natural selection on the variability and correlation of organs. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 69: 330–333. ———. 1902 - 1903. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution.–on homotyposis in homologous but differentiated organs. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 71: 288–313. ———. 1903. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. XI. on the influence of natural selection on the variability and correlation of organs. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 200: 1–66. 151

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1903 - 1904. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. XII. –on a generalised theory of alternative inheritance, with special reference to Mendel’s laws. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 72: 505–509. ———. 1904. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. XII. on a generalised theory of alternative inheritance, with special reference to Mendel’s laws. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 203: 53–86. ———. 1909. The theory of ancestral contributions in heredity. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences 81: 219–224. ———. 1916. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. XIX. second supplement to a memoir on skew variation. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 216: 429–457. ———. 1925. Further contributions to the theory of small samples. Biometrika 17: 176–200. Pearson, Karl and L. N. G. Filon. 1897-1898. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. IV. on the probable errors of frequency constants and on the influence of random selection on variation and correlation. [abstract]. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 62: 173–176. ———. 1898. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. IV. on the probable errors of frequency constants and on the influence of random selection on variation and correlation. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 191: 229–311. Pearson, Karl and F. Galton. 1896. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. note on reproductive selection. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society 59: 398–402. Pearson, Karl and Alice Lee. 1896-1897. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. on telegony in man, c . Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 60: 273–283. ———. 1897. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. on telegony in man. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society 60: 440–449. ———. 1899-1900. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. VII.–on the application of certain formulae in the theory of correlation to the inheritance of characters not capable of quantitative measurement. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 66: 324–327. ———. 1900. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. VIII. on the inheritance of characters not capable of exact quantitative measurement. part i. introductory. part II. on the inheritance of coat-colour in horses. part III. on the inheritance of eye-colour in man. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 195: 79–150. 152

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Pearson, Karl, Alice Lee, and Leslie Bramley-Moore. 1898-1899. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. VI. reproductive or genetic selection. part i. theoretical. and part II. on the inheritance of fertility in man. and part III. on the inheritance of fecundity in thoroughbred race-horses. [abstract]. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 64: 163–167. ———. 1899. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. VI. genetic (reproductive) selection: Inheritance of fertility in man, and of fecundity in thoroughbred racehorses. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 192: 257–330. Pearson, Karl, Alice Lee, Ernest Warren, Agnes Fry, and Cicely D. Fawcett. 1901. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. IX.–on the principle of homotyposis and its relation to heredity, to the variability of the individual, and to that of the race. part i.–homotyposis in the vegetable kingdom. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 68: 1–5. Pemberton, Christopher Robert. 1806. A practical treatise on various diseases of the abdominal viscera. London. *Pennant, Thomas. 1769. History of quadrupeds. 3rd ed. London. [CUL, S in vol. 2] ———. 1771. Synopsis of quadrupeds. Chester. ———. 1781. History of quadrupeds. 2 vols. London: B. White. ———. 1793. History of quadrupeds. 2 vols. 3rd ed. London: B. & J. White. ˆ *Pernety, Antoine Joseph. 1763-64. Journal historique d’un voyage aux Iles ´ Malouines en 1763 et 1764. Berlin: Etienne de Bordeaux. [CUL, pre-B] ———. 1769. Journal historique d’un voyage fait aux Iles Malouines en 1763 & 1764. 2 vols. Berlin. Perrier, Edmond. 1871. Title not known. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 1: 301. ———. 1873. La transformisme en Angelterre: L’origine de l’homme d’apr`s e Darwin. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 4: 717. ———. 1873. Title not known. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 4: 875. ———. 1879. Le transformisme et les sciences physiques. Revue Scientifique 16: 890–895. ———. 1879. Rˆle de l’association dans le r`gne animal. La Revue Scientifique, o e 2nd ser. 17: 553. *———. 1881. Les Colonies animales. Paris: G. Masson. [Down, I]

153

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1884. Le philosophie zoologique avant Darwin. Paris: F. Alcan. ———. 1925. Lamarck. Paris: Payot. Perrier, Edmond and Charles Gravier. 1902. La tachyg´n`se, ou acc´leration e e e embryog´nique, son importance dans les modifcations de ph´nom`nes embrye e e olog´niques, son rˆle dans la transformation des organismes. Annales des e o Sciences Naturelles (Zoologie) 16: 133–374. Perry, Matthew Calbraith. 1856-7. Narrative of the expedition of an American squadron to the China Seas and Japan, performed in the years 1852, 1853, and 1854, under the command of Commodore M. C. Perry, United States Navy. 3 vols. New York, Washington, D.C., and London. Compiled from the original notes and journals of Commodore Perry by Francis L. Hawks. Persoon, Christiaan Henrik, ed. 1805-7. Synopsis Plantarum, seu enchiridium botanicum, complectens enumerationem systematicam specierum hucusque cognitarum. 2 pts. Paris and Tubingen. *Persoon, Christian Henrick. 1805-07. Synopsis plantarum. Paris & T¨bingen: u C.F. Cramer & J.C. Cottam. [CUL, ED] Petit-Thouars, Abel Aubert Du. 1840-3. Voyage autour du monde sur la fr´gate e La V´nus, pendant les ann´es 1836–1839. 4 vols. Paris: Gide. Includes e e additional atlas. *Pettigrew, James Bell. 1871. On the physiology of wings. Edinburgh: Neill & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1873. The physiology of the circulation in plants, in the lower animals, and in man. Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd. [Down, I] Pfeiffer, Ludwig George Karl. 1848. Monographia heliceorum viventium. Sistens descriptiones systematicas et criticas omnium huiuas familiae generum et specierum hodie cognitarum. 2 vols. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Supplement, 4 vols in 6. *Philippi, Federico. 1881. Catalogus plantorum vascularium chilensium. Santiago de Chile: Imprenta Nacional. [Botany School, I] Philips, J. C. and William Ernest Castle. 1914. Piebald rats and selection: an experimental test of the effectiveness of selection and of the theory of gametic purity in Mendelian crosses. Carnegie Institution Publications 195: 1–56. Phillips, John. 1837-9. Treatise on geology. 2 vols. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longmans. *———. 1839. A treatise on geology. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL, S in vol. 1] ———. 1855. Manual of geology: practical and theoretical. London and Glasgow. 154

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1855. The rivers, mountains and sea-coast of Yorkshire. With essays on the climate, scenery, and ancient inhabitants of the country. 2nd ed. London. *———. 1860. Life on the earth. Cambridge & London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL, I] *———. 1869. Vesuvius. Oxford: The Clarendon Press. [Down] *———. 1871. Geology of Oxford and the valley of the Thames. Oxford: The Clarendon Press. [Down] *Phillips, William. 1823. An elementary introduction to the knowledge of mineralogy. 3rd ed. London: W. Phillips. [Down, pre-B] *———. 1837. An elementary introduction to mineralogy. 4th ed. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL] Pickering, Charles. 1848. The races of man: and their geographical distribution. Vol. 9 of the United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–42 under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. London: John Murray. *———. 1850. The races of man. new, to which is prefixed ed. London: H.G. Bohn. [CUL] ———. 1850. The races of man; and their geographical distribution. New edition. To which is prefixed, an analytical synopsis of the natural history of man, by John Charles Hall. London. *Pictet, Fran¸ois Jules. 1844-45. Trait´ ´l´mentaire de pal´ontologie. Gen`ve: c e ee e e Cherbuliez. [CUL] *———. 1853-57. Trait´ de pal´ontologie. 2nd ed. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re. [CUL] e e e Pictet de la Rive, Fran¸ois Jules. 1844-6. Trait´ ´l´mentaire de pal´ontologie, ou c eee e histoire naturelle des animaux fossiles consid´r´s dans leurs rapports zoologiques e e et g´ologiques. 4 vols. Geneva: Langlois et Leclerq. e ———. 1853-7. Trait´ de pal´ontologie, ou histoire naturelle des animaux e e fossiles consid´r´s dans leurs rapports zoologiques et g´ologiques. 4 vols. 2nd e e e ed. Paris: J.-B. Bailli`re. e *Piderit, T. 1867. Wissenschaftliches System der Mimik und Physiognomik. Detmold: Klingenberg. [CUL] *Pistor, E.m.w. 1831. Das Ganze der Feld- und Hoftaubenzucht. Hanau: C.F. Edler. [CUL, on B, S Ap. 10/56] Pittendrigh, Colin S. 1958. Adaptation, natural selection, and behavior. In Roe and Simpson [2690]. *Planck, Karl Christian. 1871. Seele und Geist. Leipzig: Fues. [Down]

155

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1872. Wahrheit und Falschheit des Darwinismus. N¨rdlingen: Beck. o [Down] ¨ Plate, Ludwig. 1900. Uber Bedeutung und Tragweite des Darwin’schen Selectionsprincips. Leipzig: Engelmann. ¨ ———. 1903. Uber Bedeutung des Darwin’schen Selectionsprinzips und Probleme de Artbildung. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. ———. 1913. Selectionsprinzips und Probleme de Artbildung. Ein Handbuch des Darwinismus. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. *Playfair, John. 1802. Illustrations of the Huttonian theory of the earth. Edinburgh: Cadell & Davies. [CUL, pre-B, S] ———. 1802. Illustrations of the Huttonian theory the Earth. Edinburgh: Ross and Blackwood. Plough, H. H. and P. T. Ives. 1934. Heat induced mutations in Drosophila. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 20: 268–273. Poey y Aloy, Felipe. 1851-61. Memorias sobre la historia natural de la isla de Cuba, accompa˜ adas de sumarios Latinos y extractos en Frances. 2 vols. n Havanna. *Pompper, Hermann. 1841. Die S¨ugethiere, V¨gel und Amphibien nach ihrer a o geographischen Verbreitung. Leipzig: F.C. Hinrich. [CUL] P¨ppig, Eduard Friedrich. 1835. Reise in Chile, Peru und auf dem Amazoneno strome w¨hrend der Jahre 1827–1832. 2 vols in 1. Leipzig: F. Fleischer. a *Porcher, F. 1844. Du Fuchsia, son histoire et sa culture. Paris: Audot. [CUL] Porter, David. 1823. A voyage in the south seas, in the years 1812, 1813, and 1814. With particular details of the Galapagos and Washington Islands. London. *Posnett, Hutcheson Macaulay. 1882. The hist-orical method in ethics, jurisprudence, and political economy. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, I] Postans, Thomas. 1843. Personal observations on Sindh. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. Pouchet, F´lix Archim`de. 1859. H´t´rog´nie ou trait´ de la g´n´ration spone e ee e e e e tan´e. Paris: J. B. Bailli`re. e e *Pouchet, Georges. 1864. The plurality of the human race. trans. of 2nd edn by j.c. beavan ed. London: Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [CUL] Poulton, Edward Bagnall. 1894-95. Acquired characters. Nature 51: 126–127.

156

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1896. Charles Darwin and the Theory of Natural Selection. London: Cassel and Co. ———. 1897. Protective mimicry as evidence for the validity of the theory of natural selection. Report of the British Association of the Advancement of Science 67: 692–694. ———. 1903. What is a species? Proceedings of the Entomological Society of London pp. lxxvi–cxvi. ———. 1908. Essays on Evolution, 1889 – 1907. Oxford: Clarendon. ———. 1908. Theories of evolution. In Essays on Evolution, 1889 – 1907. Oxford: Clarendon Press. ———. 1931. A hundred years of evolution pp. 71–95. Poulton, Edward Bagnall, Sir. 1890. The colors of animals: Their meaning and use, especially considered in the case of insects. New York: Appleton. *Pourtal`s, Louis Fran¸ois De. 1871. Illustrated catalogue of the Museum of e c comparative zoology, at Harvard College. No. IV: Deep-sea corals. Cambridge, Mass.: Museum of comparative zoology. [Down] Powell, Baden. 1855. Essays on the spirit of the inductive philosophy, the unity of worlds, and the philosophy of creation. London. ———. 1856. Essays on the spirit of inductive philosophy, unity of worlds, and the philosophy of creation. 2nd ed. London. ———. 1856. On the philosophy of creation. In The Unity of Worlds, pp. 329–512. London. Powell, J. R., Theodosius G. Dobzhansky, J. E. Hook, and H. E. Wistrand. 1976. Genetics of natural populations, XLIII: Further studies on rates of dispersal of Drosophila pseudoobscura and its relatives. Genetics 82: 493–506. *Powell, John Wesley. 1880. Inroduction to the study of Indian languages. 2nd ed. Washington: Government printing office. [Down, 2 copies] *Pozzi, Samuel. 1879. Du crane. Paris. [Down, I] Prestwich, Joseph. 1851. A geological inquiry respecting the water-bearing strata of the country around London. London. *Preyer, Thierry William. 1870. Die Blaus¨ure. Bonn: Max Cohen & Sohn. a [CUL] *———. 1871. Die Blutkrystalle. Jena: Manke. [Down] *———. 1874. Das myophysische Gesetz. Jena: Manke. [Down]

157

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1880. Naturwissen-schaftliche Thatsachen und Probleme. Berlin: Gebr¨der Paetel. [Down] u *———. 1882. Die Seele des Kindes. Leipzig: Th. Grieben. [Down, S] Price, G. R. 1972. Fisher’s ‘fundamental theorem’ made clear. Annals of Human Genetics 36: 129–140. *Price, John. 1863-64. Old Price’s remains. London: Virtue Brothers & Co. [CUL] Prichard, James Cowles. 1826. Researches into the physical history of mankind. 2 vols. 2nd ed. London. *———. 1836. Researches into the physical history of mankind. 3rd ed. London: Sherwood, Gilbert & Piper. [CUL] ———. 1836-7. Researches into the physical history of mankind. 2 vols. 3rd ed. London: Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper. *———. 1841-51. Researches in the history of mankind. 3rd ed. London: Houlston & Stoneman. [CUL] Pritzel, Georg August. 1851. Thesaurus literaturæ botanicæ omnium gentium. Leipzig. *Proctor, Richard a. 1879. Pleasant ways in science. London: Chatto & Windus. [Down, I] *Proctor, Robert. 1825. Narrative of a journey across the Cordillera of the Andes. London: A. Constable. [Christ’s College Library, on B, S] ———. 1825. Narrative of a journey across the Cordillera of the Andes, and of a residence in Lima, and other parts of Peru, in the years 1823 and 1824. London. *Pugin, Augustus Welby. 1841. Contrasts or parallels between the noble edifices of the middle ages and corresponding buildings of the present day. London: Charles Dolman. [Down] *Pulteney, Richard. 1805. A general view of the writings of Linnaeus. London: J. Mawman. [Botany School, pre-B, ED] Punnett, R. C. 1907. Mendelism. Cambridge: Macmillan and Bowes. ———. 1915. Mimicry in Butterflies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pursh, Frederick Traugott. 1814. Flora Americæ septentrionalis; or, a systematic arrangement and description of the plants of North America. 2 vols. London: White, Cochrane, and Co.

158

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Pusey, Sidney Edward Bouverie. 1882. Per-manence and evolution. London: Kegan Paul, Trench & Co. [Down, I] *Putsche, Carl Wilhelm Ernst. 1830. Tauben-katechismus. Leipzig: Baumgartner. [CUL, on B] *Puvis, M.a. 1837. De la d´g´n´ration et de l’extinction des vari´t´s de v´g´taux. e e e ee e e Paris: Huzard. [CUL] *Quadri, Achille. 1869. Note alla teoria Darwiniana. Bologna: Giuseppe Vitali. [CUL, I] *Quatrefages De Br´au, J. 1867. Comptes rendus des sc´ances de l’Acad´mie e e e des Sciences. [CUL, I] *Quatrefages De Br´au, Jean Louis Armand De. 1854. Souvenirs d’un naturale iste. Paris: Charpentier. [CUL] *———. 1855. Physiologie compar´e. Les m´ta-morphoses. Paris: Estrail de la e e Reine des Deux Mondes. [CUL, I] Quatrefages de Br´au, Jean Louis Armand de. 1859. Etudes sur les maladies e actuelles du ver ` soie. Paris: Victor Masson. a ´ *Quatrefages De Br´au, Jean Louis Armand De. 1859. Etudes sur les maladies e actuelles du ver ` soie. Paris: V. Masson. [CUL, I] a *———. 1860. Nouvelles recherches faites en 1859 sur les maladies actuelles du ver ` soie. Paris: Victor Masson. [CUL, I] a *———. 1861. Unit´ de l’esp`ce humaine. Paris: J. Claye. [CUL] e e *———. 1862. M´tamorphoses de l’homme et des animaux. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re e e & Fils. [CUL, I] *———. 1865. Histoire naturelle des annel´s. Paris: Roret. [Down, I] e Quatrefages de Br´au, Jean Louis Armand de. 1869. Histoire naturelle g´n´rale: e e e Origines des esp´ces animales et v´g´tales; discussion des th´ories transformistes; e e e e l’esp`ce et la race. Revue des Deux Mondes, 8th ser. 80: 672. e *Quatrefages De Br´au, Jean Louis Armand De. 1870. Charles Darwin et ses e pr´curseurs fran¸ais. Paris: Germer Bailli`re. [CUL, I] e c e Quatrefages de Br´au, Jean Louis Armand de. 1870. Charles Darwin et ses e Pr´cursors Fran¸ais: Etude sur le Tansformisme. Place Unknown. e c ———. 1894. Les Emmules de Darwin. Place Unknown. *Quetelet, a. 1835. Sur l’homme et le d´v-eloppement de ses facult´s. Paris: e e Bachelier. [Down, ED]

159

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Quoy, Jean Ren´ Constant and Joseph Paul Gaimard. 1830-4. Zoologie. 4 vols. e Paris: J. Tastu. *Radcliffe, Charles Bland. 1871. Dynamics of nerve and muscle. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL, I] *Radenhausen, Carl. 1874-76. Osiris: Weltgesetze in der Erdgeschichte. Hamburg: Otto Meissner. [Down] Raffeneau-Delile, Alire. 1813. Flore d’Egypt. 2 vols. Paris. Rafinesque, Constantine Samuel. 1836. New flora and botany of North America. 4 pts. Philadelphia. *Ram, James. 1878. The philosophy of war. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [Down] *Rames, J.b. 1869. La cr´ation d’apr`s la g´ologie et la philosophie naturelle. e e e Paris: F. Savy. [Down, I] *Ramsay, Andrew. 1858. Descriptive catalogue of the rock specimens in the Museum of practical geology. London: G.E. Eyre & W. Spottiswoode. [Down, I] *Ramsay, Andrew Crombie. 1863. The physical geology and geography of Great Britain. London: Edward Stanford. [Botany School, I] *———. 1872. The physical geology and geography of Great Britain. 3rd ed. London: E. Stanford. [CUL, I] *———. 1878. The physical geology and geography of Great Britain. 5th ed. London: Edward Stanford. [Down, I] *Rang, Sander. 1829. Manuel de l’histoire naturelle des mollusques et de leurs coquilles. Paris: Roret. [CUL, on B, S] *Ranke, Johannes. 1875. Grundz¨ge der Physiologie des Menschen. 3rd ed. u Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down] Ranzani, Camillo. 1820. Osservazioni su i Balanidi. In Memorie di storia naturale. Bologna. Rapp, Wilhelm Ludwig von. 1854. Die Fische des Bodensees, untersucht und beschreiben von W. v. Rapp. Stuttgart: Ebner & Seubert. Raup, D. M. 1972. Taxnomic diversity during the Phanerozoic. Science 117: 1065–1071. ———. 1976. Species diversity in the Phanerozoic: An interpretation. Paleobiology 2: 289–297. ———. 1976. Taxonomic survivorship curves and Van Valen’s Law. Paleobiology 1: 82–96. 160

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Raup, D. M. and Stephen Jay Gould. 1974. Stochastic simulation and evolution of morphology—towards a nomothetic paleontology. Systematic Zoology 23: 305–322. Raup, D. M., Stephen Jay Gould, T. J. M. Schopf, and D. S. Simberloff. 1973. Stochastic models of phylogeny and the evolution of diversity. Journal of Geology 81: 525–542. Raven, P. 1976. Systematics and plant population biology. Systematic Botany 1: 284–316. ———. 1977. The systematics and evolution of higher plants. In Changing Scenes in Natural Sciences, Special Publication 12, pp. 59–83. Academy of Natural Sciences. *Ray, John. 1692. The wisdom of god manifested in the works of the creation. 2nd ed. London: Samuel Smith. [Botany School, S] *———. 1846. Memorials of John Ray. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *———. 1848. The correspondence of John Ray. London: The Ray Society. [Down] *Reade, Thomas Mellard. 1879. Chemical denud-ation in relation to geological time. London: David Bogue. [Down, I] *Reade, Winwood. 1872. The martyrdom of man. London: Tr¨ bner & Co. u [CUL, I] *———. 1873. The African sketch-book. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [CUL] R´aumur, Ren´ Antoine Ferchaultde. 1734-42. Memoires pour servir a l’histoire e e ` des insectes. 6 vols. Paris. *R´e, Paul. 1877. Der Ursprung der moralischen Empfindungen. Chemnitz: e Ernst Schmeitzer. [Down, S] Reeve, Hudson Kern and Paul W. Sherman. 1993. Adaptation and the goals of evolutionary research. Quarterly Review of Biology 68: 1–32. *Reeve, Lovell. 1863. The land and freshwater mollusks indigenous or naturalized in the British Isles. London: Reeve & Co. [Down, I] *Reichenau, Wilhelm Von. 1880. Die Nester und Eier der V¨gel. Leipzig: Ernst o G¨nther. [Down] u Reichenbach, Heinrich Gustav. 1852. De pollinis Orchidearum genesi ac structura, et de Orchideis in artem ac systema redigendis. Leipzig. Reid, G. Archibald. 1908. The inheritance of ‘acquired’ characters. Nature 77: 293–294, 391.

161

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Reinke, Johannes. 1879. Untersuchungen uber die Quellung einiger vegetabilis¨ cher Substanzen. Adolph Marcus. [FD, Botany School I to Grisbach] *Rendu, Victor. 1863. L’Intelligence des bˆtes. Paris: L. Hachette & Cie. e [Down] *Rengger, Johann Rudolph. 1830. Naturgeschichte der Saeugethiere von Paraguay. Basel: Schweighauser. [CUL, on B] ———. 1830. Naturgeschichte der Saugethiere von Paraguay. Basel, Switzerland: Schweighausersche Buchhandlung. Rennie, James. 1832. Alphabet of insects. London. Rensch, Bernhard. 1929. Das Prinzip geographischer Rassenkreise und das Problem der Artbildung. Berlin: Borntraeger. Retzius, Anders Johan. 1779-91. Observationes botanicæ . . . quibus accedunt J. C. Koenig. 6 pts. Leipzig. *Retzius, Gustaf. 1873. Anatomische Untersuch-ungen. Stockholm: Klemming. [Down, I] *———. 1878. Finska Kranier. Stockholm: Central-Tryckeriet. [Down, I] *———. 1881. Das Geh¨rorgan der Wirbelthiere. Stockholm: Central-Tryckeriet. o [Down, I] *Reynier, Louis. 1818. De l’´conomie publique et rurale. Gen`ve. [CUL.1900] e e *Rialle, Girand De. 1878. La Mythologie compar´e. Paris: C. Reinwald & Co. e [Down] *Ribeiro, Carlos. 1878. Noticia de algumas esta¸oes e monumentos prehistoricos. c˜ Lisboa: Academia. [Down, I] *Ribot, Th´odule. 1875. Heredity. London: Henry S. King & Co. [CUL] e *———. 1882. L’H´r´dit´ psychologique. Paris: Germer Bailli`re. [Down] e e e e *Richard, Louis-Claude. 1808. D´monstrations botaniques ou analyse du fruit. e Paris: Gabon. [CUL, S] Richards, O. W. and G. C. Robson. 1926. The species problem and evolution. Nature 117: 345–347, 382–384. *Richardson, H.d. 1847. Pigs. Dublin: J. McGlashan. [CUL] *Richardson, John. 1829-36. Fauna Boreali-Amer-icana. London: John Murray. [CUL, on B and later, I (14 August 1837)]

162

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1829-37. Fauna Boreali-Americana; or, the zoology of the northern parts of British America. 4 vols. London and Norwich: John Murray. Assisted by William Swainson and William Kirby. ———. 1852. Vertebrals, including fossil mammals. In Edward Forbes, ed., The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Herald, under the command of Captain Henry Kellett, R.N., C.B., during the years 1845–51. London. *Richardson, John and John Edward Gray. 1844-48. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [Down, I by Gray] ———. 1844-75. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, R.N., F.R.S., during the years 1839 to 1843. 2 vols. London: E.W. Janson. *Richardson, Samuel. 1781. The history of Sir Charles Grandison. London: W. Strachan. [CULR, on B; vols 1 and 2 missing; S in each vol.] *Riedel, W. 1824. Die Taubenzucht. Ulm: F. Ebner. [CUL, pre-B] Riedel, Wilhelm. 1824. Die Taubenzucht in ihrem ganzen Umfange, oder, vollst¨ndige Anweisung zur Kenntniss des Taubenschlags. Ulm: J. Ebnerschen a Buchhandlung. *———. 1824. Die vorz¨glichst bekannten Feinde der Tauben. Ulm: F. Ebner. u [CUL, pre-B] *Riley, Charles Valentine. 1871-77. Annual reports on the noxious, beneficial and other insects in the State of Missouri. Jefferson City: Horace Wilcox. [CUL] *———. 1877. The locust plague in the United States. Chicago: Rand, McNally & Co. [Down] *———. 1880. The cotton worm. Washington: Government printing office. [Down] *Riley, James. 1817. Loss of the American brig Commerce ... with an account of Timbuctoo. London: John Murray. [Down, S C. Darwin Feb. 13th 1826] Rink, Hinrich Johannes. 1852. De danske Handelsdistrikter i Nord gr¨nland, o deresgeographiske Beskaffenhed og Erhvervskilder. 2 vols. Copenhagen: A.F. Høst. *Ritchie, Archibald Tucker. 1874. The creation. The earth’s formation on dynamical principles. 5th ed. London: Daldy, Isbister & Co. [Down, I] *Robinet, Stephane. 1848. Manuel de l’´ducatuer de vers a soie. Paris: Dusacq. e ` [CUL]

163

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Robson, Guy Coburn. 1928. The Species Problem. London: Oliver and Boyd. Robson, Guy Coburn and O. W. Richards. 1936. The Variation of Animals in Nature. London: Longmans. Roe, Anne. 1958. Behavior and Evolution. New Haven: Yale University Press. Rogers, William Barton and Jean Louis Rudolphe Agassiz. 0000. [William Barton Rogers and Louis Agassiz debate evolution]. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 7: 231–275. Roget, Peter Mark. 1834. Animal and vegetable physiology considered with reference to natural theology. 2 vols. London: William Pickering. *Roi, Un Officier Du. 1773. Voyage ` l’isle de France. Neuchˆtel: Soci´t´ a a e e typographique. [Down, pre-B] *Rolle, Friedrich. n.d. Darwins Lehre. [details reconstructed] Rolleston, George. 1861. On correlation of growth, with a special example from the anatomy of a porpoise. Natural History Review: A Quarterly Journal of Biological Science 1: 484–485. ———. 1861. On the affinities of the brain of the orang utang. Natural History Review: A Quarterly Journal of Biological Science 1: 201–217. *———. 1870. Forms of animal life. Oxford: Clarendon Press. [CUL, I] *———. 1877. Description and figures of skulls. Oxford: The Clarendon Press. [Down, I] *Rolph, W.h. 1882. Biologische Probleme, zugleich als Versuch einer rationellen Ethik. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I] Romanes, George John. 1883. Mental evolution in animals. With a posthumous essay on instinct by Charles Darwin. London: Kegan Paul, Trench. ———. 1886. Physiological selection: An additional suggestion on the origin of species. Journal of the Linnean Society of London 19: 337–411. ———. 1887. Physiological selection. Nineteenth Century 21: 59–80. ———. 1892. The Darwinian Theory. Vol. I of Darwin and After Darwin: An Exposition of the Darwinian Theory and a Discussion of Post-Darwinian Theory. Longman. ———. 1893. An Examination of Weismannism. London: Longman. ———. 1894. Post-Darwinian Questions: Heredity and Utility. Vol. II of Darwin and After Darwin: An Exposition of the Darwinian Theory and a Discussion of Post-Darwinian Theory. Longman.

164

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1897. Post-Darwinian Questions: Isolation and Physiological Selection. Vol. III of Darwin and After Darwin: An Exposition of the Darwinian Theory and a Discussion of Post-Darwinian Theory. Longman. Romanes, George John and James Cossar Ewart. 1881. Observations of the locomotor system of echinodermata. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. [Down, I]. *Romanes, G.j. “Physicus”. 1878. A candid examination of theism. London: Tr¨bner & Co. [CUL] u Romer, Alfred Sherwood. 1933. Vertebrate Paleontology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Rosenberg, Alexander. 1978. The supervenience of biological concepts. Philosophy of Science 45: 368–386. ———. 1980. Fitness. Journal of Philosophy 83: 457–473. *Rosenbusch, Carl Harry Ferdinand. 1877. Mikroscopische Physiographie der massigen Gesteine. Stuttgart. [Down] *Ross, James. 1872. The graft theory of disease, being an application of Mr Darwin’s hypothesis of pangenesis to the explanation of the phenomena of the zymotic diseases. London: J. & A. Churchill. [CUL, I] Ross, James Clark. 1847. A voyage of discovery and research in the southern and Antarctic regions, during the years 1839–43. 2 vols. London: John Murray. *Rossi, Darius C. 1870. Le Darwinisme et les g´n´rations spontan´es. Paris: C. e e e Reinwald. [Down] *Roux, Wilhelm. 1881. Der Kampf der Theile im Organismus. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL, I, FD] Royal College of Surgeons. 1854. Descriptive catalogue of the fossil organic remains of Reptilia and Pisces contained in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. London: Taylor and Francis. Royer, Cl´mence. 1866. Pr´face de la premi`re ´dition. In De L’Origine des e e e e Esp`ces. Guillaumin and V. Masson. e *———. 1870. Origine de l’homme et des soci´t´s. Paris: Guillaumin-Masson. ee [CUL] Royle, John Forbes. 1839. Illustrations of the botany and other branches of the natural history of the Himalayan Mountains, and of the flora of Cashmere. 2 vols. London: W. H. Allen and Co. *Rudolphi, Carl Asmund. 1812. Beytr¨ge zur Anthropologie und allgemeinen a Naturgeschichte. Berlin: Haude & Speuer. [CUL]

165

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

¨ R¨ppel, Wilhelm Peter Eduard Simon. 1826-1828, 1845. Systematische Ubersicht u der V¨gel Nord-Ost-Afrikas. Frankfurt-am-Main: S. Schmerber’schen. o R¨ppell, Eduard. 1826-8. Atlas zu der Reise im n¨rdlichen Afrika. Zoologie. 5 u o pts. Frankfurt-am-Main. ———. 1826-8, 1838-40. Reise in Abyssinien. and atlas. 2 vols. Frankfurt-amMain. Ruse, Michael, ed. 1989. What the Philosophy of Biology Is: Essays Dedicated to David Hull. Boston: Kluwer Academic. Russell, E. S. 1916. Form and Function. London: John Murray. *R¨ timeyer, Ludwig. 1861. Die Fauna der Pfahlbauten der Schweiz. Basel: u Schweighauser. [CUL] *———. 1863. Beitr¨ge zur Kenntnis der fossilen Pferde. Basel: Schweighauser. a [CUL, I] *———. 1868. Die Grenzen der Thierwelt. Basel: Schweigerhaus (Hugo Richter). [CUL, I] *———. 1878. Die Rinder der Terti¨r-Epoche. Z¨ rich: Z¨ rcher & Furrer. a u u [Down] Ryder, John A. 1878. On like mechanical (structural) conditions producing like morphological effects. American Naturalist 12: 156–160. ———. 1878. On the mechanical genesis of tooth forms. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 30: 45–80. ———. 1879. On the origin of bilateral symmetry and the numerous segments of the soft rays of fishes. American Naturalist 13: 41–43. ———. 1889. Proofs and effects of habitual use in the modification of animal organisms. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 26: 541–549. ———. 1890. A physiological hypothesis of heredity and variation. American Naturalist 24: 85–92. ———. 1893. Dynamics in evolution. Biological Lectures, Woods Hole 2: 63–81. ———. 1893. Energy as a factor in organic evolution. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 31: 192–203. ———. 1893. The inheritance of modifications due to disturbances of the early stages of development, especially in the Japanese domesticated races of gold carp. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 45: 75–94. ———. 1894. A dynamical hypothesis of inheritance. Biological Lectures, Woods Hole 3: 25–54. 166

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

´ *Sabatier, Armand. 1873. Etudes sur le coeur et la circulation centrale dans la s´rie des vert´br´s. Montpellier: C. Coulet. [CUL] e e e Sabine, Edward, ed. 1840. Narrative of an expedition to the Polar Sea, in the years 1820, 1821, & 1823. Commanded by Lieutenant, now Admiral, Ferdinand von Wrangell, of the Russian Imperial Navy. London: J. Madden and Co. *Sachs, Julius. 1870. Lehrbuch der Botanik. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. [CUL, I] *———. 1873. Lehrbuch der Botanik. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. [CUL, I] *———. 1874. Trait´ de botanique. trans. of 3rd edn ed. Paris: F. Savy. [CUL] e *———. 1875. Geschichte der Botanik vom 16. Jahrhundert bis 1860. M¨nchen: u R. Oldenburg. [Botany School] *Sageret, Michel. 1826. M´moire sur les Cucurbitac´es. Paris: Huzard. [CUL] e e *———. 1830. Pomologie physiologique. Paris: Hizard. [CUL, on B] *Saint-Hilaire, Auguste De. 1841. Le¸ons de botanique. Paris: P.-J. Loss. [CUL] c *———. 1847-48. Voyage aux sources du Rio de S. Francisco. Paris: A. Bertran. [CUL] Saint-Hilaire, Augustin Fran¸ois C´sar Proven¸al de. 1841. Le¸ons de botanique: c e c c comprenant principalement la morphologie v´g´tale, la terminologie, la botanique e e compar´e, l’examen de la valeur des charact`res dans les diverses familles e e naturelles, etc. Paris: P. J. Loss. Saint-Hilaire, Etienne Geoffroy. 1829. Cours de l’histoire naturelle de mammif`res. Paris: Pichon & Didier. e ———. 1862. Histoire Naturelle G´n´rale. Paris: V. Masson. e e Saint-Hilaire, Etienne Geoffroy and Jean L´opold Nicolas Fr´d´ric (Georges) e e e Cuvier. 1824-42. Histoire naturelle des Mammif`res, avec des figures originales, e colori´es, dessin´es d’apr`s des animaux vivans. Vols 1-3, 7. Paris: A. Belin. e e e Saint-Hilaire, Isidore Geoffroy. 1832-7. Histoire g´n´rale et particuli`re des e e e anomalies de l’organisation chez l’homme et les animaux, ouvrage comprenant des recherches sur les charact`res, la classification, l’influence physiologique et e pathologique, les rapports g´n´raux, les lois et les causes des monstruosites, des e e vari´t´s et des vices de conformation, ou trait´ de t´ratologie. 3 vols. Paris: J. ee e e B. Bailli`re. Includes additional atlas. e ———. 1841. Essais de zoologie g´n´rale. Paris: Roret. e e ———. 1847. Vie, travaux et doctrine scientifique de Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire. Paris: P. Betrand.

167

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Saint-Pierre, Germain de. 1876. L’evolution de l’esp`ce v´g´tale. Bulletin de la e e e Soci´t´ Botanique 23: xxviii. ee Saint-Simon, marquis de, Henri Maximilien. 1768. Des jacintes, de leur anatomie, reproduction et culture. Amsterdam: C. Eel. ´ Saint-Simon Archiac, Etienne Jules Adolphe Desmier de. 1847-8. Histoire des progr`s de la g´ologie de 1834 a 1845. 2 vols. Paris. e e Saint-Vincent, Jean Baptiste Georges Marie Bory de. 1804. Voyage dans les quatres principales ˆ des mers d’Afrique. 3 vols. Paris: F. Buisson. ıles Salt, Henry. 1814. A voyage to Abyssinia, and travels into the interior of that country. London: F.C. and J. Rivington. *Salter, John. 1865. The chrysanthemum. London: Groombridge & Sons. [CUL] *Salter, John William and Henry Woodward. 1865. A descriptive catalogue of all the genera and species contained in the accompanying chart of fossil crustacea, including an abstract from the Geological Magazine, Oct 2, 1865. London: J. Tennant. [Down] *Samouelle, George. 1819. The entomologist’s useful compendium. London: Thomas Boys. [CUL, pre-B] ———. 1819. The entomologist’s useful compendium; or, an introduction to the knowledge of British insects. London: T. Boys. *Saporta, Gaston De. 1879. Le Monde des plantes avant l’apparition de l’homme. Paris: G. Masson. [Botany School, I] *Saporta, Gaston De and Antoine Fortun´ Marion. 1876. Recherches sur les e v´g´taux fossiles de Meximieux, pr´c´d´es d’une introduction stratigraphique e e e e e par Albert Falsan. Lyon, Gen`ve, Bˆle: H. Georg. [Botany School] e a *———. 1878. R´vision de la flore Heersienne de Gelinden. Bruxelles. [Botany e School, I] ´ *———. 1881. L’Evolution du r`gne v´g´tal: Les Cryptogames. Paris: Germer e e e Bailli`re & Cie. [Botany School] e *Sarmiento De Gamb´a, Pedro. 1768. Viage al estrecho de Magellanes. Madrid: o Imprenta Real de la Gazeta. [Down, pre-B, S] Saunders, E. R. and W. Bateson. 1902. Experimental studies in the physiology of heredity. In Reports to the Evolution Committee of the Royal Society, Report 1, (17 Dec. 1901), pp. 1–160. Harrison and Sons. Saussure, Henri Louis Fr´d´ric de. 1852-8. Etudes sur la famille des Vespides. e e 3 vols. Paris and Geneva: Victor Masson [& others].

168

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1858-71. M´moires pour servir ` l’histoire naturelle du Mexique, des e a Antilles et des Etats-Unis. 2 vols. Geneva: H. Georg. *Saussure, Henri Louis Fr´d´ric De. 1880. La question du lac. Gen`ve: Charles e e e Schuchardt. [I] *Savage, Minot Judson. 1876. The religion of evolution. Boston: Lockwood, Brooks & Co. [Down] Schaaffhausen, Hermann. 1885. Anthropoligische Studien. Bonn: Adolf Marcus. *Schacht, Hermann. 1855. The microscope. London: Samuel Highly. [Down] ———. 1856-9. Lehrbuch der Anatomie und Physiologie der Gew¨chse. 2 vols. a Berlin: G. W. F. M¨ller. u *Scherzer, Karl Von. 1864. Aus dem Natur- und V¨lkerleben im tropischen o America. Leipzig: Wigand. [Down, I] *———. 1873. La Province de Smyrne. Wien: Alfred H¨lder. [Down, I] o *Schiff, Maurice. 1868. Le¸ons sur la physiologie de la digestion. Paris: Germer c Bailli`re. [CUL] e Schindewolf, Otto Heinrich. 1936. Pal¨ontologie, Entwickelungslehre, und a Genetik: Kritik und Synthese. Berlin: Borntr¨ger. a ———. 1950. Der Zeitfaktor in Geologie und Pal¨ntologie. Stuttgart: E. a Schweizerbart. ———. 1993. Basic questions in paleontology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Schlectendahl, D. F. L. von. 1863. Ueber die Entstehung der Arten. Botanische Zeitung p. 348. Schlegel, Hermann. 1843. Essay on the physiognomy of serpents. Edinburgh. *———. 1843. Essay on the physiognomy of serpents. Edinburgh: Maclachlan, Stewart & Co. [CUL] *Schleicher, August. 1869. Darwinism tested by the science of language. London: John Camden Hotten. [CUL, I by translator] Schleiden, Matthias Jacob. 1842-3. Grundz¨ge der wissenschaftlichen Botanik, u nebst einer methodologischen Einleitung als Anleitung zum Studium der Pflanze. 2 vols in 1. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. DSB, sv Schleiden, J. M. ———. 1848. The plant; a biography. In a series of popular lectures. London: H. Bailli`re. e

169

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1849. Principles of scientific botany; or, botany as an inductive science. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. *Schmidt, Oscar. 1873. Descendenzlehre und Darwinismus. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus. [Down, FD] *———. 1875. The doctrine of descent. London: Henry S. King & Co. [CUL] *———. n.d. The doctrine of descent and Darwinism. London: Henry S. King & Co. [Down] *Schmidt, Rudolf. 1876. Die Darwin’schen Theor-ien und ihre Stellung zur Philosophie, Religion und Moral. Stuttgart: Paul Moser. [Down] *Schneider. 1880. Der thierische Wille. Leipzig: Abel. [Down, I] Schomburgk, Richard. 1847-8. Reisen in Britisch-Guiana in den Jahren 1840– 1844. 3 vols. Leipzig: J.J. Weber. Sch¨nherr, Carl Johan. 1833-45. Genera et species Curculionidum cum syno onymia hujus familiæ. Paris: Roret. Schopf, Thomas, ed. 1972. Models in Paleobiology. San Francisco: Freeman, Cooper and Company. *Schouw, J.f. n.d. The earth, plants and man. [together with] Schouw, Joakim Frederik. 1816. Dissertatio de sedibus plantarum originariis. Copenhagen. ———. 1823. Grundz¨ge einer allgemeinen Pflanzengeographie. Berlin. u Schreber, Johann Christian Daniel von. 1778-1846. Die S¨ugethiere in Abbila dungen nach der Natur mit Beschreibungen. 7 vols. Erlangen. Continued by Johann Andreas Wagner. *Sch¨beler, Frederick Christian. 1873-75. Die Pflanzenwelt Norwegens. Chrisu tiania: A.W. Brøgger. [Down, I] *Schufeldt, R.w. 1881. Osteology of the North American Tetraonidae. [CUL.1900, I by author] *Schultze, Fritz. 1875. Kant und Darwin. Jena: Hermann Dufft. [CUL] *———. 1880. Die Sprache des Kindes (Darwinistische Schriften 10). Leipzig: Ernst G¨nther. [CUL] u *Schulz, Ernst. 1867. Nine plates of photographs: facial expression. [CUL] Schulz-Schulzenstein. 1865. Ueber die Stellung Blumenbachs zur Darwin’sche Sch¨pfungstheorie. Amtlicher Berichte der Versammlung deutscher Naturo forscher und Aertze zu Hannover . 170

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Schumacher, Christian Frederick. 1817. Essai d’un nouveau syst`me des habitae tions des vers testac´s. Copenhagen. e *Schwann, Theodor. 1879. Manifestation en l’honneur du Professor, Li´ge, 23 e juin 1878. D¨sseldorf: L. Schwann. [Down] u Scoresby, William. 1820. An account of the Arctic regions, with a history and description of the northern whale fishery. 2 vols. Edinburgh: A. Constable & co. *Scoresby, William Jun. 1820. An account of the arctic regions, with a history and description of the northern whale-fishery. Edinburgh: Archibald Constable & Co. [Down, pre-B] *Scott, John. 1874. Report on the experimental culture of the opium poppy. Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Press. [CUL, I] *———. 1876. Annual report on the experimental poppy gardeners at Deegah and Meetapore. Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Press. [CUL, I] *———. 1877. Manual of opium husbandry. Calcutta: Bengal Sectretariat Press. [CUL, I] *———. 1878. Report on the experimental culture of the opium poppy for the season 1877–78. Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Press. [CUL, I] Scott, William. 1836. The harmony of phrenology with scripture: shewn in a refutation of the philosophical errors contained in Mr. Combe’s “Constitution of man”. Edinburgh. Scott, William Berryman. 1891. On the osteology of Mesohippus and Leptomeryx, with observations on the modes and factors of evolution in the mammalia. Journal of Morphology 5: 301–406. ———. 1894. On variations and mutations. American Journal of Science 48: 355–374. ———. 1917. The theory of evolution: With special reference to the evidence upon which it is founded. New York: Macmillan. ———. 1929. The history of land mammals in the Western Hemisphere. New York: Macmillan. *Scott, W.r. 1870. The deaf and dumb. 2nd ed. London: Bell & Daldy. [CUL, I] Scriven, Michael. 1959. Explanation and prediction in evolutionary theory. Science 130: 477–482. *Scrope, George Julius Poulett. 1825. Con-siderations on volcanos. London: W. Phillips. [Down, pre-B]

171

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1825. Considerations on volcanos, the probable causes of their phenomena, the laws which determine their march, the disposition of their products, and their connexion with the present state and past history of the globe; leading to the establishment of a new theory of the Earth. London: W. Phillips. *———. 1862. Volcanos. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [Down] Scrope, William. 1843. Days and nights of salmon fishing in the Tweed; with a short account of the natural history and habits of the salmon, instructions to sportsmen, anecdotes, etc. London: John Murray. *Scudder, John M. 1874. Specific diagnosis. Cincinnati: Wilstach, Baldwin & Co. [Down, I] *Scudder, Samuel Hubbard. 1875. Historical sketch of the generic names proposed for butterflies. Salem: Naturalist’s Agent. [Down] *———. 1881. Butterflies. New York: Henry Holt & Co. [Down] Seale, Robert F. 1834. The geognosy of the island St. Helena, illustrated in a series of views, plans and sections; accompanied with explanatory remarks and observations. London. Seally, John. 1781. A complete geographical dictionary, or universal gazetteer of ancient and modern geography . . . the geographical parts by J. Seally. . . the astronomical parts from the papers of I. Lyons. London. Sedgewick, Adam. 1833. A Discourse on the Studies of the University. Cambridge and London: J. W. Parker. *Sedgwick, Adam. 1850. A discourse on the studies of the University of Cambridge. 5th ed. London: John W. Parker. [CUL, I] *———. 1853. Geology of the Lake district. Kendall: John Hudson. [Down, I] *———. 1870. Supplement to the memorial of the trustees of Cowgill Chapel. Cambridge: University Press. [Down, I] *Seeley, Harry Govier. 1869. Index to the fossil remains of Aves, Ornithosauria and Reptiles. Cambridge: Deighton, Bell & Co. [Down, I by Sedgwick] *———. 1870. The Ornithosauria. Cambridge: Deighton, Bell & Co. [Down, I by Sedgwick] ———. 1887-1888. On the classification of the fossil animals commonly named Dinosauria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 42: 165–171. ———. 1888. On Pareiasaurus bombidens Owen and the significance of its affinities to amphibians, reptiles, and mammals. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 179: 59–109. 172

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1888. On parts of the skeleton of a mammal from the Triassic rocks of Klipfontein, Fraserberg, S. Africa Theriodesmus phylarchus Seeley, illustrating the reptilian interitance of the mammalian hand. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 179: 141–155. ———. 1894. The reputed mammals from the Karoo Formation of the Cape colony. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 135: 1019–1028. *Seemann, Berthold. 1865. Flora vitiensis. London: Lovell, Reeve & Co. [Down] Seemann, Berthold Carl. 1852-7. The botany of the voyage of H.M.S. Herald . . . during the years 1845–51. London: Lovell Reeve. ———. 1853. Narrative of the voyage of H.M.S. Herald during the years 1845–51, under the command of Captain Henry Kellett, R.N., C.B.; being a circumnavigation of the globe, and three cruizes to the Arctic regions in search of Sir John Franklin. 2 vols. London: Reeve and Co. *Seguenza, G. 1874-76. Ricerche palaeontologiche intorno ai Cirripedi Terziarii. Napoli: Regia Universit`. [Down, I] a *Seidlitz, Georg. 1871. Die Darwin’sche Theorie. Dorpat: C. Mattiesen. [CUL, I] *———. 1875. Die Darwin’sche Theorie. 2nd ed. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I] *———. 1876. Beitr¨ge zur Descendenz-Theorie. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. a [Down, I] *Seidlitz, Georg Carl Maria Von. 1871. Die Darwin’sche Theorie. Dorpat: Mattiesen. [Linnean Society of London, I] Seidlitz, Georg von. 1871. Die Darwin’sche Theorie: Elf Vorlesungen uber die ¨ Entstehung der Thiere und Pflanzen durch Naturz¨chtung. Leipzig: Wilhelm u Engelmann. Selander, R. K. 1976. Genetic variation in natural populations. In Francisco Ayala, ed., Molecular Evolution, pp. 21–45. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates. Selby, Prideaux John. 1818-34. Illustrations of British ornithology; or, figures of British birds . . . in their full natural size. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars. Selwyn, George Augustus. 1844. New Zealand. Part I, Letters from the Bishop . . . with extracts from his visitation journal, from July 1842, to January 1843. London. Selys Longchamps, Michel Edmond de. 1842. Faune Belge. Pt 1. Li`ge: H. e Dessain.

173

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Semper, Carl Gottfried. 1873. Die Palau-Inseln im Stillen Ocean. Leipzig: F. Brockhaus. [Down, I] *———. 1876. Arbeiten aus den Zoologisch-Zootomischen Institut in W¨rzburg. u Hamburg: W. Mauke S¨hne. [Down, I] o *———. 1880. Die nat¨rlichen Existenzbedingungen der Thiere. Leipzig: u Brockhaus. [Linnean Society of London, I] *———. 1881. The natural conditions of existence as they affect animal life. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [CUL] Semper, Karl. 1881. The conditions of natural existence as they affect animal life. London: Kegan Paul. Senebier, Jean. 1800. Physiologie v´g´tale: contenant une description des e e organes des plantes, et une exposition des ph´nom`nes produits par leur organie e sation. 5 vols. Geneva: J.J. Paschoud. Sepkoski, J. J. 1976. Stratigraphic biases in the analysis of taxonomic survivorship. Paleobiology 1: 343–355. ———. 1978. A kinetic model of Phanerozoic taxonomic diversity I. analysis of marine orders. Paleobiology 4: 223–251. Seringe, Nicolas Charles. 1823. Mus´e Helv´tique d’Histoire Naturelle. (Partie e e botanique.) Ou collection de m´moires, monographies, notices botaniques . . . e par N. C. Seringe. Berne, Switzerland: J. J. Burgdorfer. ———. 1845-9. Flore des jardins et des grandes cultures. 3 vols. Paris and Lyon: C. Savy. *Settegast, Hermann Gustav. 1868. Die Thier-zucht. Breslau: Wilh. Gottl. Korn. [Down] *Seward, Anna. 1804. Memoirs of the life of Dr Darwin. London: J. Johnson. [Down, pre-B, S] *Shaftesbury, Earl of, Anthony. 1749. Char-acteristicks of man, manners, opinions, times. London. [Down, ED] *Sharpe, William. 1873. Man, a special creation, or, the preordained evolution of species. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down, I] Shepppard, P. M. 1951. A quantitative study of two populations of the moth Panaxia dominula. Heredity 5: 349–378. ———. 1954. Evolution in bisexually reproducing organisms. In Huxley et al. [1556], pp. 201–218. *Shireff, Patrick. 1873. Improvements of cereals. Edinburgh & London: William Blackwood & Co. [CUL] 174

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Shuckard, William Edward. 1837. Essay on the indigenous fossorial Hymenoptera. London: by the author. [CUL, I] Shull, Franklin Aaron. 1934. Weismann and Haeckel: One hundred years. Science 81: 443–452. ———. 1936. Evolution. New York: McGraw-Hill. *Sidgwick, Henry. 1874. The methods of ethics. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I, S] *———. 1877. A supplement to the first edition of The methods of ethics. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down] *Siebold, Carl Theodor Ernst Von. 1857. On true parthenogenesis in moths and bees. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, S] *———. 1871. Beitr¨ge zur Parthenogenesis der Arthropoden. Leipzig: Wilhelm a Engelmann. [Down, I] *Siebold, Carl Theodor Ernst Von and Hermann Stannius. 1850. Anatomie compar´e,. Paris: De Roret. [CUL] e Siebold, Karl Theodor Ernst von. 1856. Wahre Parthenogenesis bei Schmetterlingen und Bienen: ein Beitrag zur Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der Thiere. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. ———. 1857. On a true parthenogenesis in moths and bees; a contribution to the history of reproduction in animals. London. Siebold, Philipp Franz Balthasar von. 1833-50. Fauna Japonica sive descriptio animalium, quæ in itinere per Japoniam . . . annis 1823–1830. 5 vols. Leiden. *Siegwart, Karl. 1873. Das Alter des Mensch-engeschlechts. Berlin: Denicke. [Down] Silliman, Benjamin. 1839. Remarks introductory to the first American edition of Dr. Mantell’s ”Wonders of Geology”. New Haven. ———. 1839. Suggestions relative to the philosophy of geology, as deduced from the facts and to the consistency of both the facts and theory of this science with sacred history. New Haven. Simpson, George Gaylord. 1945. The principles of classification and a classification of mammals. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 85: 1–350. ———. 1947. Holarctic mammalian faunas and continental relationships. Bulletin of the Geological Society of America 58: 613–688. ———. 1949. The Meaning of Evolution. New Haven: Yale University Press.

175

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1951. Horses; the story of the horse family in the modern world and through sixty million years of history. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 1953. The Baldwin effect. Evolution 7: 110–117. ———. 1953. The Major Features of Evolution. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 1959. Anatomy and morphology: Classification and evolution, 1859 and 1959. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 103: 286–306. ———. 1961. Principles of Animal Taxonomy. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 1963. Biology and the nature of science. Science 139: 81–88. ———. 1964. Numerical taxonomy and biological classification. Science 144: 312–313. ———. 1965. The Geography of Evolution. Philadelphia: Chilton Books. ———. 1974. The concept of progress in organic evolution. Social Research pp. 28–51. ———. 1984. Tempo and Mode in Evolution. New York: Columbia University Press. *Skertchly, Sydney Barber Josiah. 1878. The physical system of the universe. London: Daldy, Isbister & Co. [CUL, I] Sloane, Hans. 1707-25. A voyage to the islands Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S. Christophers and Jamaica, with the natural history . . . of the last of those islands. 2 vols. London: B.M. for the author. *Smellie, William. 1790. The philosophy of natural history. Edinburgh & London: Elliot, Kay, Cadell & Robinson. [CUL, pre-B, I by J. Wedgwood, S C. Darwin Given me by my uncle J. Wedgwood] ———. 1790-9. The philosophy of natural history. 2 vols. Edinburgh. *Smith, Alexander. 1835. The philosophy of morals. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [Down, JW] Smith, Andrew. 1838-49. Illustrations of the zoology of South Africa . . . collected . . . in the years 1834, 1835, and 1836. 5 pts. London. *———. 1849. Illustrations of the zoology of South Africa. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [CUL] *Smith), British Museum (F. 1855. Catalogue of British Hymenoptera in the collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the Trustees. [CUL]

176

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Smith, Charles Hamilton. 1833-43. Horses. The Equidæ or genus Equus of authors. vol. 12 of Jardine, William, ed., The naturalist’s library. 40 vols. In William Jardine, ed., The naturalist’s library, Vol. 12. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars. *———. 1839-40. Dogs. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars. [CUL] ———. 1839-40. The natural history of dogs. Canidæ or genus Canis of Authors. Including also the genera Hyæna and Proteles. 2 vols. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars. *———. 1841. Horses. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars. [CUL] ———. 1848. Ventriculidæ of the Chalk. London. *———. 1852. The natural history of the human species. Edinburgh; London: W.H. Lizards; Henry G. Bohn. [CUL] Smith, Frederick. 1855. Catalogue of British Hymenoptera in the collection of the British Museum. Pt 1. Apidæ—bees. London: Printed by order of the Trustees. ———. 1858. Catalogue of British fossorial Hymenoptera, Formicidæ, and Vespidæ, in the collection of the British Museum. London: Printed by order of the Trustees. Smith, J. Lawrence. 1874. Address of Dr. J. Lawrence Smith. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 22: 12. *Smith, J. Toulmin. 1858. The Ventriculidae of the chalk. London: Richard & John E. Taylor. [Down] Smith, James Edward. 1800-4. Flora Britannica. 3 vols. London. ———. 1818. Compendiumfloræ Britannicæ. 3rd ed. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown. *———. 1819. An introduction to physiological and systematcal botany. 4th ed. London. [Down, pre-B, ED] *———. 1821. A grammar of botany, illustrative of artificial, as well as natural, classification, with an explanation of Jussieu’s system. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [Down, on B, ED] ———. 1824. The English flora. 5 vols in 6. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green. *———. 1824-28. The English flora. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [Down, pre-B, ED] ———. 1824-36. The English flora. Vol. 5 vols. in 6. Vol. 5, pts 1 and 2, by William Jackson Hooker. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green.

177

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1824-36. The English flora, by William Jackson Hooker. 5 vols in 6. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green. Vol. 5, pts 1 and 2. ———. 1828. The English flora. 4 vols. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green. Smith, James Edward and James Sowerby. 1790-1814. English botany; or, coloured figures of British plants, with their essential characters, synonyms, and places of growth. 36 vols. London: J. Davis. Smith, John Maynard. 1978. Optimization theory in evolution. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 9: 31–56. ———. 1982. Evolution and the Theory of Games. New York: Cambridge University Press. Smith, Pleasance. 1832. Memoir and correspondence of the late Sir James Edward Smith, MD. 2 vols. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman. Smyth, William Henry. 1824. Memoir descriptive of the resources, inhabitants, and hydrography of Sicily and its islands. London. Sneath, Peter Henry Andrews. 1957. The application of computers to taxonomy. Journal of General Microbiology 17: 201–226. ———. 1962. The construction of taxonomic groups. In Microbial Classification, Symposia, Society for General Microbiology, no. 12, pp. 289–332. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. *Snell, Karl. 1863. Die Sch¨pfung des Menschen. Leipzig: Arnold. [CUL] o Sober, Elliot, ed. 1995. Conceptual Issues in Evolutionary Biology. 2nd ed. Cambridge: MIT Press. Sober, Elliot and David Sloan Wilson. 1998. Unto others: The evolution and psychology of unselfish behavior. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Sokal, Robert. 1977. Clustering and classification: Background and current directions. In Classification and Clustering. New York: Academic Press. Sokal, Robert and T.J. Crovello. 1970. The biological species concept: A critical evaluation. American Naturalist 104: 127–153. Sokal, Robert and P. H. A. (Peter Henry Andrews) Sneath. 1973. Principles of Numerical Taxonomy. revised ed. London: W. H. Freeman. Sokal, Robert and Peter Henry Andrews Sneath. 1963. Principles of Numerical Taxonomy. London: W. H. Freeman. Solbrig, Otto, ed. 1979. Fifty Years of Plant Taxonomy. New York: Columbia University Press. 178

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Sole, Francesco. 1881. Il Positivismo. Napoli: V. Morano. [Down] *———. 1882. Su la sensazione. Napoli: V. Morano. [Down, I] *Solis Y Rivadeneyra, Antonio De. 1790. Historia de la conquista de Mexico. Madrid: Antonio Fernandez. [Down, pre-B, S] *Solms-Laubach, Hermann Zu. 1881. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel 4. Corallina. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Botany School] *Somerville, Mary. 1834. On the connexion of the physical sciences. London: John Murray. [Down, on B, S, ED] ———. 1848. Physical geography. 2 vols. London. *———. 1869. On molecular and microscopic science. London: John Murray. [Down] *Soret, J. Louis. 1872. Fran¸ois Pictet, notice biographique. Gen`ve: Ramboz c e & Schuchardt. [Down] *Sowerby, Johnson Charles, John Edward and C. Pierpoint Johnson. 1861. British poisonous plants. 2nd ed. London: John Van Voorst. [Down] Spallanzani, Lazzaro. 1769. An essay on animal reproductions. Translated from the Italian [by M. Maty]. London. Spencer, Herbert. 1851. Social statics: or, the conditions essential to human happiness specified, and the first of them developed. London: John Chapman. ———. 1855. The principles of psychology. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. *———. 1855. The principles of psychology. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL, I] ———. 1858-74. Essays: scientific, political, and speculative . . . Reprinted chiefly from the quarterly reviews. 3 vols. London: Longmans; Williams & Norgate. *———. 1860-62. First principles. London: G. Mainwaring, Williams & Norgate. [CUL, S in no. 1] *———. 1861. Education: intellectual, moral and physical. London: G. Mainwaring. [Down] *———. 1863. Essays, scientific, political and speculative. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down] *———. 1864-67. The principles of biology. London: Williams & Norgate. [Botany School, S]

179

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1867. First principles. 2nd ed. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down, S] *———. 1870-72. The principles of psych-ology. 2nd ed. London: Williams & Norgate. [CUL, S] *———. 1871. The classification of the sciences. 3rd ed. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down] *———. 1873. Descriptive sociology. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down] *———. 1874-77. The principles of sociology. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down] *———. 1875. Grundlagen der Phil-osophie. Stuttgart: E. Schweiz-erbart. [Down] *———. 1877. The study of sociology. 6th ed. London: Henry S. King & Co. [Down] *———. 1879. The data of ethics. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down, I] ———. 1887. The factors of organic evolution. London: Williams and Norgate. ———. 1893. The inadequacy of natural selection. Contemporary Review 43: 153–166, 439–456. ———. 1893. Professor Weismann’s theories. Contemporary Review 43: 743– 760. *Spengel, Johann Wilhelm. 1874. Die Fortschritte des Darwinismus. K¨ln: o E.H. Maner. [CUL, I] *Spix, Johann Baptist Von and Carl Friedrich Philipp Von Martius. 1824. Travels in Brazil. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [CUL, pre-B, on B, S Chas. Darwin Buenos Aires] *Sprengel, Christian Konrad. 1793. Das entdeckte Geheimnis der Natur im Bau und in der Befuchtung der Blumen. Berlin: F. Vieweg. [CUL, pre-B, S] ———. 1793. Das entdeckte Geheimniss der Natur im Bau und in der Befruchtung der Blumen. Berlin: F. Vieweg. Springer, John S. 1851. Forest life and forest trees. New York. *St. Clair, George. 1873. Darwinism and creation. London: Hodder & Stoughton. [Down, I] *St. John, Charles. 1849. A tour in Sutherlandshire. London: John Murray. [CUL]

180

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1878. Sketches of the wild spots and natural history of the Highlands. London: John Murray. [Down, FD] *Stainton, Henry Tibbats. 1857. A manual of British butterflies and moths. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, GD] Stainton, Henry Tibbatts. 1857-9. A manual of British butterflies and moths. 2 vols. London: J. Van Voorst. Standfuss, Max. 1900. Synopsis of experiments on hybridization and temperature made with Lepidoptera up the end of 1898. Entomologist 30: 161–167, 283–292, 340–348. ———. 1901. Synopsis of experiments on hybridization and temperature made with Lepidoptera up the end of 1898. Entomologist 34: 11–13, 75–84. Stanley, Steven. 1975. A theory of evolution above the species level. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) pp. 646–650. ———. 1998. Macroevolution. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press. Stanley, Steven M. 1978. Chronospecies’ longevities, the origin of genera, and the punctuational model of evolution. Paleobiology 4: 26–40. Stansbury, Howard. 1852. An expedition to the valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah: including a description of its geography, natural history, and minerals, and an analysis of its waters: with an authentic account of the Mormon settlement. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo. Stark, John. 1828. Elements of natural history. 2 vols. Edinburgh and London. *States, United. 1880. Entomological commission for the years 1878 and 1879 relating tothe Rocky Mountain locust. Washington: Government printing office. [Down] *Stebbing, Thomas Roscoe Rede. 1871. Essays on Darwinism. London: Longman, Green & Co. [Down, I] Stebbins, G. L. 1950. Variation and Evolution in Plants. New York: Columbia University Press. ———. 1969. The Basis of Progressive Evolution. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. ———. 1974. Flowering Plants: Evolution Above the Species Level. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. ———. 1977. In defense of evolution: Tautology or theory? American Naturalist 111: 386–394. ———. 1979. Fifty years of plant evolution. In Solbrig [2942], pp. 18–41.

181

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Stebbins, G. L. (George Ledyard). 1971. Chromosomal Evolution in Higher Plants. Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. *Steenstrup, Johann Japetus. 1845. On the alternation of generations. London: The Ray Society. [CUL] *———. 1856. Hecto-cotyldannebsen. Kj¨benhavn: Bianco Luno. [Down, I] o *Steenstrup, Johann Japetus and Christian Frederick L¨t-Ken. 1861. Bichagtil u Kundskab om det aabne Hans Snyltekrebs og Lernaer samt om ... parasitike Coprepoder. Kj¨benhavn. [Down, I by Steenstrup] o Steenstrup, Johannes Japetus Smith. 1842. Om Forplantning og Udvikling gjennemvexlende Generationsraekker, en saeregen form for Opfostringen i de lavere Dyreklasser. Copenhagen. ———. 1845. On the alternation of generations, or, the propagation and development of animals through alternate generations: a peculiar form of fostering the young in the lower classes of animals. London: Ray Society. ———. 1845. Unders¨gelser over Hermaphroditismens tilværelse i Naturen . . . o et naturhistorisk Fors¨g. Copenhagen. o ———. 1846. Untersuchungen uber das Vorkommen des Hermaphroditismus in ¨ der Natur. Ein naturhistorischer Versuch. Griefswald. *Stephens, James Francis. 1828-29. Illustrations of British entomology. London: Baldwin & Cradock. [CUL, on B] ———. 1828-46. Illustrations of British entomology; or, a synopsis of indigenous insects: containing their generic and specific distinctions. 11 vols. London: Baldwin and Cradock. Includes additional supplement. *———. 1829. Illustrations of British entomology. London: Baldwin & Cradock. [Down, on B] *———. 1829. A systematic catalogue of British insects. London: Baldwin & Cradock. [CUL, pre-B] ———. 1829. A systematic catalogue of British insects: being an attempt to arrange all the hitherto discovered indigenous insects in accordance with their natural affinities. London: Baldwin and Cradock. *———. 1839. A manual of British Coleoptera. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. [Down, I to FD] *Sterne, Carus. 1880. Werden und Vergehen. 2nd ed. Berlin: Gebr¨ der u Borntraeger. [Down] *Sterne, Carus (I.e. Ernst Krause). 1876. Werden und Vergehen. Berlin: Gebr¨nder Borntraeger. [CUL] u 182

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Steudel, Ernst Gottlieb. 1841. Nomeclator bot-anicus. Stuttgart & T¨bingen: u J.G. Cottae. [CUL] ———. 1841. Nomenclator botanicus seu: synonymia plantarum universalis, enumerans ordine alphabetico nomina atque synonyma tum generica tum specifica et a Linnaeo et a recentioribus de re botanica scriptoribus plantis phanerogamis imposita. 2nd ed. Stuttgart and T¨bingen. u *Stewart, Dugald. 1818. Philosophical essays. 3rd ed. Edinburgh. [ED, CUL.1900] Stockard, Charles R. 1923. Experimental modification of the germ plasm and its bearing on the inheritance of acquired characters. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 42: 311–325. Stockard, Charles R. and Dorothy M. Craig. 1913. An experimental study of the influence of alcohol on the germ cells and developing embryos of mammals. American Naturalist 47: 641–682. Stockard, Charles R. and George Pananicolaon. 1916. A further analysis of the hereditary transmission of degeneracy and eformation of the descendants of alchoholized mammals. American Naturalist 50: 65–88, 144–177. Stokes, John Lort. 1846. Discoveries in Australia; with an account of the coasts and rivers explored and surveyed during the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle, in the years 1837-38-39-40-41-42-43 . . . also a narrative of Captain Owen Stanley’s visits to the islands in the Araf´ra sea. 2 vols. London: T. and W. Boone. u *Strasburger, Eduard. 1876. Sur la formation et la division des cellules. revised ed. Jena: Herman Dabis. [] ¨ *———. 1876. Uber Zellbildung und Zelltheilung. 2nd ed. Jena: Hermann Dabis. [Down] *———. 1880. Zellbildung und Zelltheilung. 3rd ed. Jena: Gustav Fischer. [Down, I] *Strauss, David Friedrich. 1872. Der Alte und der neue Glaube. 2nd ed. Leipzig: G. Hirzel. [Down] *Stricker, Salomon. 1868-72. Handbuch der Lehre von dem Geweben des Menschen und der Thiere. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down] Strickland, Hugh Edwin. 1842. Rules for zoological nomenclature . . . authorised by section D of British Association at Manchester. Edinburgh. Strickland, Hugh Edwin and Alexander Gordon Melville. 1848. The dodo and its kindred; or, the history, affinities, and osteology of the dodo, solitaire, and other extinct birds of the islands Mauritius, Rodriguez, and Bourbon. London.

183

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Struthers, John. 1854-64. Anatomical and physiological observations. 2 vols. Edinburgh and Aberdeen: Sutherland and Knox (Edinburgh) and D. Wyllie & Son (Aberdeen). Strzelecki, Paul Edmund de. 1845. Physical description of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. *Strzelecki, Paul Edward De. 1845. Physical description of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL, I] Studer, Bernhard. 1851-3. Geologie der Schweiz. 2 vols. Bern and Zurich: St¨mpflische Verlagshandlung. a ¨ *Sturm, Carl Christoph Gottlieb. 1825. Uber Ra¸en der landwirthschaftlichen c Hausthiere. Ebberfeld: B¨scher. [CUL] u Sturm, Jakob. 1844. “Anophthalmu” blindlaufk¨fer. Neue Gattung aus der a Familie der Caraben. N¨rnberg. u ———. 1847. Beschreibung einer neuen Art nov Anophthalmus blindlaufk¨fer. a N¨rnberg. u Sturtevant, A. H. 1918. An analysis of the effects of selection. Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication 264. ———. 1924. An interpretation of orthogenesis. Science 59: 579–580. ———. 1965. The early Mendelians. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 109: 199–204. Sturtevant, A. H. and Theodosius G. Dobzhansky. 1936. Geographical distribution and cytology of “sex ratio” in Drosophila pseudoobscura and related species. Genetics 21: 473–490. ———. 1936. Inversions in the third chromosome of wild races of Drosophila pseudoobscura and their use in the study of the history of the species. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 22: 448–450. Sudre, Alfred. 1860. Des origines de la vie et de la desisinction des esp`ces dan e l’ordre anim´. Review Europ´ene 10: 599. e e *Sully, James. 1874. Sensation and intuition. London: Henry S. King & Co. [CUL] *———. 1874. Sensation and intuition. London: Henry S. King & Co. [Down, I; 2 copies]

184

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Sutherland, Peter Cormack. 1852. Journal of a voyage in Baffin’s Bay and Barrow Straits, in the years 1850–1851, performed by H.M. Ships Lady Franklin and Sophia, under the command of Mr. William Penny, in search of the missing crews of H.M. Ships Erebus and Terror. 2 vols. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. Swainson, William. 1822. The naturalist’s guide for collecting and preserving subjects of natural history and botany . . . particularly shells. London: W. Wood. ———. 1829. Zoological illustrations; or, original figures and descriptions of new, rare, or interesting animals, selected chiefly from the classes of ornithology, entomology, and conchology, and arranged according to their apparent affinities. Vol. 1 of 3. London: Baldwin and Cradock. 2nd series. ———. 1832-3. Zoological illustrations, or original figures and descriptions of new, rare, or interesting animals. 3 vols. London: Baldwin and Cradock. 2nd series. *———. 1835. The cabinet cyclo-paedia, natural history: A treatise on the geography and classification of animals. London: Longman, Rees, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL, S] ———. 1836-7. On the natural history and classification of birds. 2 vols. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman. ———. 1837. The natural history of the birds of western Africa. Vols 22-23 of William Jardine, ed., The naturalist’s library. 40 vols. Edinburgh. *———. n.d. The cabinet cyclo-paedia, natural history: The natural history and classification of birds. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green &] *Swammerdam, Jan. 1758. The book of nature. London: C.G. Seyffert. [CUL, pre-B, S Charles Darwin 1827] ———. 1758. The book of nature; or, the history of insects . . . with the life of the author, by Herman Boerhaave. Translated from the Dutch and Latin original by Thomas Flloyd. Revised . . . by John Hill. 2 pts. London: C.G. Seyffert. *Swank, James Moore. 1881. Statistics of the iron and steel production of the United States. Washington: Government printing office. [Down] *Swinhoe, Robert. 1861. Narrative of the north China campaign of 1860. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1863. Notes on the island of Formosa. London: F. Bell. [CUL, I]

185

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Syme, Patrick. 1814. Werner’s nomenclature of colours, with additions, arranged so as to render it highly useful to the arts and sciences, particularly zoology, botany, chemistry, mineralogy, and morbid anatomy. Annexed to which are examples selected from well- known objects in the animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms. Edinburgh. *———. 1821. Werner’s nomenclature of colours. 2nd ed. Edinburgh. [CUL] ———. 1821. Werner’s nomenclature of colours, with additions, arranged so as to render it highly useful to the arts and sciences, particularly zoology, botany, chemistry, mineralogy, and morbid anatomy. Annexed to which are examples selected from well-known objects in the animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms. 2nd ed. Edinburgh. *Tasso, Torquato. 1821. Gerusalemme liberata. Firenze. [CUL.1900] *Tayler, John James. 1868. Christianity. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down] Taylor, J. Lionel. 1898. The study of variations. Natural Science 12: 231–238. *Taylor, John Ellor. 1878. Flowers. London: Hardwicke & Bogue. [Down] *Taylor, Richard (Ed.). 1837. Scientific memoirs. London. [CUL] Taylor, William Cooke. 1840. The natural history of society in the barbarous and civilized state: an essay towards discovering the origin and course of human improvement. 2 vols. London. *Teale, Thomas Pridgin. 1878. Dangers of health. London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down] *Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1854. Profitable poultry. London: Darton & Co. [CUL, I] ———. 1854. Profitable poultry; their management in health and disease. 2nd ed. London. *———. 1856-57. The poultry book. London: Orr & Co. [CUL] Tegetmeier, William Bernhard, ed. 1856-7. The poultry book: including pigeons and rabbits; comprising the characteristics, management, breeding and medical treatment of poultry, being the results of personal observation and practice of the Rev. W. Wingfield, G. W. Johnson, Esq. London. Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1858. Manual of domestic economy: with hints on domestic medicine and surgery. 4th ed. London. *———. 1866-1867. The poultry book. London: Routledge. [CUL] *———. 1873. Pheasants for coverts and aviaries. London: Horace Cox. [CUL, I]

186

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Temminck, Coenraad Jacob. 1813-15. Histoire naturelle g´n´rale des pigeons e e et des gallinac´s. 3 vols. Amsterdam and Paris: J. C. Sepp and G. Dufour, e respectively. ———. 1820-40. Manuel d’ornithologie, ou tableau syst´matique des oiseaux e qui se trouvent en Europe. 4 vols. 2nd ed. Paris: G. Dufour. ———. 1827-41. Monographies de mammalogie, ou description de quelques genres de mammif`res, dont les esp`ces ont ´t´ observ´es dans les diff´rens e e ee e e mus´es de l’Europe. 2 vols. Paris and Amsterdam (vol. 1), Leiden (Vol. 2): G. e Dufour and E. d’Ocagne. Temminck, Coenraad Jacob and Pauline de Courcelles Knip. 1811. Les pigeons. 2 vols. Paris: Knip. Vol. 1 by C. J. Temminck; vol. 2 by Florent Pr´vost. e Temminck, Coenraad Jacob and le Baron Meiffren Laugier de Chartrouse. 1838. Nouveau receueil de planches colori´es d’oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de e compl´ment aux planches enlumin´es de Buffon. 5 vols. Paris: F. G. Levrault. e e Templeton, Alan R. 1980. The theory of speciation via the founder principle. Genetics 94: 1011–1038. ———. 1981. Mechanisms of speciation: A population genetic approach. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 12: 23–48. Tennent, James Emerson. 1859. Ceylon, an account of the island, physical, historical and topographical, with notices of its natural history, antiquities and productions. 2 vols. London: Longman, Green, Longman, and Roberts. Thistleton-Dyer, W. T. 1896. The utility of specific characters. Nature 54: 293–294. Thoday, J. M. 1975. Non-Darwinian ‘evolution’ and biological progress. Nature 255: 675–677. *Thomas, Cyrus. 1873. Acrididae of North America. Washington: Government printing office. [Down] Thompson, D’Arcy Wentworth. 1917. On Growth and Form. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 1942. On Growth and Form. new ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. *Thompson, J. 1805. New, correct and complete ready reckoner. Gainsborough: H. Mozley. [Down, pre-B] Thompson, John Vaughan. 1830. Memoir IV. on the cirripedes or barnacles; demonstrating their deceptive character; the extraordinary metamorphosis they undergo, and the class of animals to which they indisputably belong. In Zoological researches, and illustrations; or, natural history of nondescript or imperfectly known animals. 6 vols. London. 187

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Thompson, William. 1849-51. The natural history of Ireland. London: Reeve, Benham & Reeve. [CUL] ———. 1849-56. The natural history of Ireland. 4 vols. London: Reeve, Benham, and Reeve. *Thomson, David. 1871. Handy book of the flower-garden. 2nd ed. London: William Blackwood & Sons. [Down] Thomson, John Arthur. 1912. Heredity. London: John Murray. Thomson, Thomas. 1852. Western Himalaya and Tibet; a narrative of a journey through the mountains of northern India, during the years 1847–8. London. *Thorell, Tamerlan. 1869-70. On European spiders. Upsala: Ed. Berling. [CUL, I] *———. 1870-73. Remarks on synonyms of European spiders. Upsala: J. Lundstr¨m. [Down, I] o ´ *———. 1877. Etudes scorpiologiques. Milan: J. Bernardoni. [Down, I] *Thornton, Robert John. n.d. A new illus-tration of the sexual system of Linnaeus. [Down] Thorpe, Malcolm Rutherford. 1924. Organic adaptation to environment. New Haven: Yale University Press. ´ Thouin, Andr´. 1810. Description de l’Ecole d’Agriculture Pratique du Mus´um e e d’Histoire Naturelle: des exemples de toutes les sortes de. Place Unknown. Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1784. Flora Japonica. Leipzig. Thwaites, George Henry Kendrick. 1858-64. Enumeratio plantarum Zeylaniæ: an enumeration of Ceylon plants, with descriptions of the new and littleknown genera and species, observations on their habits, uses, native names, etc. Assisted in the identification of the species and synonymy by J. D. Hooker. 5 pts. London: William Paplin; Dulau & Co. Tiedemann, Friedrich. 1816. Anatomie und Bildungsgeschichte des Gehirns im Foetus des Menschen nebst einer vergleichenden Darstellung des Hirnbaues in den Thieren. N¨rnberg. u ———. 1826. The anatomy of the foetal brain; with a comparative exposition of its structure in animals. Edinburgh. ¨ *Tietze, Emil. 1870. Uber Devonischen Schichten von Ebersdorf. Cassel: Theodor Fischer. [Down, I] *Timiriazeff, Clement. 1865. An essay on the theory of Darwin. St Petersburg. [CUL, I; in Russian]

188

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Todd, Robert Bentley. 1835-59. The cyclopaedia of anatomy and physiology. 5 vols. London. Torell, Otto Martin. 1859. Bidrag till Spitsbergens molluskfauna. Jemte en allm¨n ofversigt af Arktiska regionens naturf¨rh˚ a ¨ o allanden och forntida utbredning. Stockholm: Typografiska f¨reningens boktryckeri. o *Tornø, Hercules. 1880. Chemi. Christiania: Grøndall & Søn. [Down] Torrey, John. 1843. A flora of the state of New York : comprising full descriptions of all the indigenous and naturalized plants hitherto discovered in the state; with remarks on their economical and medicinal properties. 2 vols. New York and Boston: Carroll and Cook. Pt 2 of Natural History of New York. ———. 1859. Botany of the boundary. In United States and Mexican Boundary Survey, under the order of Lt. Colonel W. H. Emory. Washington, DC: C. Wendell. Torrey, John and Asa Gray. 1838-43. A flora of North America: containing abridged descriptions of all the known indigenous and naturalized plants growing north of Mexico; arranged according to the natural system. 2 vols. New York and London: Wiley & Putnam. *Tr´maux, Pierre. 1865. Origine et transformation de l’homme et des autres e ˆtres. part 1: Paris, L. Hachette. [CUL] e *———. 1865. Origine et transformations de l’homme et des autres ˆtres. Paris: e L. Hachette. [Down] *Treub, Melchior. 1879. Notes sur l’embryog´nie de quelques orchid´es. Amse e terdam: Johannes M¨ller. [Down, I] u *Trimen, Henry and William Turner Thiselton-Dyer. 1869. Flora of Middlesex. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down] Trivers, Robert. 1971. The evolution of reciprocal altruism. Quarterly Review of Biology 46: 35–57. ———. 1972. Parental investment and sexual selection. In Campbell [476]. *Tschudi, Friedrich Von. 1856. Sketches of nature in the Alps. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL] Tschudi, Johann Jakob von. 1847. Travels in Peru, during the years 1838–1842. London: Wiley & Putman. *Tucker, Abraham. 1831. The light of nature pursued. London. [CUL.1900] Tuckerman, Edward. 1843. Enumeratio methodica Caricum quarundam. Species recensuit et secundum habitum pro viribus disponere tentavit. Schenectadiæ.

189

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Tuke, Daniel Hack. 1872. Illustrations of the influence of the mind upon the body in health and disease. London. [CUL.1900] Turner, J. R. G. 1969. The basic theorems of natural selection: A n¨ive a approach. Heredity 24: 76–84. ———. 1970. Changes in mean fitness under natural selection. In M. Kojima, ed., Mathematical Topics in Population Genetics. Heidelberg: Springer. ———. 1971. Studies of M¨llerian mimicry and its evolution in Burnet moths u and Heliconid butterflies. In Creed [642], pp. 224–260. ———. 1972. Selection and stability in the complex polymorphism of Moraba scurra. Evolution 26: 334–343. ———. 1977. Butterfly mimicry: The genetical evolution of adaptation. Evolutionary Biology 10: 163–206. ———. 1978. Why male butterflies are non-mimetic: Natural selection, sexual selection, group selection, modification, and sieving. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 10: 385–432. Turner, Sharon. 1832-7. The sacred history of the world, as displayed in the creation and subsequent events to the deluge. Attempted to be philosophically considered in a series of letters to a son. 3 vols. London. *Turton, William. 1807. British fauna. Swansea: J. Evans. [CUL, pre-B, S Charles Darwin 1826] Turton, William. 1840. A manual of the land and freshwater shells of the British Islands. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longmans. *Tuttle, Hudson. 1866. The origin and antiquity of physical man. Boston: W. White & Co. [CUL] *Twining, Thomas. 1870. Science for the people: a memorandum. London: C. Goodman. [Down] Tyler, J. B. 1871. Evolution in natural history as related to Christianity. New Englander 30: 464–470. *Tylor, Edward Burnett. 1865. Researches into the early history of mankind. London: John Murray. [CUL] *———. 1870. Researches into the early history of mankind. 2nd ed. London: John Murray. [CUL] *———. 1871. Primitive culture. London: John Murray. [CUL, I from the author with regrets that chap. II was in print before the ‘Descent of man’ was published – Apr. 28]

190

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. n.d. Anthropology. London: Macmillan & Co. [1881[Down] *Tyndall, John. 1858. On the physical phenomena of glaciers. London. [Down, I] *———. 1870. Essays on the use and limit of the imagination in science. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, I] *———. 1874. Address delivered before the British Association assembled at Belfast, with additions. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down] Unknown, Author. 1840. The natural history of bees. comprehending the uses and economical management of the British and foreign honey-bee; together with the known wild species. In William Jardine, ed., Vol. 38 of The naturalist’s library. 40 vols. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars. Urville, Jules S´bastien C´sar Dumont d’. 1832-3. Voyage de d´couvertes autour e e e dumonde et ` la recherche de La P´rouse. 5 vols. Paris. a e ———. 1841-54. Voyage au Pˆle Sud et dans L’Oc´anie sur les corvettes o e L’Astrolabe et La Z´l´e, 1837–40. 23 vols. Paris: Gide. ee ¨ ¨ *Vacek, Michael. 1877. Uber Osterreichische Mastodonten. Wien: Alfred H¨lder. o [Down, I] Vallemont, Pierre Le Lorrain, abb´ de. 1707. Curiosities of nature and art in e husbandry and gardening: containing several new experiments in the improvement of land, trees, fruits, &c: and also nice and useful observations relating to the vegetation and propagation of plants: with choice secrets to make plants, flowers and fruits larger, more beautiful, and to ripen earlier than usual: with several copper cuts. Translated by William Fleetwood. London: D. Brown, A. Roper, and Fran. Coggan. Van Valen, L. 1973. A new evolutionary law. Evolutionary Theory 1: 1–30. *Vasseur, Gaston. 1881. Recherches g´ologiques sur les terrains tertiaires de la e France occidentale part 1: Bretagne. Paris: G. Masson. [Down, I] Vaucher, Jean Pierre Etienne. 1803. Histoire des conferves d’eau douce, . . . suivie de l’histoire des tr´melles et des ulves d’eau douce. Geneva: J.J. e Paschoud. ´ *Vaucher, Jean-Pierre Etienne. 1841. Histoire physiologique des plantes d’Europe. Paris: Aurel. [CUL] Vaucher, Jean Pierre Etienne. 1841. Histoire physiologique des plantes d’Europe ou exposition des ph´nom`nes qu’elles pr´sentent dans les diverses p´riodes de e e e e leur d´veloppement. 4 vols. Paris: Marc Aurel Fr`res. e e *Veith, Johann E. 1856. Die Naturgeschichte der nutzbaren Hauss¨ugethiere. a Wien: W. Braum¨ller. [CUL] u 191

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Verity, Robert. 1839. Changes produced in the nervous system by civilization. London: S. Highly. [Down] *Verlot, Jean-Baptiste. 1865. Sur la production et la fixation des vari´t´s dans ee les plantes d’ornement. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re. [CUL, I, FD] e Vermeij, G. J. 1977. The Mesozoic marine revolution: Evidence from snails, predators, and grazers. Paleobiology 3: 245–258. ´ Verneuil Edouard Murchison, Roderick Impey and Alexander Keyserling. 1845. The geology of Russia in Europe and the Ural Mountains. 2 vols. London: John Murray. Vernon, Horace Middleton. 1897. Reproductive divergence: An additional factor in evolution. Natural Science 11: 181–189. ———. 1903. Varation in animals and plants. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. *Viardot, Louis. 1871. Libre examen. Paris: A. Le Chevalier. [CUL, I] *———. 1872. Libre examen. new ed. Paris: A. Le Chevalier. [Down, I] *———. 1877. Libre examen. 5th ed. Paris: C. Reinwald. [Down, I] *———. 1881. Libre examen. 6th ed. Paris: C. Reinwald. [Down, I] *———. n.d. Libre examen. [Down] ´ Vicomte d’ Archiac, Etienne Jules Adolphe Desmier de Saint-Simon. 1847-60. Histoire des progr`s de la g´ologie de 1834 ` 1845. Vol. 8. Paris. e e a Vicq d’Azyr, F´lix. 1787-1830. M´dicine. Encyclop´die methodique. Paris. e e e Victor, Jean and Gaspard Auguste Brull´. 1834-7. Histoire naturelle des insectes, e traitant de leur organisation et de leurs moeurs en g´n´ral, par M. V. Audouin e e . . . et comprenant leur classification et la description des esp`ces, par M. A. e Brull´. Vols. 4, 5 and 6: Col´opt`res. Vol. 9: Orthopt`res, H´mipt`res. By G. e e e e e e A. Brull´. Paris: F.D. Pillot. e *Vincent, Charles W. 1876. The year-book of facts in science and the arts for 1875. London: Ward, Lock & Tyler. [Down] *Virchow, Rudolf. 1860. Cellular pathology. London: John Churchill. [CUL, I] ———. 1872. Untersuchungen des Neanderthal-Sch¨dels. Verhandlungen a der Berliner Gesellschaft f¨r Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte pp. u 157–165. ¨ *———. 1875. Uber einige Merkmale niederer Menschenrassen am Sch¨del. a Berlin: K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. [Down, I]

192

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1886. Descendenz und pathologie. Virchows Archiv f¨r Pathologisches u Anatomie und Phsyiologie 103: 1–14, 205–225, 413–436. *Virchow, Rudolf and Freiherr Von Holzendorff. n.d. Sammlung gemeinverst¨ndlicher wissenschaftlicher Vertr¨ge. Berlin: Carl Habel. [Down, I a a by Theodorus M¨ller] u Visiani, Roberto de. 1842-52. Flora Dalmatica, sive enumeratio stirpium vascularium quas hactenus in Dalmatia lectas et sibi observatas descripsit digessit rariorumque iconibus illustravit. 3 vols. Leipzig. *V¨chting, Hermann. 1873. Beitr¨ge zur Morph-ologie und Anatomie der o a Rhipsalideen. Leipzig. [Down, I] *———. 1875. Botanische Abhand-lungen aus dem Gebiet der Morphologie und Physiologie. 3. Der Bau und die Entwick-lung des Stammes der Melastomeen. Bonn. [Down, I] ¨ *———. 1878. Uber Organbildung im Pflanzenreich. Bonn: M. Cohen & Sohn. [CUL] *Vogt, Carl. 1862. M´moire sur les microc´phales ou hommes-singes. Paris. e e [including] *———. 1864. Lectures on man. London: Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [CUL] ¨ *———. 1870. Uber die Aufg¨nge der Organismen. Hadelborn: Ferdinand a Sch¨ningh. [Down] o *———. 1875. Lettres physiologiques. Paris: C. Reinwald & Co. [Down] *Volz, Wilhelm. 1852. Beitr¨ge zur Kulturgeschichte. Leipzig: G. Teubner. a [CUL] *Vries, Hugo De. 1880. Over de Bewegingen der Ranken van Sicyos. Amsterdam. [Down] Vrolik, Willem. 1840-2. Handboek der ziektekundige ontleedkunde. [De menschelijke vrucht beschouwd in hare regelmatige en onregelmatige ontwikkeling.]. 2 vols. Amsterdam: Johannes M¨ller. u *Vulpian, Alfred and Henri Canille Carville. 1875. Le¸ons sur l’appareil vasoc moteur. Paris: Germer Bailli`re. [Down] e Waagen, Wilhelm. 1869. Die Formenreihe des Ammonites subradius. E. W. Beneke’s Geognostisch-Pal¨ontologische Beitr¨ge 2: 179–256. a a ———. 1875. Jurassic fauna of Kutch. vol. 1, Cephalopoda. In Palaeontologica Indica (Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India). Calcutta.

193

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Waddington, Conrad Hal. 1939. Introduction to Modern Genetics. London: Macmillan. ———. 1953. Epigenetics and evolution. Symposia of the Society for Experimental Biology 7: 186. ———. 1957. The Strategy of the Genes. London: Allen and Unwin. Wade, M. J. and C. J. Goodnight. 1991. Wright’s shifting balance theory: An experimental study. Science 253: 1015–1018. Wagner, Andreas. 1861, pt. 2. Ein neues, angeblich mit Vogelfdedern versehenes Reptil. Sitzungsberichte der k¨niglichen bayrischen Akademie der Wiso senschaften, M¨nchen pp. 146–154. u Wagner, Moritz. 1841. Reisen in der Regentschaft Algier in den Jahren 1836, 1837, and 1838. Leipzig: Leopold Voss. ———. 1868. Die Darwin’sche Theorie und das Migrationsgesetz der Organismen. Munich: Straub. ———. 1868, pt. 1. Ueber die Darwin’sche Theorie in Bezug auf die geographische Verbreitung der Organismen. Sitzungsberichte der k¨niglichen bayrischen o Akademie der Wissenschaften zu M¨nchen pp. 359–395. u ———. 1870. Naturwissenschaftliche Reisen in Tropischen Amerika. Stuttgart: Verlag der J. G. Gotta’schen Buchandlung. ———. 1870, pt. 2. Ueber den Einfluss der geographischen Isolierung und Colonienbildung auf die morphologischen Ver¨ndungen der Organismen. a Sitzungsberichte der k¨niglichen bayrischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu o M¨nchen pp. 154–174. u ———. 1873. The Darwinian theory and the law of migration of organisms. London: E. Stanford. *———. 1873. The Darwinian theory and the law of migration of organisms. London: Edward Stanford. [Down] ———. 1889. Die Entstehung der Arten durch r¨umliche Sonderung. Basel: a Benno Schwalbe. ———. 1889. Die Entstehung der Arten durche r¨umliche Sonderrung. Basel: a Schwabe. *Wagner, Rudolf. 1845. Elements of the com-parative anatomy of the vertebrate animals. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL] *———. 1861. Zoologisch-anthropo-logische Untersuchungen I. G¨ttingen: o Diet-richschen Buchhandlung. [CUL, S, I]

194

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Wagner, Rudolph. 1842-53. Handw¨rterbuch der Physiologie mit R¨cksicht auf o u physiologische Pathologie. 4 vols. Brunswick, Germany: Friedrich Vieweg & Sohn. ———. 1863. Bericht uber die Arbeiten in der allegmeinen Zoologie im Jahre ¨ 1862. Archiv f¨r Naturgeschichte 29: 14–15, 17–19. u Wagner, W. H. 1970. Biosystematics and evolutionary noise. Taxon 19: 146–151. Wahlenberg, G¨ran. 1824-6. Flora Suecica. 2 pts. Upsala. o *Waitz, Theodor. 1863. Introduction to anthropology. London: Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [CUL] *Wake, Charles Staniland. 1868. Chapters on man. London: Tr¨ bner & Co. u [CUL] *———. 1868. Chapters on man. London: Tr¨bner & Co. [Down] u *Waldner, Heinrich. 1879-80. Deutschlands Faune. Heidelberg: C. Winter. [Down, I] *Walker, Alexander. 1838. Intermarriage. London: Churchill. [CUL] ———. 1838. Intermarriage; or the mode in which, and the causes why, beauty, health and intellect, result from certain unions, and deformity, disease and insanity, from others. London: J. & H.G. Langley. *Walker, Francis. 1839. Monographia Chalciditum. London: Hyppolitus Bailli`re. e [Down, I] *Walker, John and Charles. 1837. Atlas of the British Isles. London. [Down] Wallace, Alfred Russel. 1853. A narrative of travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro, with an account of the native tribes, and observations on the climate, geology, and natural history of the Amazon Valley. London: Reeve. ———. 1855. On the law which has regulated the introduction of new speices. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 26: 184–196. ———. 1859. On the tendency of varieties to depart indefinitely from the original type. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Zoology) 3. ———. 1860. On the zoological geography of the Malay archipelago. Journal of the Linnean Society of London 4: 172–184. ———. 1864. The origin of human races and the antiquity of man deduced from natural selection. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Society 2: 170–186. ———. 1866. On the phenomena of variation and geographical distribution, as illustrated by the Papilionidae of the Malayan region. Transactions of the Linnean Society 25: 1–72. 195

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1866. The scientific aspect of the supernatural. London. [S presentation copy] ———. 1867. Mimicry and other protective resemblances in animals. Westminster Review n.s. 32: 1–43. *———. 1869. The Malay archipelago. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL, I] ———. 1870. Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection. London: Macmillan. *———. 1870. Contributions to the theory of natural selection. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL] ———. 1870. The Malayan Papilionidae or swallow-tailed butterflies, as illustrative of the theory of natural selection. In Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection. New York: Macmillan. ———. 1870-71. Natural selection—Mr. Wallace’s reply to Mr. Bennett. Nature 3: 49–50. *———. 1871. Contributions to the theory of natural selection. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I] ———. 1871. Review of ‘The Descent of Man’. The Academy 2: 178. *———. 1876. The geographical distribution of animals. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL, I] *———. 1878. Tropical nature and other essays. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL] *———. 1880. Island life. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL] ———. 1889. Darwinism: An Exposition of the Theory of Natural Selection, With Some of Its Applications. London: Macmillan. ———. 1890. The Malay archipelago: The land of the orang-utan and the bird of paradise. A narrative of travel with studies of man and nature. ———. 1894. The Rev. George Henslow on natural selection. Natural Science 5: 177–183. ———. 1895. Natural selection and tropical nature. new ed. London: Macmillan. ———. 1896. The problem of utility: Are specific characters always or generally useful? Journal of the Linnean Society of London 25: 481–496. ———. 1911. Island life: Or the phenomena and causes of insular faunae and floras. 3rd ed. London: Macmillan.

196

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Wallace, B. 1958. The role of heterozygosity in Drosophila populations. Proceedings of the 10th International Congress of Genetics pp. 408–419. ———. 1966. On the dispersal of Drosophila. American Naturalist 100: 551–563. *Wallich, George Charles. 1870. Eminent man of the day. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL] Wallich, Nathaniel. 1830-1. Plantæ Asiaticæ rariores; or, descriptions and figures of a select number of unpublished East Indian plants. 2 vols. London: Treuttel & Wurtz. Walsh, Benjamin D. 0000. On certain remarkable or exceptional larvae. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 9: 286–318. ———. 1864. On certain entomological speculations of the New England School of Naturlists. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia pp. 207–249. ———. 1865. Gradation from ‘individual pecularities’. American Journal of Science 90: 282–283. *Walsh), Stonehenge (I.e. John Henry. 1867. The dog. London: Longman, Green, Reader & Dyer. [CUL] *Waltershausen, W. Sartorius Von. 1865. Untersuchungen uber die Klimate der ¨ Gegenwart und der Vorwelt. Haarlem: De Herven Loosjes. [Down] *Walther, Alfred and Lud-Wig Molendo. 1868. Die Laubmoose Oberfrankens. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL] *Walther, Friedrich L. 1817. Das Rindvieh. Giessen: G.F. Heker. [CUL, pre-B] *———. n.d. Der Hund. Giessen: G.F. Heker. [CUL, pre-B] Walton, William. 1844. The alpaca: its naturalization in the British Isles considered as a national benefit, and as an object of immediate utility to the farmer and manufacturer. Edinburgh and London. Ward, Nathaniel Bagshaw. 1842. On the growth of plants in closely glazed cases. London: John Van Voorst. *Ward, Robert Arthur. 1852. A treatise on investments. London: E. Wilson. [Down] Ward, T. M. 1830. Contributions to the medical topography of Prince of Wales’ Island or Pulo Pinang. In T. M. Ward and J. P. Grant, eds, Official papers on the medical statistics and topography of Malacca andPrince of Wales’ Island and on the prevailing diseases of the Tenasserim coast. *Warington, George. 1970. The week of creation. London. [CUL.1900, I]

197

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Waterhouse, George Robert. 1841. The naturalist’s library. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizards. [CUL, I] *———. 1845-48. A natural history of the Mammalia. London: H. Bailli`re. e [CUL, I, S] ———. 1846-1848. A natural history of the Mammalia. 2 vols. London: H. Bailli`re. e ———. 1858. Catalogue of British Coleoptera. London: Taylor and Francis. Waterton, Charles. 1825. Wanderings in South America, the North-West of the United States, and the Antilles, in the years 1812, 1816, 1820 and 1824. With original instructions for the perfect preservation of birds, etc., for cabinets of natural history. London: J. Mawman. *———. 1838. Essays on natural history. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. [Down, S of Matthews] Watson, D. M. S. 1919. Structure, evolution, and origin of the Amphibia—the ‘orders’ Rachitomi and Sterospondyli. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 209: 1–74. ———. 1925-26. The Croonian lecture—the evolution and origin of the Amphibia. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 214: 189–256. ———. 1937. A discussion of the present state of the theory of natural selection. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences 121: 43–45. Watson, Hewett Cottrell. 1832. Outlines of the geographical distribution of British plants. Edinburgh. ———. 1835. Remarks on the geographical distribution of British plants; chiefly in connection with latitude, elevation, and climate. London: Longman, Rees, Orme. ———. 1836. An examination of Mr. Scott’s attack upon Mr. Combe’s “Constitution of man”. London. *———. 1843. The geographical distribution of British plants. 3rd ed. London: printed for the author. [Down] ———. 1843. The geographical distribution of British plants. Pt 1 (no more published). 3rd ed. London: Printed for the author. ———. 1847-59. Cybele Britannica; or British plants and their geographical relations. 4 vols. London: Longman. *———. 1847-60. Cybele britannica. London: Longman & Co. [CUL, I]

198

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1868-70. Compendium of the Cybele britannica. London: Thames Ditton. [CUL] Watson, Hewett Cottrell and John Thomas Irvine Boswell Syme, eds. 1853. The London catalogue of British plants. 4th ed. London. ———. 1857. The London catalogue of British plants. 5th ed. London: W. Pamplin. *Watson, Thomas. 1857. Lectures on the principles and practice of physic. London: John B. Parker & Son. [Botany School] Wattenwyl, Carl Brunner von. 1861. Orthopterologische Studien. Verhandlungen der zoologische-botanischen Gesellschaft, Wien 11: 221–228. Watterson, G. A. 1977. Heterosis or neutrality? Genetics 85: 789–814. *Webb, Henry. 1876. Dogs. London: Dean & Co. [Down] Webb, Philip Barker and Sabin Berthelot. 1836-50. Histoire naturelle des Iles Canaries. 3 vols. Paris: B´thune. 9 pts and atlas. e *Weber, D.a. 1850. Der Taubenfreund. Leipzig: G. Basse. [CUL] *Weddell, H.a. 1853. Voyage dans le nord de la Bolivie. Paris: P. Bertrand. [CUL] Weddell, Hugh Algernon. 1849. Histoire naturelle des quinquinas ou monographie du genre Cinchona suivie d’une description du genre Cascarilla et de quelques autres plantes de la mˆme tribu. Paris: V. Masson. e *Wedgwood, Hensleigh. 1848. On the devel-opment of the understanding. London: Taylor & Walton. [CUL] *———. 1866. On the origin of language. London: N. Tr¨bner & Co. [CUL, S] u *———. 1872. A dictionary of English etymology – On the origin of language. 2nd ed. London: Tr¨bner & Co. [CUL, S] u ¨ *Weinland, David F. 1882. Uber die in Meteoriten entdeckter Thierreste. Esslingen: G. Fr¨hner. [Down, I] o ¨ *Weisbach, a. 1867. Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859: Anthropologischer Theil, 2. Abtheilung, “K¨rpermessunge”. Wien: K.K. Hof und Staatsdurckerei. [CUL] o Weismann, A. 1889. Essays upon Heredity and Other Kindred Biological Problems. Oxford: Clarendon Press. ¨ *Weismann, August. 1868. Uber die Berechtigung der Darwin’schen Theorie. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. [CUL, I]

199

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1868. Ueber die Berechtingung der Darwin’schen Theorie. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. ¨ *———. 1872. Uber den Einfluss der Isolirung auf die Artbildung. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. [CUL, I] ———. 1872. Ueber den Einfluss der Isolierung auf die Artbildung. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. ———. 1873. Berichte uber die Weiterentwiklung der Descendenztheorie im ¨ Jahre 1872. Archiv f¨r Anthropolgie 6: 124–126. u *———. 1875. Studien zur Des-cendenz-Theorie. I. Leipzig: Engelmann. [CUL] ———. 1875-1876. Studien zur Descendenztheorie. 2 vols. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. ¨ *———. 1876. Studien zur Des-cendenz-Theorie. II. Uber die letzen Ursachen der Transmutationen. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. [CUL, I] *———. 1879. Beitr¨ge zur Natur-geschichte der Daphnoiden. Leipzig: W. a Engelmann. [CUL, I, S] ———. 1880-82. Studies in the theory of descent. 2 vols. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle, and Rivington. *———. 1880-82. Studies in the theory of descent. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington. [Down] ———. 1892. Die Continuitat des Keimplasma also Grundlage einer Theorie der Vererbung: Ein Vortrag. Jena: G. Fischer. ———. 1892. Essais sur l’h´r´dit´ et la s´lection naturelle. Paris: C. Rheinwald. e e e e ———. 1893. The all-sufficiency of natural selection: A reply to Herbert Spencer. Contemporary Review 64: 309–338, 596–610. ———. 1893. The germ plasm: A theory of heredity. London: W. Scott. ———. 1896. On germinal selection. Chicago: Open Court. ———. 1902. The evolution theory. 2 vols. London: Edward Arnold. ———. 1902. Vortr¨ge uber Descendenztheorie, gehalten an der Universit¨t zu a ¨ a Frieburg im Breisgau. 2nd ed. Jena: G. Fischer. Weldon, W. F. R. 1889-1890. The variations occurring in certain decapod Crustacea.–i. Crangon vulgaris. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 47: 445–453. ———. 1892. Certain correlated variations in Crangon vulgaris. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 51: 1–21. 200

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1893. On certain correlated variations in Carcinus maenas. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 54: 318–329. ———. 1894. The study of animal variation. Nature 50: 25–26. ———. 1894-1895. Remarks on variation in animals and plants. to accompany the first report of the committee for conducting statistical inquiries into the measurable characteristics of plants and animals. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 57: 379–382. ———. 1894-1895. Report of the committee, consisting of Mr. Galton (Chairman), Mr. F. Darwin, Professor Macalister, Professor Meldola, Professor Poulton, and Professor Weldon, “for conducting statistical inquiries into the measurable characteristics of plants and animals.” part I. “an attempt to measure the death-rate due to selective destruction of Carcinus Moenas with respect to a particular dimension”. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 57: 360–379. ———. 1895. Attempt to measure the death-rate due to the selective destruction of Carcinus moenas with respect to a particular dimension. Proceedings of the Royal Society 58: 360–379. ———. 1896. The utility of specific characters. Nature 54: 294–295. ———. 1898. Presidential address to the zoological section of the British Association pp. 887–902. ———. 1901. A first study of natural selection in Clausilia Laminata (montagu). Biometrika 1: 109–124. ———. 1901. Mendel’s laws of alternative inheritance in peas. Biometrika 1: 227–254. ———. 1902. On the ambiguity of Mendel’s categories. Biometrika 2: 44–55. ———. 1902. Professor de Vries on the origin of species. Biometrika 1: 365–374. ———. 1903. Mr. Bateson’s revisions of Mendel’s theory of heredity. Biometrika 2: 286–298. Wells, William Charles. 1814. An essay on dew, and several appearances connected with it. London: Taylor and Hessey. *———. 1818. Two essays. London and Edinburgh: Archibald Constable. [Down, pre-B, ED] Wellsted, James Raymond. 1840. Travels to the city of the Caliphs, along the shores of the Persian Gulf and the Mediterranean. Including a voyage to the coast of Arabia, and a tour on the island of Socotra. 2 vols. London. Westgarth, William. 1848. Australia felix; or, a historical and descriptive account of the settlement of Port Phillip, New South Wales. Edinburgh. 201

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Westwood, John Obadiah. 1838. The entomologist’s text book; an introduction to the natural history, structure, physiology, and classification of insects. London: Wm. S. Orr. *———. 1839-40. An intro-duction to the modern classification of insects. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL, S] ———. 1839-40. An introduction to the modern classification of insects; founded on the natural habits and corresponding organisation of the different families. 2 vols. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longmans. ———. 1841. British butterflies and their transformations. Arranged and illustrated in a series of plates by H[enry] N[oel] Humphreys . . . with characters and descriptions by J. O. Westwood. London: William Smith. ———. 1855. The butterflies of Great Britain, with their transformations delineated and described. London: W.S. Orr and Co. Whately, Richard. 1854. On the origin of civilisation. A lecture by his grace the archbishop of Dublin to the Young Men’s Christian Association. London. *Whewell, William. 1837. History of the inductive sciences. London: John W. Parker. [CUL, S] ———. 1837. History of the inductive sciences, from the earliest to the present times. 3 vols. London. ———. 1854. Of the plurality of worlds: an essay. Also a dialogue on the same subject. 2nd ed. London. Whitby, Mary Anne Theresa. 1848. A manual for rearing silkworms in England: with a brief notice on the cultivation of the mulberry tree. London. White, Charles. 1799. An account of the regular gradation in man, and in different animals and vegetables; and from the former to the latter. London: C. Dilly. White, Gilbert. 1789. The natural history and antiquities of Selborne, in the county of Southampton. 2 vols. London: T. Bensley. *———. 1825. The natural history of Selborne. London: C.& J. Rivington. [CUL, S] *———. 1843. The natural history of Selborne. new edn by l. jenyns ed. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I by Jenyns] White, M. J. D. 1978. Modes of Speciation. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman. Whitman, Charles Otis. 1919. Orthogenetic Evolution in Pigeons. Vol 1 of the Posthumous Works of Charles Otis Whitman. Carnegie Institution Publications, no. 257. Washington, D. C. 202

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Whitney, John Dwight. 1879. The auriferous ¿ls of Sierra Nevada of California. Cambridge, Mass.: University Press. [Down] *Whitney, William Dwight. 1873. Oriental and linguistic studies. Scribner, Armstrong & Co. [CUL, I] *———. 1875. The life and growth of language. London: Henry S. King & Co. [Down, I] *Wichura, Max. 1865. Die Bastardbefruchtung im Pflanzenreich. Breslau: E. Margenstern. [CUL, I] Wiedemann, Christian Rudolph Wilhelm. 1828-30. zweifl¨gelige Insekten. 2 vols. Hamm. u Aussereurop¨ische a

¨ Wiegmann, Arend Friedrich. 1828. Uber die Bastarderzeugung im Pflanzenreiche. Eine von derk¨nigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin gekr¨nte o o Preisschrift. Brunswick, Germany: Friedrich Vieweg. *Wiesner, Julius Von. 1878-80. Die Heliotropischen Erscheinungen im Pflanzenreiche. Wien: K. Gerolds Sohn. [CUL, I] *———. 1881. Das Bewegungs-verm¨gen der Pflanzen: eine kritische Studie o uber das gleichm¨ssige Werk von Charles Darwin. Wien: Alfred H¨lder. [CUL, ¨ a o I] *———. 1881-89. Elemente der wissen-schaftlichen Botanik: 1. Elemente der Anatomie und Physiologie der Pflanzen. Wien: Alfred H¨lder. [Linnean Society o of London, I] Wigand, Albert. 1872. Die Geneologie der Urzellen als L¨sung des Descendeno zproblems. Braunschweig: Friedrich Vieweg & Sohn. ———. 1874-1877. Der Darwinusmus und die Naturforschung Newtons and Cuviers. 3 vols. Braunschweig: F. Vieweg and Sohn. *———. 1874-77. Der Darwinismus und die Naturforschung Newtons und Cuviers. Braunschweig: F. Vieweg & Sohn. [Down] Wight, Robert and George Arnott Walker Arnott. 1834. Prodromus floræ peninsulæ Indiæ orientalis: containing abridged descriptions of the plants found in the peninsula of British India, arranged according to the natural system. London: Parbury, Allen & Co. Wilberforce, S. 1860. On the origin of species . . . Quarterly Review 108: 225–264. *Wilckens, Martin. 1876. Die Rinderassen Mittel-Europas. Wien: Wilhelm Braum¨ller. [Down, I] u

203

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1878. Form und Leben der landwirtschaftlichen Hausthiere. Wien: Wilhelm Braum¨ller. [Down, I] u *———. 1880. Grundz¨ge der Natur-geschichte der Hausthiere. Dresden: G. u Sch¨nfeld. [Down, I] o Wiley, E. O. 1978. The evolutionary species concept reconsidered. Systematic Zoology 27: 17–26. Wilkes, Charles. 1845. Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. 5 vols. Philadelphia: Lea and Blanchard. Willdenow, Karl Ludwig. 1805. Caricologia, sive descriptiones omnium specierum Carici, in usum excursionum botanicarum pro amicis seorsim impressa . . . Berlin. Willey, A. 1894. Amphioxus and the ancestry of the vertebrates. New York: Macmillan. Williams, George Christopher. 1966. Adaptation and Natural Selection. Princeton: Princeton University Press. ———. 1975. Sex and Evolution. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Williams, John. 1837. A narrative of missionary enterprises in the South Sea Islands; with remarks upon the natural history of the islands, origin, languages, traditions, and usages of the inhabitants. London: J. Snow. Williams, Mary B. 1973. Falsifiable predictions of evolutionary theory. Philosophy of Science 40: 518–537. ———. 1973. The logical status of the theory of natural selection and other evolutionary controversies. In Bunge [435], pp. 84–102. *Williamson, William Crawfurd. 1847. On some of the microscopical objects found in the mud of the Levant and other deposits. Manchester: Gillett & Moore. [Down, I] *———. 1857. On the recent Foraminifera of Great Britain. London: The Ray Society. [Down] Willis, John C. 1922. Age and Area. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 1940. The Course of Evolution by Differentiation of Divergent Mutation Rather Than by Selection. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Wilson, D. S. 1980. The Natural Selection of Populations and Communities. Menlo Park: Benjamin/Cummings. Wilson, E. O. 1975. Sociobiology. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

204

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Wilson, James. 1842. A voyage round the coasts of Scotland and the isles. 2 vols. Edinburgh. *Wilson, John. 1862. British farming. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [Down] *Wilson, Owen S. 1877. The larvae of the British Lepidoptera and their food plants. London: L. Reeve & Co. [Down, S] Wimmer, Christian Friedrich Heinrich. 1840. Flora von Schlesien, preussischen und ¨sterreichischen Antheils, oder vom oberen Oder- und Weichsel-Quelleno Gebiet. Nach nat¨rlichen Familien, mit Hinweisung auf das Linn´ische System. u e Breslau, Ratibor, and Pless: F. Hirt. Windle, Bertram. 1890. Review of Eimer, “Organic Evolution”. Edinburgh Review 172: 316–349. Windsor, George. 1853. Contributions to the physical geography of south-eastern Asia and Australia . . . reprinted, with additional notes, from “The journal of the indian archipelago”. London. *Winkler, Tiberius Cornelius. 1869. Des tortues fossiles. Haarlem: Les H´ritiers e Loosjes. [Down, I] *———. n.d. Descriptions de quelques nouvelles esp`ces de poissons fossiles e des calcaires d’eau douce d’Oeningen. [] Withering, William. 1796. An arrangement of British plants; according to the latest improvements of the Linnaean system. 4 vols. 3rd ed. Birmingham. ———. 1796. A botanical arrangement of all the vegetables naturally growing in Great Britain . . . With an easy introduction to the study of botany. 4 vols. 3rd ed. Birmingham. ———. 1812. A botanical arrangement of all the vegetables naturally growing in Great Britain. 4 vols. 5th ed. Birmingham. Corrected and enlarged by William Withering [the Younger]. *Wollaston), British Museum (T.v. 1857. Catalogue of the coleopterous insects of Madeira in the collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the Trustees. [CUL, I] *Wollaston, Thomas Vernon. 1854. Insecta Maderensia. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I] ———. 1854. Insecta Maderensia; being an account of the insects of the islands of the Madeiran group. London: J. Van Voorst. *———. 1856. On the variation of species. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I]

205

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1856. On the variation of species with especial reference to the Insecta; followed by an inquiry into the nature of genera. London: John Van Voorst. ———. 1857. Catalogue of the coleopterous insects of Madeira in the collection of the British Museum. London: Printed by order of the Trustees. ¨ *Wolstein, Johan Gottlieb. 1836. Uber das Paaren und das Verpaaren der Menschen und der Thiere. Altoma: Hammerich. [Down] Wood, John George. 1855. Sketches and anecdotes of animal life. 2nd ed. London and New York. Wood, Searles Valentine. 1848-61. A monograph of the Crag Mollusca, or, Descriptions of shells from the upper Tertiaries of the east of England. 2 vols. London: Printed for the Palaeontographical Society. Wood, William. 1821. Illustrations of the Linnaean genera of insects. 2 vols. London: W. Wood: R. and A. Taylor. Woodruff, D. S. and Stephen Jay Gould. 1980. Geographic differentiation and speciation in Cerion: A preliminary discussion of patterns and processes. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 14: 389–416. *Woodward, Samuel Pickworth. 1851-56. A rudi-mentary treatise of recent and fossil shells. London: J. Weale. [CUL] ———. 1851-6. A manual of the Mollusca; or, a rudimentary treatise of recent and fossil shells. 3 pts. London: J. Weale. Wrangel, Ferdinand Petrovich, Baron. 1840. Narrative of an expedition to the Polar Sea, in the years 1820, 1821, 1822, & 1823. Commanded by Lieutenant, now Admiral, Ferdinand von Wrangell, of the Russian Imperial Navy. London: J. Madden and Co. ———. 1844. Narrative of an expedition to the Polar Sea, in the years 1820, 1821, 1822 & 1823. 2nd ed. London: J. Madden and Co. *Wright, Chauncey. 1871. Darwinism: an exam-ination of Mr. St. George Mivart’s ‘Genesis of species’. London: John Murray. [Down] *———. 1877. Philosophical discussions. New York: H. Holt & Co. [CUL, I by editor Charles Eliot Norton] Wright, Sewall. 1914. Duplicate genes. American Naturalist 48: 638–639. ———. 1915. The albino series of allelomorphs in guinea-pigs. American Naturalist 49: 140–148. ———. 1917. On the probable error of Mendelian class frequencies. American Naturalist 51: 373–375.

206

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1920. The relative importance of heredity and environment in determining the piebald pattern of guinea-pigs. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 6: 320–332. ———. 1922. Coefficients of inbreeding and relationship. American Naturalist 56: 330–338. ———. 1923. Two new color factors of the guinea pig. American Naturalist 57: 42–51. ———. 1926. Effects of age of parents on characteristics of the guinea pig. American Naturalist 60: 552–559. ———. 1926. A frequency curve adapted to variation in percentage occurrence. Journal of the American Statistical Association 21: 162–178. ———. 1929. The dominance of bar over infra-bar in Drosophila. American Naturalist 63: 479–480. ———. 1929. The evolution of dominance. American Naturalist 63: 556–561. ———. 1929. Fisher’s theory of dominance. American Naturalist 63: 274–279. ———. 1931. Statistical methods in biology. Journal of the American Statistical Association 26: 155–163. ———. 1931. Statistical theory of evolution. Journal of the American Statistical Association 26: 201–208. ———. 1932. Complementary factors for eye color in Drosophila. American Naturalist 66: 282–283. ———. 1933. Inbreeding and homozygosis. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 19: 411–420. ———. 1933. Inbreeding and recombination. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 19: 420–433. ———. 1934. The method of path coefficients. The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 5: 161–215. ———. 1934. Physiological and evolutionary theories of dominance. American Naturalist 68: 24–53. ———. 1934. Professor Fisher on the theory of dominance. American Naturalist 68: 562–565. ———. 1937. The distribution of gene frequencies in populations. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 23: 307–320. ———. 1937. The distribution of gene frequencies in populations. Science 85: 504. 207

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1938. The distribution of gene frequencies in populations of polyploids. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 24: 372–377. ———. 1938. The distribution of gene frequencies under irreversible mutation. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 24: 253–259. ———. 1940. Breeding structure of populations in relation to speciation. American Naturalist 74: 232–248. ———. 1941. The age and area concept extended. Ecology 22: 345–347. ———. 1941. The material basis of evolution. The Scientific Monthly 53: 165–170. ———. 1941. On the probability of fixation of reciprocal translocations. American Naturalist 75: 513–522. ———. 1945. The differential equation of the distribution of gene frequencies. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 31: 382–389. ———. 1945. General considerations. American Naturalist 79: 289–303. ———. 1945. Tempo and mode in evolution: A critical review. Ecology 26: 415–419. ———. 1948. On the roles of directed and random changes in gene frequency in the genetics of populations. Evolution 2: 279–294. ———. 1949. Population structure in evolution. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 93: 471–478. ———. 1953. Gene and organism. American Naturalist 87: 5–18. ———. 1956. Modes of selection. American Naturalist 90: 5–24. ———. 1959. Genetics and the hierarchy of biological sciences. Science 130: 959–965. ———. 1960. On the number of self-incompatibility alleles maintained in equilibrium by a given mutation rate in a population of given size: A reexamination. Biometrics 16: 61–85. ———. 1960. Path coefficients and path regressions: Alternative or complementary concepts? Biometrics 16: 189–202. ———. 1960. Thomas Park, President-Elect. Science 131: 502–503. ———. 1960. The treatment of reciprocal interaction, with or without lag, in path analysis. Biometrics 16: 423–445. 208

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

———. 1964. The distribution of self-incompatibility alleles in populations. Evolution 18: 609–619. ———. 1964. Pleiotropy in the evolution of structural reduction and of dominance. American Naturalist 98: 65–69. ———. 1965. The interpretation of population structure by F-statistics with special regard to systems of mating. Evolution 19: 395–420. ———. 1966. Polyallelic random drift in relation to evolution. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 55: 1074–1081. ———. 1967. Surfaces of selective value. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 58: 165–172. ———. 1968. Dispersion of Drosophila pseudoobscura. American Naturalist 102: 81–84. ———. 1969. The theoretical course of directional selection. American Naturalist 103: 561–574. ———. 1976. Genetics and cytology. Quarterly Review of Biology 51: 286–287. ———. 1980. Genic and organismic selection. Evolution 34: 825–843. ———. 1982. Character change, speciation, and the higher taxa. Evolution 36: 427–443. ———. 1988. Surfaces of selective value revisited. American Naturalist 131: 115–123. Wright, Sewall and Warwick E. Kerr. 1954. Experimental studies of the distribution of gene frequencies in very small populations of Drosophila melanogaster : I. forked melanogaster. II. bar. Evolution 8: 225–240. Wright, Sewall and Paul A. Lewis. 1921. Factors in the resistance of guinea pigs to tuberculosis, with especial regard to inbreeding and heredity. American Naturalist 55: 20–50. Wright, Thomas. 1857-80. Monograph on the British fossil Echinodermata of the Oolitic formations. 2 vols. London: Palaeontographical Society. *Wundt, Wilhelm. 1872. Nouveaux ´l´ments de physiologie humaine. Paris: F. ee Savy. [CUL, FD] *———. 1880. Grundz¨ge der physio-logischen Psychologie. Leipzig: Wilhelm u Engelmann. [Down] *W¨ rtenberger, Leopold. 1880. Studien uber die Stammesgeschichte der Amu ¨ moniten. Leipzig: Ernst G¨nther. [Down] u

209

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*———. 1880. Studien uber die Stammesgeschichte der Ammoniten. Leipzig: ¨ E. G¨nther. [CUL, I] u Wyman, Jeffries. 1866. Notes on the cells of the bee. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 7: 68–83. Wynne-Edwards, Vero Copner. 1962. Animal Dispersion in Relation to Social Behavior. Edinburgh and London: Oliver and Boyd. Yarrell, William. 1836. A history of British fishes. 2 vols. London: John Van Voorst. *———. 1836. A history of British fishes. London: John Van Voorst. [Down] ———. 1837-43. A history of British birds. London. 37 pts in 3 vols. *———. 1839. A history of British birds. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I 14 June 1839] ———. 1839-43. A history of British birds. 3 vols. London. Includes additional supplement. ———. 1843. A history of British birds. 3 vols. London. Includes additional supplement, 1845. *Youatt, William. 1834. Cattle: their breeds, management, and diseases. London: Baldwin & Cradock. [CUL, S] *———. 1837. Sheep. London: Baldwin & Cradock. [CUL] ———. 1845. The dog. London: Charles Knight and Co. *———. 1845. The dog. London: C. Knight & Co. [CUL, S] *———. 1860. The pig. London: Rout-ledge, Warn & Routledge. [CUL] Young, Thomas. 1807. A course of lectures on natural philosophy and the mechanical arts. 2 vols. London. *———. 1807. A course of lectures on natural philosophy and the mechanical arts. London: Joseph Johnson. [Down, pre-B, S] Yule, G. U. 1902. Mendel’s laws and their probable relation to intra-racial heredity. New Phytologist 1: 193–220, 222–238. ———. 1903. Professor Johannsen’s experiments in heredity. New Phytologist 2: 235–242. ———. 1907. On the theory of inheritance of quantitative compound characteristics on the basis of Mendel’s laws—a preliminary note. In Report of the 3d International Congress on Genetics, pp. 140–142. London: Spottiswoode.

210

Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

*Zerffi, G.g. 1876. A manual of the historical development of art. London: Hardwicke & Bogue. [Down, I] *Ziegler, Martin. 1874. Atomicit´ et zo¨ e. Paris: J.B. Bailli`re. [Down] e ıcit´ e Zuccarini, Joseph Gerhard. 1825. Monographie der amerikanischen Oxalis-arten. Munich. ———. 1831. Nachtrag zu Monographie der amerikanischen Oxalis-arten. Munich. Zuckerandl, E. 1975. The appearance of new structures and functions in proteins during evolution. Journals of Molecular Evolution 7: 1–57. Zuckerandl, E. and L. Pauling. 1965. Evolutionary divergence and convergence in proteins. In V. Bryson and H. J. Vogel, eds, Evolving Genes and Proteins. New York: Academic Press. ¨ *Zuckerkandl. 1875. Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara: 1. Abtheilung: Cranien der Novara-Sammlung. Wien: Carl Gerold’s Sohn. [CUL]

211